BAN: City Region Development Project—Ashulia Industrial ... · of Bangladesh (the Government) and...

City Region Development Project (RRP BAN 39298)

Initial Environmental Examination Document Stage: Draft for Consultation Project Number: 39298 September 2010

BAN: City Region Development Project—Ashulia Industrial and Residential Clusters Subproject Prepared by the Local Government Engineering Department, Government of Bangladesh This IEE is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank BDT – Bangladesh Taka BOD – biological oxygen demand BOQ – Bill of Quantities CEO – Chief Executive Officer CRDP – City Region Development Project DCC – Dhaka City Corporation DMDP – Dhaka Metropolitan Development Plan DOE – Department of Environment DPHE – Department of Public Health Engineering DSMC – Design, Supervision and Management Consultant DWASA – Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority EARF – Environmental Assessment and Review Framework ECR – Environmental Conservation Rules EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment EMP – Environmental Management Plan GRC – Grievance Redress Committee GRM – Grievance Redress Mechanism IEE – initial environmental examination LGED – Local Government Engineering Department LGI – Local Government Institution MDSC – Management, Design and Supervision Consultant NGO – nongovernment organization NOC – no objection certificate O&M – operations and maintenance PIU – Project Implementation Unit PMCU – Project Management Coordination Unit REA – Rapid Environmental Assessment ROW – right of way RPM – respiratory particulate matter RSS – resettlement support staff SPS – Safeguard Policy Statement SWM – Solid Waste Management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. This Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is prepared to comply with the Government of Bangladesh (the Government) and Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements for the proposed Ashulia Industrial and Residential Clusters subproject. The Ashulia Cluster subproject envisages the implementation of the following physical infrastructure components in the first phase: (i) improvement of priority road stretches (including the roadside drainage conditions) for a length of 7.65km, and (ii) provision of a water supply system to the residents of Ashulia.

2. All the proposed interventions are proposed within the Sawar Upazilla and within the existing industrial clusters. There are no environmentally sensitive areas in the project locations. Assessment of the potential environmental impacts due to the subproject, as part of the IEE reveals that the impacts shall be largely generic construction related impacts associated with laying of distribution networks and improvement of roads. The siting of new production tube wells shall be based on the assessment of the safe yield, arrived based on test tube wells prior to the finalization of the location. Further, measures to arrest the further decline in the ground water levels, as rain water harvesting, minimization of water extraction through water losses reduction etc. are integrated in the subproject design. For all construction related impacts, environmental management measures are integrated into the IEE. An environmental monitoring plan to monitor the effectiveness of the mitigation /management measures is also included as part of the IEE.

3. Sawar Upazila shall be the implementing agency for this subproject and the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) shall be housed within the Upazila. Capacity building and training of the PIU officials towards implementation of the environmental provisions have been detailed in the IEE and costs included in the IEE budget. The IEE includes plans for continued participation during project implementation, disclosure of information and mechanisms for redressal of grievances pertaining to environmental issues during the project implementation.

4. The IEE carried out for the subproject shows that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impact can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redressal in terms of environmental safeguards exist.

INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION: ASHULIA

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Background

1. The City Region Development Project (CRDP) (the Project) emphasizes economic growth in Dhaka and Khulna city regions of Bangladesh through (i) creation of an enabling environment towards improved governance and capacity building of the local governments, and (ii) prioritized investments in infrastructure sectors in the two regions. The objectives of CRDP are: (i) to improve the regional economic and social context through long-term development plans and investment programs, set within an institutional and regulatory context that will ensure implementation and review; (ii) to improve the capacity and mandate of local government to govern and to invest in improved economic activity at local level; (iii) to improve the economic context for sustainable commercial and industrial growth; and (iv) to improve the economic and social needs of the urban population, as an inclusive aspect of the CRDP.

2. The Project has been designed as a project loan using a sector approach and is formulated to provide opportunities for replication of the project in other Local Government Institutions1 (LGIs) within the identified city regions. The initial environmental examination (IEE) for the proposed Ashulia industrial and residential clusters subproject is prepared in line with the Environmental Assessment Review Framework (EARF)2 prepared for the CRDP. This IEE is prepared to comply with both the Government and Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements.

3. The IEE assesses the environmental impacts due to the Ashulia subproject and specifies measures towards addressing the impacts. The IEE was based on a review of subproject site plans and reports; field visits; collection of secondary data to characterize the environment and identifies potential impacts. It contains the results of interviews and consultations with stakeholders. An environmental monitoring plan (EMP) outlining the specific environmental mitigation measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. During the detailed design stage, the IEE/EMP shall be further updated and stand-alone EMPs prepared for each of the procurement packages (and will be appended to contract documents). This will enable integration of environmental provisions / management measures in the Contract Document.

B. Purpose of the IEE

4. The Ashulia Cluster subproject envisages the implementation of the following physical infrastructure components: (i) improvement of priority road stretches (including the roadside drainage conditions) for a length of 7.65km, and (ii) provision of a water supply system to the residents of Ashulia. During the operation of the water supply systems, the project will have positive impacts particularly to the beneficiary households, through the provision of improved 1 Urban local government institutions include City Corporations, Pourashavas, Upazila and Union Parishads. 2 The sector approach requires preparation of EARF to provide a comprehensive framework for environmental

management during the project implementation. The EARF is in accordance with Government of Bangladesh rules and ADB safeguard policies. The EARF reviews the types of subprojects anticipated under the project and summarizes potential environmental impacts. The EARF provides an overview of the regulations of the Government of Bangladesh and ADB related to environmental assessment, specifically concerning project environmental classification, review and approval requirements. Further, the EARF sets out specific procedures to be followed for subprojects, and for implementation of the project as a whole.

2

access to clean water and access to sanitation facilities. In addition, the proposed road improvements and improvement of roadside drainage shall ensure provision of an improved all-round access to workplaces and residences for a significant resident population of the industrial cluster. Given the type of civil works, there would be typical construction related impacts, which can be mitigated by appropriate measures and adoption of good construction practices. Further, these will be of limited intensity and of short duration. None of the subproject interventions are proposed within locations in or near sensitive and valuable ecosystems. As per ADB's Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS), the subproject has been categorized as ‘B’ and an IEE carried out. This IEE provides mitigation measures for impacts related to location and design, construction, operation, and maintenance.

C. Environment Regulatory Compliance

5. Government of Bangladesh. The provisions for environmental protection and pollution control in Bangladesh are contained in the Environmental Conservation Rules (ECR) 1997. This legislation also provides the principal mechanism for assessing and mitigating the environmental impacts of projects, both existing and proposed. Projects are classified as green, orange, or red. The roads to be improved under the Ashulia subproject are categorized as Orange B category projects and the water supply network construction are categorized as Red category projects, in accordance with the Schedule 1 of the ECR. The Ashulia Cluster subproject has been categorized as RED category project.

6. Asian Development Bank. The SPS, 2009 of ADB stipulates addressing environmental concerns, if any, of a proposed activity in the initial stages of project preparation. For this, ADB Guidelines categorizes the proposed components into categories (A, B or C) to determine the level of environmental assessment3 required to address the potential impacts. The subproject has been categorized as B. Accordingly, this IEE is prepared to address the potential impacts, in line with the recommended IEE content and structure for Category B projects. Stakeholder consultation was an integral part of the IEE. An EMP outlining the specific environmental measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. The requirements for the individual components proposed are provided in Table 1.

Table 1: Environmental Regulatory Compliance –Subproject Component Description Applicability

of ADB guidelines

Category in accordance with ECR of the Government

Regulatory Compliance required

1. Improvement of Upazila roads (i) Dhaka- Aricha (RHD) at 20 Mile- Jirabo Bazar Yearpur UP Road. (ii) Nabinagor- Kaliakor at Sreepur- Kashimpur road.

Category B Orange Category – B: Construction, re-construction and extension of road (feeder road, local road).

Initial Environmental Examination Environmental Management Plan.

2. Water supply systems – production tubewells and

Category B Red category - Water, power and gas distribution line

Feasibility Report and Initial Environmental Examination and

3 Level of environmental assessment required for each category of Project, as per ADB’s Environmental Assessment

Guidelines is as follows: (i) Category A. Sub-project components with potential for significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts; (ii) Category B. Sub-project components judged to have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree and/or significance than those for Category A projects. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report; and (iii) Category C. Sub-components unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are still reviewed.

3

Component Description Applicability of ADB

guidelines

Category in accordance with ECR of the Government


distribution network in Ashulia cluster

laying/relaying/extension. Terms of Reference for Environmental Impact Assessment or Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan.

ADB = Asian Development Bank, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules

7. The methodology adopted for the IEE preparation is based on ADB and the Government standards and norms.

D. Report Structure

8. This IEE includes the following sections: (i) introduction; (ii) description of the project; (iii) description of the environment (baseline data); (iv) screening of potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (v) information disclosure, public consultation and participation; (vi) grievance redress mechanism; (vii) environmental management plan; (viii) institutional arrangement and responsibilities; (ix) findings and recommendations; and (x) conclusions.

II. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A. Overview

9. The subproject will target capital investments in the Ashulia Industrial and Residential Cluster (Sawar Upazila), referred to here as the Ashulia Cluster. The Cluster consists of three urban centers formed from the Ashulia, Yearpur, and Damsona Unions. Ashulia is located next to Uttara (a residential model town) within Dhaka City Corporation (DCC) boundary, with Yearpur and Damsona. Due to its proximity to Dhaka, the cluster offers considerable potential locational benefits for the establishment of industry. At the same time, rapid economic growth in the cluster and substantial in-migration of labor is placing the area under severe environmental and social stress. There is a major shortage of land and housing for low income families.

10. The subproject has been developed through a rapid assessment of the cluster and consultations with officials of the Sawar Upazilla and consultations with elected representatives including the chairman, members and secretaries of the Ashulia, Yearpur and Damsona Union Parishads. Field visits were undertaken to verify key problems, constraints and needs.

1. The Industrial Cluster – A Situation Assessment 11. Ashulia, Damsona and Yearpur have been experiencing rapid industrial growth and urbanization since the year 2000. With the growth of industry and demand for housing in the area, agricultural land has largely disappeared in the core industrial areas. The combined population of the three union parishads has increased from 166,514 in 2001 to an estimated 950,000 in 2010. Population is projected to reach 1,200,000 by 2020. The number of industries

4

locating in the combined areas has increased from 54 to 694 over the same period. Currently it is estimated that a total of 125,000 persons are employed in industry.

12. The increase in number of industries and the employment generation have not been accompanied with infrastructure development. The poor levels of service currently, with regard to provision of basic services in terms of water and sanitation, transportation, waste management and drainage have been the main challenges, currently hampering the functioning of the Ashulia cluster.

13. As officially classified rural local government, urban centers have been unable to participate in urban development focused projects (such as ADB Urban Governance Infrastructure Improvement Project) and do not have access to the same level of funds, capacity building support or human resources as urban local government. Unlike Pourashavas, upazilas and unions have minimal staff. The Upazila is headed by a directly elected Chairman with an executive Upazila Nirbahi Officer (UNO). There are no other Upazila staff (such as urban planners), and technical capacity is provided through the deployment of staff from Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and Department of Public Health Engineering (DPHE), for designing, costing and implementing schemes. The capacities with regards to environmental safeguards is absent, and there is a need for hiring personnel to address environment and resettlement issues for conformance to the safeguards requirements during project implementation.

2. Pollution from Industrial Units 14. While most of the industries in the Ashulia do not comply with the requirements of the Government, the Department of Environment (DOE) is addressing the pollution from industrial clusters with support from donors including the World Bank. The Industrial Policy of the Government, 2005 mandates the following strategies towards improvement of the environmental performance of the industries towards compliance to the Government standards:

(i) Section 2.11. Provide all necessary assistance for producing environment-friendly product with the objective for creating a pollution-free environment in the industrial sector.

(ii) Section 17.1. One of the foremost objectives of the Industrial Policy 2005 is to help attain competitive efficiency by developing technology, reducing consumers’ costs by using cost-effective technology, and assisting in the development of an environmentally friendly industrial production system.

(iii) Section 18.6. Environmental pollution control: The Environmental Protection Act 1995 and other relevant legislations are gradually implemented to control environmental pollution. Those industries that pollute the environment and endanger public health must ensure safety measures in respect of environmental pollution control. Industrial enterprises will be encouraged to obtain ISO-14000 certificates.

15. The proposed Dhaka – Water and Environment project4 (funded by World Bank), which includes the industrial clusters in Dhaka district, is designed to demonstrate (i) the business and

4 The project is proposed to be implemented in the industrial areas administrated by DCC, Dhaka District, Gazipur

District, and Narayanganj District.

5

environmental advantages of cleaner production, and (ii) a financially and technically sustainable model of central effluent treatment facilities in the greater Dhaka watershed. It will help to develop further capacity of the DOE in monitoring and enforcing pollution control. The project will have four components: (i) Monitoring and Environmental Compliance; (ii) Industry Pollution Prevention and Abatement Demonstration Program; (iii) Design, Construction and Operationalization; and (iv) Program Management, Monitoring and Evaluation and Stakeholder Engagement. B. Vision and Objectives 16. The vision of the Ashulia subproject is to optimize the economic potential of the Ashulia Industrial and Residential Clusters in a way that is sustainable and to the benefit of industrialists, traders, local businesses, residents and workers in the Clusters and the neighboring area. To achieve this vision the following objectives set the context for this Project Component:

(i) Prioritize activities which will address the most acute needs for better urban services and which will result in improved economic activity across the Ashulia Clusters. This should include: (a) Ensuring 100% of existing and future residents have access to

sustainable and clean forms of water supply; (b) Ensuring 100% of residents have access to sustainable forms of

sanitation; including septic tanks; (c) Ensuring the introduction of an integrated solid waste management

system for the whole of the Ashulia area; (d) Constructing an improved roadside drainage system, which prevents local

flooding in residential and commercial/industrial areas and reduces damage to arterial roads and highways in general;

(e) Improving connectivity within the Ashulia Clusters and links to Dhaka- via Ashulia Highway; and

(f) Ensuring adequate provision of education and health facilities and other community facilities to meet the needs of the residents in the Ashulia area.

(ii) Design and implement a comprehensive and integrated planning context for the sustainable medium/long-term development and upgrading of the Ashulia area. This should include:

(a) Ensuring urban growth occurs in areas designated for such purposes in a Comprehensive Master Plan and Investment Strategy and in other existing plans and policies;

(b) Addressing other key economic and environmental issues in the Ashulia area, including (i) environmental upgrading in the industrial and residential clusters; (ii) better traffic management; (iii) better public transport; and (iv) providing serviced land to meet the needs of on-going in-migration.

(c) Strengthening governance, such that it has the resources to manage the economic growth and urbanization of the Ashulia area in a more sustainable way.

6

17. As a result it is proposed to take a phased approach to strengthening economic potential in the Ashulia Clusters, through at least two phases of development. This subproject and IEE addresses Phase I components only. Phase II will be developed at a later stage with subsequent environmental assessment to follow the guidelines outlined in the EARF. The design and implementation of Phase 2 will be dependent on a 2nd phase of CRDP and/or interest from and additional funding agency.

(i) Phase 1 – Priority Upgrading and Expansion of Urban Services, including: (a) water supply and sanitation; and (b) roads and highways including roadside drainage. The proposals for

Phase 1 are entirely concerned with activities which address the most acute needs for better urban services. (Phase I is the focus of this IEE).

(ii) Phase 2 – Comprehensive Planning and Investment,5 covering:

(a) Policy Planning and Strategic Development and including: (i) economic development planning and programming, including serviced land for commercial and industrial development; (ii) comprehensive land use master planning; (iii) comprehensive upgrading of informal housing areas; and (iv) provision of serviced land for in-migration.

(b) Environmental Upgrading including: (i) comprehensive environmental upgrading, including pollution prevention and management in the industrial clusters; (ii) improved monitoring and enforcement of industrial wastewater discharges and solid waste disposal; (iii) integrated traffic management and pedestrian planning; and (iv) comprehensive environmental upgrading and social development in informal housing areas.

C. Subproject Proposals

18. The following subprojects are proposed as part of the Ashulia cluster: (i) water supply, and (ii) roads improvement including roadside drainage.

1. Water Supply 19. Based on the results of the consultant teams’ preliminary research and discussions with the responsible engineers, it is proposed to install five production/tube wells as a priority, together with 30 km of distribution pipelines serving a population of approximately 80,000 persons, with the assumption that one production well will serve about 15,000 or more people. Table 2 lists the proposed production tube wells under the subproject. 20. The five priority production wells proposed under this Phase 1 are shown in Map 2. In selecting the sites for the five priority production wells, cluster communities with low-income residents living in sub-standard and informal housing have the highest priority. The five

5 The proposals for Phase 2 are mainly concerned with activities which address the “enabling environment”

necessary to secure sustainable economic growth and as such, it will be essential for design and implementation of the 2nd phase to be supported by a revised local government unit (LGU) mandate and resources capable of managing the process. Phase II will be taken up at a later stage with subsequent environmental assessment and reporting following the EARF.

7

proposed productions tube wells are situated at Basaid Bazar (Ashulia), Khejur Bagan (Ashulia), Modhupur/Faruk Nagar (Dhamsona), Vadail (Dhamsona) and Montos (Yearpur).

Table 2: Proposed Production Tube Well

No Component Site Name Moholla Name Mauza District Name Location

1 Production Tube Well-1

Ashulia Basaid Bazar Basaid Dhaka Close to the Market, Plot of Hazi Md. Ranzan Ali, RS Dag no. 861

2 Production Tube Well-2 Ashulia Khejur Bagan Boro Ashulia Dhaka

West side of Mosque, Plot of Mr. Nasiruddin Gong, RS Dag no. 1169

3 Production Tube Well-3 Dhamsona

Modhupur (Faruk Nagar)

Gonokbari Dhaka Adjacent to Ismail Bepari school beside Aziz Textile mill Road

4 Production Tube Well-4 Dhamsona Vadail Gonokbari Dhaka

Beside the Road of Vadail Chawrasta to Mother Textile Road

5 Production Tube Well-5 Yearpur Yearpur Montos Dhaka

Plot of Md. Abdus Sattar Dewan, Son of Mr. Abdur Rahman Dewan

2. Roads and Highways Including Roadside Drainage

21. There are two interlinked priority areas for investment, as identified in Table 3 below.

Table 3: Proposed Improvements – Roads and Highways including Roadside Drainage SL Name of Roads Union Proposed

Length Condition Remarks

1 Dhaka- Aricha (RHD) at 20 Mile- Jirabo Bazar Yearpur UP Road.

Ashulia & Yearpur

5.65 Poor/width 6m

4 km drainage needed

2 Nabinagor- Kaliakor at Sreepur- Kashimpur road.

Dhamsona 1.50 Poor/width 4.9m

2 km drainage needed

22. Drainage. This will include construction of roadside drains in the areas affected by water logging (6 km). These drains will be constructed in Phase 1 along the following roads which become inundated during monsoon. Design of the drains will be prepared by the project consultant as part of the Design and Preparation work described above. 23. Access Roads. This will include improvement of access roads (7.15 km). A package of two Upazila roads is recommended for improvement as a priority together with the above drainage facilities. These two roads make an important contribution to the economic development of the Clusters in the Ashulia area. Disruption will be ameliorated as a result of the proposed improvements. The nature of improvement will include widening, strengthening and resurfacing. Road safety measures will be integrated in the design to ensure safety to pedestrians. 24. Dhaka-Aricha (RHD) at 20 Mile-Jerabo Bazar Yearpur UP Road. The road length is 5.65 km and existing width is 6 m. This connects Dhaka-Aricha RHD National Highway at 20 Mile to Tongi- road at Jerabo Bazar. Large and medium industries like Incepta, DEKKO, Maskot Group and many others are located alongside the road. The condition in some parts of the road is poor, in terms of pavement distress, poor geometrics and which requires immediate improvement. The proposed cross-sections and the extent of improvements are given in the figure below. The commercial vehicles per day (CVD) in 2009 was 979. Due to movement of heavy traffic, the road is proposed to be strengthened up to 40 mm bituminous carpeting with

8

the 6m double lane carriageway pavement (detailed design will be prepared at the implementation stage), and also to protect the road from inundation., new drainage (4 km) alongside the road will be provided, which will include the length from Jirabo to Kondul Bag (1.5 km) and Koturia to Kondul Bag (2.5 km). Figure 1 shows the proposed cross sections.

Figure 1: Proposed Cross-sections and the Extent of Improvements

25. Nabinagar-Kaliakoir (RHD) Road at Sreepur-Kashimpur Road. The total road length is 6 km and existing width is 4.9 m. This connects Nabinagar-Kaliakoir RHD Road with Kashimpur , and Norsinghapur - Konabari RHD Road. Many large and medium industries like Samsher Knit, Square Textile, Mother Textile and the Atomic Energy Commission are located alongside the road. Of the length, 1.5 km up to Biman Poultry is proposed for inclusion as part of this Project Component. The CVD in 2009 was 810. Due to movement of heavy traffic, the road is proposed to be strengthen up to 40 mm bituminous carpeting with the 6 m double lane carriageway pavement (detailed design will be prepared at the implementation stage), and also to protect the road from inundation by the industrial waste water and rainwater, drainage (2 km) along the proposed section will be constructed. A typical section of the proposed Upazila road following upgrading is given below:

9

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE DATA)

26. The Ashulia Industrial and Residential Cluster” (Sawar Upazila), referred as the Ashulia Cluster, consists of three urban centers formed from the Ashulia, Yearpur and Damsona Unions. Ashulia is located next to Uttara (a residential model town) within Dhaka City Corporation boundary, and is about 30 km from Dhaka. Due to its proximity to Dhaka, the cluster offers considerable potential locational benefits for the establishment of industry. At the same time, rapid economic growth in the cluster and substantial in-migration of labor, is placing the area under severe environmental and social stress.

A. Physical Environment

1. Topography, Soil and Geology

27. The Ashulia cluster, in the vicinity of Dhaka is situated in the Madhupur tract. Two characteristic geological units cover the city and surroundings, namely Madhupur clay of the Pleistocene age and alluvial deposits of recent age. The Madhupur clay is the oldest sediment exposed in and around the city area having characteristic topography and drainage. The major geomorphic units of the city are: the high land or the Dhaka terrace, the low lands or floodplains and depressions and abandoned channels. Low lying swamps and marshes located in and around the city are other major topographic features. 28. The height of the land gradually increases from the east to the west. The southern part of the project area is composed of the alluvium soil of the Bangshi and Dhalashwari rivers. The land feature of the project area bears uneven elevation. Once, the area was covered with green vegetation. Now, due to the rapid growth of population and industrialization, the area is being used for establishing buildings, mills and factories.

2. Climate

29. The climate of Sawar of which the project is a part, is average tropical monsoon with alternating dry/wet seasons. Due to the lack of meteorological data for Sawar Upazila, the weather condition of Dhaka is described in this report. Including the pre-rainy season, there are three marked seasons:

(i) November to February. The dry (winter) season is the coolest and driest period. Monthly average temperatures are below 290oC with a minimum at 130oC. Rainfall is very rare during this period (below 30 mm/month). Winds are predominantly blowing from the Northwest but with a high frequency of calm wind situations.

(ii) March and April. In the pre-rainy season (summer) and the early months of the west seasons, the highest temperatures are reached. The monthly average temperature can rise up to 340oC. During this period, air becomes more humid, rainfall increases, and heavy rains with thunderstorm occur. This period is locally called as “Kalbaaishakhi”. Sometimes the rain falls with hail.

10

(iii) May to October. In the west season (“monsoon period”) more than 85% of the total annual rainfall occurs. Monthly average temperatures remain high with a maximum of 330oC. The period of periodic heavy thunderstorms lasts until June. June to mid September to early November is the transitional period with decreasing rainfall, often thunder. During the wet season, the winds are predominantly blowing from the South. Monsoon rains are generally not stormy, but downpours of 50 mm to 75 mm per day are not uncommon and rainfall with more than 250 mm per day is occasionally experienced.

30. Total mean annual rainfall occurring in the area is about 2102 mm. About 75% of the total annual rainfall occurs during the monsoon period.

3. Flood Plains

31. Most of Dhaka is in the natural floodplain of the various rivers in the area, and would have functioned as an important breeding ground for many aquatic species in the past. This function is still evident in the seasonal flooding that affects large parts of the city, although now the floodwaters invariably become polluted by sewage and chemicals washed out from the inundated areas. The floodplain function has been further degraded by the construction of embankments to protect the city from flooding, and particularly from infilling to reclaim land, which is dramatically reducing the water retention capacity of these areas and increasing flooding both upstream and downstream. These factors have greatly reduced the importance and capacity of this area as a breeding ground.

4. Water Quality

32. Dhaka is enclosed between the Turag-Buriganga River in the west and the Balu-Sitalakhya River in the east both of which drain into the Meghna in the south, along with the Dhaleswari, old Brahmaputra and other rivers outside the city limits. Like other inland waterways these rivers support a fish fauna that includes carp, catfish, loach, hilsa and shrimp, plus a variety of invertebrates and insects that have been little studied. Turag River abuts the Ashulia cluster.

33. In the absence of effluent treatment plants in the various industries functioning in the project area, there is direct discharge of the effluents from the textile industries into the river. The Ministry of Environment and Forests estimates that 80% of the sewage produced by the 15 million people in Dhaka and surrounding areas enters the rivers untreated, and most of the 7,000 industries dispose of their waste to drainage ditches and rivers without treatment (Dhaka Environment Programme 2005).

34. There are five village ponds abutting the project roads (see Figure 2 below. Most of these water bodies are natural depressions, which collect water during the monsoons. While these are not potable water sources, these water bodies contribute to the recharge at a local level. While these ponds abuts the roads alignments, the designs shall be worked out to minimize impacts on the water bodies. Protection measures to ensure that waste inflow into these water bodies during the construction period is included in the IEE.

11

Figure 2: Roadside Ponds Along the Project Roads - Ashulia

5. Ground Water Quality

35. There are three main aquifers in the central region of Bangladesh:

(i) An upper (composite) aquifer, which can reach depths of 50 m and is covered with an upper silty clay layer of less than 20 m;

(ii) A middle (main) aquifer of fine to heavy sands, which is generally 10 m to 60 m thick and in most areas is hydraulically connected with the composite aquifer above; and

(iii) A deep aquifer of medium, medium-to-fine or medium-to-coarse sand, which is generally found at depths below 100 m.

36. In Dhaka, 80% of the domestic water supply is obtained from the middle aquifer, extracted by tube-wells throughout the city. Recent studies have shown that water levels have fallen dramatically (20 m over the past six years) and suggest that the aquifer may be changing from a confined to an unconfined condition, which could make it vulnerable to contamination. There is already evidence of pollution by leaking underground tanks at petrol stations and chemical plants, and seepage from sewers, septic tanks and pit latrines. Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority (DWASA) is implementing a major project to improve the water supply service, which amongst other things will increase the usage of surface water and extend groundwater abstraction to the deeper aquifer, at a sustainable rate.

6. Air Quality and Noise Level

37. While there is no major air polluting industries in the cluster, there are small and medium industries such as the Summit power plant, various textiles dyeing and other industries which are polluting sources. The brick kilns located in the banks and flood plains of Turag river in the periphery of Ashulia cluster are a major source of air pollution. Most of the internal roads within the industrial and residential clusters of Ashulia are unpaved, and vehicular movements on these, especially heavy vehicles generates dust and impair the air quality. While dust impacts

12

are significant due to the poor road conditions, vehicular air pollution impacts are not envisaged to be significant due to the widespread use of Clean Natural Gas (CNG) vehicles.

7. Land Use and Development

38. The Ashulia Cluster is located within the RAJUK boundary and is therefore guided by the Dhaka Metropolitan Development Plan 1995-2015 (DMDP) and the emerging Detailed Area Plan (DAP). Whilst a broad prescription for the development of the Sawar Upazila (including the Ashulia Cluster) is included in the DMDP and DAP, in reality there is little control of development and this is evidenced by the mushrooming of unplanned private residential and industrial development throughout the Upazila. Moreover, an ‘Upazila Plan Book’ – a form of infrastructure development plan, does exist but is out of date and in need of revision.

8. Natural Disasters

39. The project area has less risk of natural disasters like cyclone and flood. As the project area is far away from coastal region, so there remains less risk of cyclone. The project area remains in the seismic zone II which is vulnerable for earthquake. In the medium risk zone, shocks of moderate intensity are possible, with a probable maximum magnitude of 6 to 7 on the Richter scale.

40. The National Seismic Zoning Map produced by the Geological Survey of Bangladesh (GSB), divides the country into three regions: a high risk zone between Mymensingh and Sylhet in the north and north-east; a medium risk zone stretching diagonally from Rajshahi in the north-west through Dhaka and Comilla to Chittagong and Cox’s Bazar in the south-east; and a low-risk zone in the south and south-west, around Khulna and Barisal.

41. Seismic events in Bangladesh are relatively infrequent but historically have been severe, such as the earthquakes of 1930 and 1950 that caused widespread damage throughout the country, and the earthquake in 2004 that damaged large parts of Dhaka City.

B. Biological Resources

1. Forests and Natural Habitats

42. There are few natural terrestrial habitats in and around inhabited areas, because in most cases vegetation was cleared many years ago to provide land for development, and for agriculture in the suburbs. The project area is similar to the character to many areas of alluvial delta in Bangladesh with mixed crop vegetation. Rice, other grains and seasonal vegetables are the main crops in this area. Other than monoculture tree plantations, no forestland is involved in this area. Terrestrial plants are now mainly limited to trees, shrubs and flowers grown alongside roads and in parks and gardens, and the crops and fruit trees planted in agricultural areas. The composition of plant community includes low growing grasses and herbaceous vegetation as well as other flora. No wild animals inhabit and endangered species are present in this area. The common birds like crow, sparrow, mayna, etc and some domestic cattle, no other wild animals inhabit the area. No forestland is involved in this area are found surrounding the proposed subproject locations.

13

2. Aquatic Flora and Fauna

43. The main aquatic flora in this area is Kalmilata (Ipomoea reprans), Shapla (Nymphaea lotus) Helencha (Alternathera philoxeroides), Kuchuripana (Eihhcormia crassipes). The main aquatic fauna in this area are different types of fishes. The fresh water fishes are carp (Rui, Catla, Mrigal, Ghania, Kalibaus, etc.) catfish (Boal, Bacha, etc.) and live fish (Koi, Singh, Magur, etc.). The stretch of that rivers provide a habitat for a wide variety of fishes and shellfish species which include carp (Rui, Catla, Mrigal, Ghania, Kalibaus etc) catfish (Boal, Pangas, Shilong, Bacha etc) and live fish (Koi, Singh, Magur etc). The other fauna is tortoise, frogs, water snake etc.

C. Economic Development

1. Economic Sectors

44. Agriculture and manufacturing are the two major economic sectors in the project area. The main crops grown here are Paddy, Jute, peanut, onion, garlic, chili, and other vegetables. The main fruits cultivated here are jackfruit, mango, olive, papaya, guava, kamranga, berry and banana. Manufacturing facilities include ceramic industry, beverage industry, press and publication, garments industry, foot ware, jute mills, textile mills, printing and dying factory, transformer industry, automobile industry, biscuit and bread factory, pharmaceutical industry, soap factory, brick field, cold storage, welding, plant nursery, etc. Bangladesh Export Processing Zone is located in the Sawar Upazila.

2. Infrastructure Services

45. Drainage. A proper drainage system is absent which results in local floods and water logging during the monsoon season. This is disrupting mobility in the urban centre including the movement of both workers and goods. Water logging is the single biggest problem in the area. This is exacerbated by the elevation of roadside development which is high compared to the existing road level, and without drainage and outfall. Most of the roads in the area become inundated by the rainwater and industrial wastewater, which causes damage to these road surfaces requiring significant resources for maintenance and repair each year.

46. Roads and Connectivity. The Ashulia cluster is well connected to Dhaka through the Dhaka-Aricha highway road and a bypass road from Ashulia to Abdullah Pur. As many industries and businesses are located along arterial roads in the urban centre, good connectivity and the effective movement of goods, plays an important part in maintaining the economic attractiveness and competitiveness of the area. At present industry and businesses are connected to national and regional highways by sub-standard arterial roads which are inadequate in width and are either in poor condition. The situation is exacerbated by the regular water logging of roads during the monsoon season which disrupts efficiency movement for up to four months. It is noted that traffic congestion is particularly severe on the double lane roads at Nabinagar, Chandra, Jerabo and Ashulia Bazar Area, and that the road surfaces in these locations are poor.

14

47. Water Supply and Sanitation. There is no piped water supply in Ashulia, Damsona or Yearpur and access to safe water is not assured. The static ground water level is very low at 18 m to 24 m; groundwater is not however afflicted by salinity or arsenic problems. As a result normal pumps are ineffective and Tara shallow pumps and submersible pumps are being used within housing premises to access drinking water; the cost of submergible water pumps is expensive ($1159 to $1449 per installation). At present there are 1041 hand tube-wells installed by the DPHE, which are mostly fitted with Taradev Hand pumps. In general industries are using their own system of water supply through ground water extraction. Of the total population in the Cluster more than 50% are in-migrant workers who share water and latrines with others. Communities with a high concentration of lower middle class workers and residents need improved access to water and sanitation.

48. Solid Waste Management (SWM). There is no SWM in the cluster and random dumping is practiced both for domestic and industrial waste. This is resulting in both land and water pollution. The problem caused by the SWM vacuum is well understood, but is exacerbated by limited suitable landfill site availability and lack of awareness related to the benefits of solid waste management. Basic estimates suggest that a minimum of four transfer stations and at least one final disposal site are needed to manage the current volume of waste.6

49. Health and Educational Facilities. Given the unorganized growth that has occurred due to the industrial development in Ashulia cluster, the current levels of services, with regards to social infrastructure (health and Education) are lacking. While there exists an Upazila Health Complex and a few numbers of private clinics, there is a deficiency both in quantity and quality of health care available to the residents. In terms of educational facilities, there is a lack of higher order educational facilities within the cluster. There are educational institutions as the Morning Glory higher secondary school, apart from private hospitals abutting the project roads.

(i) Population and Communities 50. Ashulia, Damsona and Yearpur have been experiencing rapid industrial growth and urbanization since 2000. With the growth of industry and demand for housing in the area, agricultural land has largely disappeared in the core industrial areas. The combined population of the three union parishads has increased from 166,514 in 2001 to an estimated 950,000 in 2010. Population is projected to reach 1.2 million by 2020. The number of industries locating in the combined areas has increased from 54 to 694 over the same period. Currently, it is estimated that a total of 125,000 persons are employed in industry.

(ii) Physical or Cultural Heritage

51. There are no archaeological structures / monuments or sites that are of significance in the vicinity of the subproject locations.

6 Transfer stations would be required in Ashulia, Damsona and Yearpur Unions.

15

IV. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

A. Land Acquisition and Resettlement Impacts

52. A total of 11 households are affected by the subproject. The five proposed production tube wells will be constructed on private land amounting to 182 square meters (sq.m.) and affecting 5 households with 11 fruit bearing mango trees. There are no buildings/structures affected. These five households are considered to be economically displaced households. A total of 6 hawkers and squatters will also be affected and the impacts are limited to temporary economic displacement and relocation. Of the 11 affected households, five are considered vulnerable as they earn incomes below the poverty line. The five vulnerable households are hawkers. The resettlement cost estimate includes eligible compensation, resettlement assistance, as outlined in the entitlement matrix, and support cost for Resettlement Plan implementation. The land acquisition and resettlement impacts for the subproject are being addressed through a Resettlement Plan prepared in line with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework for the project. B. Environmental Impacts 53. Table 4 provides the potential environmental impacts, mitigation measures and responsible parties for implementation.

1. Location and Design Impacts

54. Location impacts are not likely to be significant as there are no environmentally sensitive areas in the vicinity of the subproject locations. Impacts on water bodies/village ponds abutting the roads have been minimized through design of the alignments to avoid encroachment onto the water bodies. Impacts pertaining to cutting of roadside trees have been unavoidable, due to the need for siting of the roadside drains, and will be compensated through compensatory plantation. Impacts arising from the inappropriate designs of proposed facilities would in general include the inadequate drainage provisions etc., and shall be addressed through incorporation of good design practices.

2. Construction Impacts

55. The impacts during construction include generic construction related impacts associated with road construction and those associated with laying of distribution lines. These are not expected to be significant, and can be addressed through adoption of good engineering practices and undertaking specific mitigation measures towards minimization of construction impacts on the sensitive receptors and communities in the vicinity of the project roads. The mitigation measures for the various impacts are outlined in the table below, and are summarized in the following sub-sections. 56. Drainage. There are stretches along the road which have been subject to water logging, especially during the monsoon. Construction of drainage facilities, and connection to the nearby bodies, if not adequately provided, would cause change in the drainage character of the site and aggravate the current water logging.

16

57. Water Bodies. Stockpiles of construction debris if left unattended near water bodies will be washed off as runoff into nearby water bodies causing siltation. Spillage of oil, lubricants and other chemicals also mix with the runoff and contaminate the water bodies. Storage of Bitumen and other hazardous material if stored near drainage channels would induce hazardous situations to the environment from possibility of leaching into ground and flow as runoff. Spillage of debris and construction material to surface water bodies may lead to surface water quality deterioration. 58. Air Pollution. Emission from construction vehicles, equipment and machinery used for excavation and construction would induce impacts on the air pollution in the construction site as well as on the surrounding settlements. Construction activities generate dust in the surrounding area causing increase in particulate matter. Given that the project roads are located within the Ashulia cluster, which has dense development of both industrial and residential units, suppression of dust during construction stage shall be required. 59. Noise and Vibration Impacts. Use of heavy construction machinery in the construction site/s would generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures in the settlements. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and would be of limited duration but would affect the construction workers in case of unprotected prolonged exposure. 60. Loss of access and disruption to incomes. Temporary loss to access and income disruption is envisaged due to laying of distribution lines wherein the streets shall required to be completely or partly closed for traffic and movement. These needs to be addressed and traffic diversion/management plans where necessary are to be prepared and implemented during construction stage. Temporary disruption of livelihood, if any, shall be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework, through a Resettlement Plan. 61. Site clearance and Restoration of Construction Camps. Post construction clearance of sites temporarily utilized for construction activities, including borrow areas, construction camps etc, if not adequate, would result in a poor environmental quality, increased water logging etc apart from loss of aesthetic quality of the site. 62. Socio-Economic. Manpower will be required during the 3-year construction period. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term. 63. Community Health and Safety. Hazards posed to the public, specifically in high-risk pedestrian areas (e.g., schools, community centers, central business and shopping areas), may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures, including (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

3. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Impacts 64. There are no adverse impacts envisaged due to the operation of the water supply systems. There shall be beneficial impacts on the communities due to the improved access to potable water. Disruption of traffic in the town during routine maintenance of the pipelines can also be expected, even through much of this will be localized in nature.

17

65. The proposed road improvements and safety provisions, in settlement areas would reduce accidents and congestion and result in smooth vehicle and pedestrian movements. Improved drainage provision within the settlements shall ensure avoidance of water logging and address the poor drainage conditions along the project roads. Adverse impacts during the operation stage shall result in the event of poor maintenance of the drains constructed.

Table 4: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Sl No Environmental Issues Duration/ Extent7

Magnitude Roads

and Drainage

Water Supply Mitigation Measures Responsibility

1 Location Impacts 1.1 Land acquisition and

resettlement impacts required due to siting of production tube wells where required.

Permanent Moderate √ Land acquisition impacts to be minimal as the proposed road improvements and siting of the production tube wells will be done within the available public lands. Affected Persons, if any, will be relocated and compensated in accordance to the resettlement plan.

PIU and DSMC

2 Design and pre-construction Impacts

2.1 Alterations of drainage pattern of the site

Temporary Moderate √ Design of cross drainage structures would be carried out so as to avoid alteration of drainage pattern. Design would be done considering 50 year return flood level to avoid overtopping of the roads and maintain natural drainage.

PIU with support from DSMC

2.2 Damage to roadside trees and clearance of trees at sites identified for siting of production wells

Temporary Moderate √ √ Removal of roadside trees is not envisaged. If removal of any tree is unavoidable, obtain tree clearance approval from the Forest Department. Identify each tree along the proposed route and adequately mark each tree within proposed construction areas. For trees not proposed to be cut, but within the construction area, take all precautions to protect trees not impacted from any damage including placement of tree guards.


2.3 Construction Camps, and /or hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles, and disposal areas – Location, Selection, Design and Layout

Temporary Moderate √ √ The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be located as per the following siting criteria: (i) these will be at least 500m away from habitations (ii) area selected will be away from flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) will be away from sensitive environmental resources as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies. At these locations, the Contractor will work out layouts adhering to the air and water standards prescribed by DOE; (iv) sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems; and (v) the disposal areas will not be located at areas that will cause

Contractor and DSMC

7 Level of duration and magnitude assumed without mitigation measures.

18


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


inconvenience the communities.

2.4 Drinking water availability and water arrangement

Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will be responsible for arrangement of water in every workplace at suitable and easily accessible place for the whole construction period. Sufficient supply of cold potable water to be provided and maintained.

Contractor / DSMC

2.5 Quarry Operations for road construction

Temporary Moderate √ It will be ensured that materials are obtained from licensed quarries having environmental clearance. Quality and legality to be examined by the Contractor and copies of environmental clearances for these needs to be submitted prior to sourcing of material. Sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings

PIU, Contractor and DSMC

3 Construction Impacts

3.1 Improper stockpiling of construction materials can cause impacts starting from obstruction of drainage, disturbance/ safety hazard to local population, traffic blockage, etc.

Temporary Moderate √ √ Due consideration will be given for material storage and construction sites such that it doesn’t cause any hindrance to daily traffic movement. The contractor will (i) consult with implementing agency on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the rainy season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; and (iv) protect surface water bodies from any source of contamination such as oily wastes, debris, and spoils that will degrade its quality;

Contractor / DSMC

3.2 Quarry / Borrow pits Operations

Temporary Moderate √ √ Mitigation measures include requiring contractor to: (i) obtain approval of implementing agency if new quarries and borrow sites are necessary; (ii) store stripped materials as not to disrupt natural drainage and will be protected to prevent erosion and migration of soil particles into surface waters; (iii) provide temporary ditches and/or settling basins to collect runoff water and to prevent erosion and contamination of surface water; (iv) exposed areas will be planted with suitable vegetation at the earliest opportunity. prevent ponding of water through temporary drains

Contractor and DSMC

19


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


discharging to natural drainage channels; (v) restore sites after construction activities by stabilizing contours and slopes, spreading of stripped materials to promote percolation and re-growth of vegetation, and draining of any standing water. Land utilized for quarry sites access roads will also be restored; and (vi) adequate safety precautions will be ensured during transportation of quarry material from quarries to the construction site. Vehicles transporting the material will be covered to prevent spillage.

3.3 Excavation for distribution network and need for disposal of earth material, and shall also result in disruption of services including damage of existing infrastructure, including roads, telephone / electric lines etc.

Temporary Moderate √ The contractor will be required to: (i) plan for immediate attendance by the service providers to any damages to utilities during construction; (ii) replace (or compensate) public and private physical structures damaged due to construction or vibration; and (iii) provide prior public information about the likely disruption of services. In consultation and with support from the Sawar Upazila, the Contractor shall provide alternate arrangements for services like water supply in the event of disruption beyond reasonable time, for instance, through tankers

Contractor and DSMC

3.4 Stripping, stocking and preservation of top soil

Temporary Moderate √ The topsoil from borrow areas, areas of cutting and areas to be permanently covered will be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles. The stockpile will be designed such that the slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile is to be restricted to 2m. Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling will be kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction will occur. The stockpiles will be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin. It will be ensured by the contractor that the topsoil will not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the disturbed area and cut slopes.

Contractor and DSMC

3.5 Soil Erosion Permanent Moderate √ At the outfall of each culvert, erosion prevention measure will be undertaken, as per the direction of the Engineer. The work will consist of measures as per design, or as directed by the Engineer to control soil

Contractor and DSMC

20


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


erosion, sedimentation and water pollution. All temporary sedimentation, pollution control works and maintenance thereof will be deemed as incidental to the earthwork or other items of work.

3.6 Use of explosive materials

Permanent Moderate √ √ Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor will not use explosives. The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen. The use of explosive materials will be carried out by the Contractor, only after obtaining written approval of the procedures to be followed by the Engineer.

Contractor and DSMC

3.7 Loss of Access to residents, businesses and institutions during the construction period.

Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians through diversions to and from side roads and property access connecting the project roads. The contractor ensures that (i) the construction works do not interfere with the convenience of the public or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads, or any other access to properties, whether public or private. Temporary access to properties adjacent to construction site will be provided through construction of ramps with concrete slabs for use of pedestrians and light vehicles; (ii) at critical areas such as institutions, operating hours are factored in work schedules and workforce is increased for speedy completion; (iii) advance information on works to be undertaken including appropriate signages is provided; and (iv) the diversion is done in coordination with government traffic and Roads Safety Division for necessary rerouting of traffic and traffic management.

Contractor and DSMC

3.8 Soil and Water Pollution due to fuel and lubricants, construction waste

Temporary Moderate √ √ The fuel storage and vehicle cleaning area will be stationed such that runoff from the site does not drain into the water body. Oil interceptor will be provided at construction vehicle parking area, vehicle repair area and workshops ensuring that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to its discharge.

Contractor and DSMC

3.9 Siltation of water bodies Temporary Moderate √ Silt fencing to be provided at all water bodies near Contractor

21


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


due to spillage of construction wastes

construction sites to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses. The number of units of silt fencing to be installed is to be decided by the engineer. Discharge standards promulgated under the Schedule 10, standards for waste from industrial units or projects waste will be strictly adhered to.

and DSMC

3.10 Generation of Dust Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards; (ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.

Contractor and DSMC

3.11 Emission from Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery

Temporary Moderate √ √ All vehicles, equipments and machinery used for construction will be regularly maintained to ensure that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirements of DOE. Copies of conformance will be submitted regularly to the Engineer.

Contractor and DSMC

3.12 Noise from construction Equipments

Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor should ensure (i) regular maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery to keep noise from these at a minimum; and (ii) all vehicles and equipment used for construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers. During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found to be defective will be replaced.

Contractor and DSMC

3.13 Traffic Control and Safety Temporary Moderate √ √ Before taking up any construction, detailed Traffic Control Plans will be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval, 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of road. The traffic control plans will contain details of arrangements for construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day. The Contractor will ensure that the running surface is always maintained in good condition, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to traffic flow occurs. In addition, (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route

Contractor and DSMC

22


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions; and (v) All necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking flags, lights and flagmen will be undertaken as per Engineer’s direction and approval, for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section under improvement.

3.14 Material Handling at Site Temporary Minor √ √ All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, concrete etc., will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in welding works, would be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields. Workers engaged in stone breaking activities will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals. The use of any toxic chemical will be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Contractor and DSMC

3.15 Disposal of Bituminous wastes / Construction Waste / Debris / Cut Material

Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will: (i) prepare and implement Waste Management Plan; Safe disposal of the extraneous material will be ensured in the pre-identified disposal locations; (ii) recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (iii) manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas. The bituminous waste generated will be reused in road construction based on its suitability of reuse to the maximum extent possible. Cut material generated because of construction will be utilized for as filling material. Remaining material if any will be disposed off safely at the disposal sites; (iv) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; In no case, any construction waste will be disposed around the project road indiscriminately; and (v) restore pre-project environmental conditions through implementation of environmental restoration works.

Contractor and DSMC

23


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


3.16 Safety Measures During Temporary Moderate √ √ All relevant provisions of the Bangladesh Labor Act, Contractor Construction 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006

will be adhered to pertaining to provision of adequate safety measures during construction. The contractor will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

and DSMC

3.17 Risk caused by Force Majure

Temporary Minor √ √ All precaution will be taken to prevent danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood, drowning, etc. Specifically, the contractor (i) will provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (ii) will provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction camp site and will employ a full-time medical staff; and (iii) will provide access to hospitals/clinics within the project site that can be accessed in case of emergency by arranging necessary transport for safe carriage of the injured.

Contractor and DSMC

3.18 Malaria Risk Temporary Minor √ √ The Contractor will, at his own expense, conform to all anti-malaria instructions given to him by the Engineer.

Contractor and DSMC

3.19 First Aid Temporary Minor √ √ At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material and appliances will be provided as per the Bangladesh Labor Act, 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate transfer of injured or ill person(s) to the nearest hospital. At every workplace and construction camp, equipment and nursing staff will be provided.

Contractor and DSMC

3.20 Hygiene Temporary Minor √ √ All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. Safe drinking water in sufficient quantity for the work force will be provided in the construction site as well as at the construction camps. Garbage bins must be provided in the camps and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, the local medical health or municipal authorities will make arrangement for disposal of

Contractor and DSMC

24


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


excreta. On completion of the works, all such temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta tank and other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

3.21 Archaeological Property chance find

Temporary Minor √ √ In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contract will prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts and will, immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work will be stopped 100 m all directions from the site of discovery.The Engineer will seek direction from the Department of Archaeology before instructing the Contractor to recommence work on the site.

Contractor and DSMC

3.22 Clearing of Construction of Camps & Restoration

Temporary Major √ √ Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the Engineer. The plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization. On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

Contractor and DSMC

4 O&M Impacts 4.1 Environmental Conditions Temporary Moderate √ The Sawar Upazila with support from LGED will

undertake seasonal monitoring of air, water, noise, and soil quality through an approved monitoring agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored will be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared.

Sawar Upazila

4.2 Survival of trees planted Temporary Moderate √ Proper care shall be taken to increase survival rate of saplings like regular watering, pruning, provision of tree guards, manure for better nourishment, etc. including timely replacement of perished saplings.

Sawar Upazila

4.3 Drainage of roadsides Temporary Moderate √ To ensure efficient flow of surface water and to Sawar

25


Magnitude Roads

and Drainage


prevent water logging along the side of the roads Upazila adequate size and number of cross-drainage

structures and longitudinal drains are provided in the design. These will be adequately maintained by cleaning and avoiding clogging of openings.

4.4 Pollution from Industrial unities

Permanent Significant In line with the provisions of the ECR, the DOE Divisional officer of Dhaka shall undertake periodic monitoring of the pollution of environmental parameters, including air and noise, supervise the effective functioning of the treatment facilities etc.

DOE

DOE = Department of Environment, DSMC = Design, Supervision and Management Consultant, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, O&M = operation and maintenance, PIU = Project Implementation Unit.

26

27

V. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION

A. Process of Consultation Followed

66. During Project preparation, consultations have been held with the officials / elected representatives of the Sawar Upazila, Ashulia Union Parishad, apart from the communities in the subproject locations. The issues covered during these consultations included selection of subprojects and identification of key issues including addressing the current gaps in provision of basic services and improvement of environment in the Ashulia cluster. These consultations (Table 5) provided inputs in identification of the felt needs of the communities, and the relevant stakeholders.

Table 5: Consultations with Stakeholders S.No.

Place Date Number of

Participants Participants Issues Discussed

Incorporation into IEEs and Project Design

A Sawar Upazilla

May 10th 2010

6 Officials of Sawar Upazilla, and Chief Executive officer

Finalization of project components, environment and social safeguard requirements Assessment of the environment safeguard capacities of the Upazila, understanding of the projects implemented till date, key issues pertaining to environmental management, including clearances for siting of industrial units

Capacity building program, for training on environmental aspects to the engineers, as part of the project, Training on environmental impacts of industrial units.

B Sreepur May 10th 2010

10 Communities along the road side

Need for improvement of the drainage conditions. Every year the roads are subject to water logging, due to movement of heavy commercial vehicles Dust due to the operation of vehicles in the night.

Provisions for roadside drainage included in the design of the priority road stretches to be taken up in the project Provision of hard shoulders and widening of the existing carriageway shall minimize the dust impacts to the adjoining residents, after the improvement of the road stretches. IEE shall include measures to address environmental impacts during construction.

C Ashulia 21st June 2010

15 Officials of Sawar Upazilla, Ashulia Union

Discussion on project components. Siting

Joint site visits with the elected representatives have been undertaken and

28

S.No.

Place Date Number of

Participants Participants Issues Discussed

Incorporation into IEEs and Project Design

Parishad, elected representatives/councillors, Officials of DPHE, LGED

of the project components to avoid impacts on land acquisition and clearance of trees etc, Need for management of pollution from industrial clusters, better sanitation facilities for the residents.

potential lands for the production tube wells site have been identified. Concerned officials (DPHE/LGED) have been advised to take advance action on negotiation with land owners and initiate further consultation for smooth acquisition of the required land. Given that CRDP uses a sector approach, there is a potential of inclusion of subprojects pertaining to management of pollution and sanitation facilities in the subsequent phases of the project.

CRDP = City Region Development Project, DPHE = Department of Public Health Engineering, IEE = initial environmental examination, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department.

B. Plan for Continued Public Participation

67. To ensure continued public participation, provisions to ensure regular and continued stakeholder participation, at all stages during the project design and implementation is proposed. This participatory process will ensure that all views of the people are adequately reviewed and suitably incorporated in the design and implementation process. Further, to ensure an effective disclosure of the project proposals to the stakeholders and the communities in the vicinity of the subproject locations, an extensive project awareness campaigns will be carried out. 68. The Implementing Agency will submit to ADB the following documents for disclosure on ADB’s website: (i) the final IEE; (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project implementation, if any; and (iii) the environmental monitoring reports. 69. For the benefit of the community a summary of the IEE will be translated in Bangla and made available at: (i) Office of the Project Management Coordinating Unit (PMCU); and (ii) Office of the Sawar Upazilla. Hard copies of the IEE will be available in the PMCU/PIU, and accessible to citizens as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. On demand, the person seeking information can obtain a hard copy of the complete IEE document at the cost of photocopy from the office of the PMCU/PIU, on a written request and payment for the same to the Project Director. Electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of the LGED and the website of ADB after approval of the documents by Government and ADB. The PMCU will issue notification on the disclosure mechanism in local newspapers, ahead of the initiation of implementation of the project, providing information on the project, as well as the start dates etc. The notice will be issued by the PMCU in local newspapers one month ahead of the implementation works. This will create awareness of the project implementation among the public. Posters designed to mass campaign the basic tenets of the IEE will be distributed to libraries in different localities that will be generating mass awareness.

29

VI. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

70. A grievance redress mechanism will be established in Ashulia soon after project commencement. The first level and most accessible and immediate venue for the fastest resolve of grievances is the PIU, chiefly through the Resettlement Support Staff (RSS) and Project Manager, with assistance from the Resettlement Specialist (National and International-NRS and IRS) of the Management, Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC). The contact phone number will be posted in the project areas. Grievances will be resolved through continuous interactions with affected persons and the PIU will answer queries and resolve grievances regarding various issues including land acquisition, structures acquisition, livelihood impacts, entitlements, and assistance. Corrective measures will be undertaken at the field-level itself within seven days. All grievances will be documented with full information of the person and issue. 71. Should the grievance remain unresolved, the PIU's Project Manager, will activate the second level of the grievance redress mechanism (GRM) by referring the issue (with written documentation) to the local Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) of the Upazila, who will, based on review of the grievances, address them in consultation with the RSS of the PIU and PMCU, and affected persons. A hearing will be called, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concern/issues. The process will promote conflict resolution through mediation. The local GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Chief Executive Officer of the Upazila (GRC Chair); (ii) representative of the head of the Upazila; (iii) representative of the affected persons; (iv) official of the land registry department; (v) official of the DOE’s divisional office; (vi) town planner of the Upazila; and (vii) Environmental Specialist/ RSS of the PIU. The local GRC shall meet twice a month, unless the Project Director informs that there are no grievances to address, or they shall meet as needed as per the severity of the grievance. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign responsibilities for implementing its decisions. 72. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) provide support to displaced persons on problems arising from land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and assistance; (ii) record grievances of displaced persons, categorize and prioritize them and provide solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and decisions of the GRC. 73. Should the grievance still remain unresolved, the PIU Project Manager, will activate the third level of the GRM by informing the PMCU Project Director who will, based on review of the local GRC minutes and consultation with the PIU Project Manager, activate the PMCU level GRC. This committee shall comprise the following representatives:(i) Project Director PMCU; (ii) Environmental/Resettlement Officer of the PMCU; (iii) representative from Land Ministry, (iv) representative from DOE; (v) representative of the displaced persons; and (vi) Environmental/Social Safeguards officer of the PIU. 74. The GRC at the PMCU level shall meet based on the receipt of grievances, and the meeting shall be convened within 7 days of receipt of the grievance by the PMCU, and grievances redressed with 15 days. The Environmental/Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the PMCU GRC, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and taking follow up action to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out.

30

75. In the event that a grievance is not addressed by the PIU, local GRC, or the PMCU GRC, the displaced person can seek legal redress of the grievance in the appropriate Courts (the fourth level of the GRM). A grievance redressal mechanism and procedure is depicted in Figure 3.

Figure 3: Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM)

DSMC = Design Supervision and Management Consultant, GRC = Grievance Redress Committee, GRM = Grievance Redress Mechanism, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit, PIU = Project Implementation Unit.

VII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

76. A stand-alone EMP document, providing guidance to the contractor on the implementation of the environmental measures, has been prepared for the subproject. This is located in Appendix 4. The same shall be integrated as part of the contract document for the subproject.

VIII. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT AND RESPONSIBILITIES A. Project Management Coordination Unit (PMCU) 77. LGED will be the executing agency responsible for overall guidance and project implementation. The PMCU, headed by a Project Director will be responsible8 for planning,

8 PMCU responsibilities shall include management of (i) Local Government Grant facility, (ii) Investment components under the CRDP, and (iii) Institutional Strengthening and

Capacity building of the local governments. The CRDP PMCU will be advised by a Technical Advisory and Selection Committee and an Urban Management Support unit.

31

management, coordination, supervision and progress monitoring of the CRDP in the two city regions. Guided by a National Committee on City Region Development, there shall be CRDP Steering Committee will be responsible for progress review, coordination, and decisions required for the Project. The PMCU has the responsibility of fulfilling environmental requirements of the Government and conducting required level of environmental assessment as per ADB guidelines. To ensure effective implementation of the environmental aspects, two full time environmental safeguard officers are proposed, including one Environmental officer primarily responsible for the compliance to the Statutory and legal requirements of the Government and the other an Environmental Engineer responsible for implementation of the environmental management provisions in the IEE/EMPs for the subprojects. The MDSC will assist the PMCU in this regard. Table 6 outlines the institutional arrangements for the subproject. B. Project Implementation Units 78. The PIUs will be responsible for conducting feasibility studies including environmental assessment. The PIU will apart from technical expertise, include expertise on environment and social safeguards, and will be responsible for day-to-day monitoring of the project progress, including the implementation of the environmental provisions in the project. An Environmental support staff (or facilitator) shall be appointed within each PIU and shall be responsible for the effective implementation of the IEE/EMP for the subproject and ensure compliance to the Government and ADB requirements for environment. The PIU will prepare progress reports on all aspects concerning environmental assessment, management, and monitoring and report to the PMCU. C. Management, Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) 79. The MDSC team shall include the following environmental safeguards expertise to effectively implement the EARF/IEE provisions for the subprojects (i) an international Environmental Safeguards Specialist (with intermittent inputs), and (ii) a national environmental specialist (for duration of implementation). These personnel will provide technical support to the PMCU/PIU including implementation of the environmental and resettlement requirements, according to ADB requirements, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The MDSC safeguards specialists will support environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to environmental management plans, assisting in preparing IEEs, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The consultants will also provide needed training and capacity building support to the PMCU and PIUs. 80. Independent monitoring (for Category A projects) will be undertaken through an academic or research institutions with experience in environmental assessment, engaged by the executing agency to carry out external monitoring of the environmental assessment and management for the Program. Reports will be submitted to the executing agency and ADB for review. 81. During construction, monitoring will be undertaken by contractors. Mitigation measures identified through IEE/EIA and EMPs which are implemented by the contractor, shall form part of the contract documents. PIUs will monitor contractor’s environmental performance. During

32

the operation stage, monitoring will be the responsibility of the executing agency and the respective PIUs. 82. The Terms of Reference for project environmental personnel is provided in Appendix 2.

Table 6: Institutional Roles and Responsibilities

PMCU PIU ADBPre-Construction Stage Environmental Officer of the PMCU, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the MDSC to conduct Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) for each subproject using checklists available on ADB’s website. Based on the REA, categorize the project based on ADB’s SPS. Submit all categorization forms to ADB.

MDSC will assist the PIU and conduct IEE (or update existing IEE) for all Category B subprojects, which will include an EMP. PIU with assistance from the Environmental Officer of the PMCU and the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to carry out public consultation during IEE process and incorporate consultation findings into project designs and IEE.

ADB to review the REA checklists and reconfirm the categorization

PMCU based on review, will approve the IEE and send to ADB for review and clearance before contract award. The IEE also made available on request. Ensure EMP is part of contract documents for category A and B projects. If the sub-component is of ‘C’ category, the PMCU to provide generic mitigation measures, if any, to be implemented. For Category C subprojects, no IEE/EIA is required, only a review of the environmental implications.

After the approval of IEE by PMCU and clearance by ADB, PIU with the assistance of MDSC to disclose the IEE and EMP to public information as required by ADB’s SPS. MDSC, on behalf of the PIU, to incorporate mitigation measures in project design, specified in IEE and incorporate environmental mitigation and monitoring measures that need to be incorporated into contract document.

ADB will review and grant clearance of IEE/EMPs for subprojects before award of contracts.

Environmental Officer of PMCU to provide guidance to the PIU to ensure conformance of all subprojects to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with regard to environment. This shall include guidance in preparation of the documents as required under the ECR, submission of application forms, and liaison with agencies towards obtaining clearances from the DOE. Environmental officer of PMCU shall notify the ADB on the obtaining of clearances, including the conditions specified if any in the clearances, and integration of these into the contracts/EMP.

ECR stipulates that for (i) green, (ii) orange-A, (iii) orange–B, and (iv) red category projects, obtaining of environmental clearance certificate from DOE is a prerequisite. The Environmental Support staff of the PIU with assistance from MDSC Environmental Specialists shall compile the necessary information required for submission of application forms for clearances, obtaining NOC from local authorities etc. Until the obtaining of clearance certificate from DOE, the Environmental Support Staff will interact with the DOE on a regular basis and provide necessary documentation/clarifications as required.

ADB to ensure that the clearance requirements are included in the contract provisions/EMP.

Construction Stage PMCU to review the PIU monthly monitoring reports to ensure that the all mitigation measures are implemented. PMCU to consolidate the monthly reports and submit quarterly reports to ADB for review. Corrective actions to be taken.

Contractors to conduct environmental monitoring and implement EMPs. PIU with support of the Environmental Specialist(s) of MDSC to (i) review and approve the contractors’ implementation plan for the environmental provisions in the EMP, and (ii) monitor the implementation of mitigation measures by contractor. The MDSC with PIU to prepare monthly progress reports including

ADB to review the reports and provide necessary advice/guidance needed to the PMCU.

a section on implementation of the mitigation measures and submit to PMCU for review. PMCU to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB.

33

PMCU PIU ADBOperation Stage The executing and implementing agencies to conduct monitoring, as specified in the environmental monitoring plan of EMP. The DOE to monitor the performance, if required and as specified in monitoring plan of EMP.

ADB = Asian Development Bank, DOE = Department of Environment, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, EIA = Environmental Impact Assessment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management, Design, and Supervision Consultant, NOC = no objection certificate, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit, REA = Rapid Environmental Assessment, SPS = Safeguard Policy Statement.

D. Environmental Monitoring Plan

83. Environmental monitoring will be done during construction in three levels; namely monitoring development of project performance indicators done by the Environmental Specialist of the DSMC, monitoring implementation of mitigation measures done by the Contractor; and overall regulatory monitoring of the environmental issues done by Environmental Safeguards Officer of the PMCU. The environmental monitoring plan for the project is presented in Table 7. The proposed monitoring of all relevant environmental parameters, with a description of the sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, and responsible agencies are presented. The standards for air, water, noise laid down the ECR shall be followed. The monitoring of the environmental attributes in the first season (first year of implementation) shall be carried out prior to the start of implementation works at site, and shall form a baseline for the environmental parameters. The costs for monitoring of the environmental parameters is not covered in the BOQs and are included in the EMP budget, and will be part of the project costs.

Table 7: Monitoring Plan for Ashulia Subproject Sl. No.

Attributes Stage Parameters to be

Monitored Location Frequency Responsibility

1 Air Quality

Construction Stage

RPM, SPM, SO2, NOx, CO 1. Sreepur Intersection 2. Morning Glory School, 3. Jirabo bazaar 4. Ashulia settlement

Once in a season (exceptmonsoons) for the entireconstruction period

Contractor, to be monitored through approved Monitoring Agency

2 Water quality Construction TDS, TSS, pH, Hardness,BOD, Faecal Coli form

3 water bodies along theproject road

Twice a year (pre monsoon andpost monsoon) for the entireperiod of construction


3 Noise Levels –silence zones

Construction Stage

Equivalent Day & Night Time Noise Levels

1. Sreepur Intersection 2. Morning Glory School, 3. Jirabo bazaar 4. Ashulia settlement

Once in a season duringconstruction stage


4 Drainage Operation stage

Effectiveness of drainage, water logging, floodingrelated issues

1. Sreepur settlement 2. Jirabo bazaar 3. Ashulia 4. Along identified water

logging locations alongproject roads

Twice a year, before, during andafter the monsoons

Sawar Upazilla,

5 Survival Rate of landscaping, tree plantation

Operation Stage

Survival Rate In the areas whereroadside plantationsproposed,

Twice a year for two years Sawar Upazilla,

BOD = biological oxygen demand, RPM = respiratory particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids, NOx: nitrous oxide, CO- carbon monoxide

34

35

E. Capacity Building

84. The Environmental Specialist of the DSC will provide the basic training required for environmental awareness followed by specific aspects of infrastructure improvement Projects along with Environmental implications for projects. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of the members of the Training Program and the requirements of the project. The entire training would cover basic principles of environmental assessment and management; mitigation plans and programs, implementation techniques, monitoring methods and tools. The proposed training program along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 8 below. Training modules are listed in Table 8.

Table 8: Training Modules for Environmental Management Program Description Participants Form of

Training Duration Trainer / Agency Cost BDT

Introduction and sensitisation to environment issues

Sensitisation on environmental concerns Environmental impacts of roads /

water supply projects Environmental issues associated

with industrial clusters, waste management issues etc

The Government environmental regulations

ADB/multilateral/bilateral environmental regulations

Coordination between departments for implementation of environmental issues

Upazilla engineers, officials responsible for implementing project and other PIU staff as interested

Workshop One day workshop Pre-construction

DSC Environmental Specialist/ PMCU

275,000 EMP implementation Implementation of environment EMP

Identification of environment impacts

Monitoring and reporting for EMP Public interactions and

consultations Coordination for consents and with

various departments Monitoring formats filling and

review of impacts

Upazilla engineers, officials responsible for implementing project and other PIU staff as interested

Lectures and field visit

Two day session Construction

DSC Environmental Specialist / PMCU

300,000 Training on environmental management

Guidance on site evaluation for siting of industries Guidance for conformance to DOE requirements

Upazilla engineers, officers of DPHE, LGED at the Upazilla level and other PIU staff as interested

Lectures Two day session Construction

DSC Environmental Specialist / PMCU

400,000 ADB = Asian Development Bank, BDT = Bangladesh Taka, DOE = Department of Environment, DPHE = Department of Public Health Engineering, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit

36

37

F. Environmental Budget

85. As part of good engineering practices in the subproject, there have been several measures as erosion prevention, rehabilitation of borrow areas, safety, signage, provision of temporary drains, etc the costs for which will be included in the design costs of the subprojects. Therefore, these items of costs have not been included in the IEE budget. Only those items not covered under budgets for construction and Resettlement Plan are costed in the IEE budget. The IEE costs include mitigation, monitoring and capacity building costs. The costs for training proposed include the costs incurred towards the site visits, travel to the training program by the participants, printing of training materials and other logistic arrangements. The costs involved towards preparation of training material and imparting of training are covered in the Consultancy Budget for the DSMC. The budget for the environmental management costs for the subproject is presented in Table 9 below.

Table 9: Environmental Budget

Sl. No. Particulars Stages Unit Total

number Rate

(Taka) Cost

(Taka)

A. Mitigation Measures

1 Silt Fencing Construction Per running meter 200 2,000 400,000

2 Oil and Grease Trap Construction Per Unit 3 10,000 100,000

Sub -Total (A) 500,000

B. Monitoring Measures

Air quality monitoring Construction Per location 4x3x2 6,000 14,4000

Water quality Construction Per sample 15 6,000 90,000

Noise Levels – silence zones Construction Per location 4x3x2 5,000 12,0000

Drainage Construction Per year 3 60,000 17,5000

Sub -Total (B) 529,000

C Capacity Building

1 Sensitization Workshop Pre-Construction lump sum 275,000

2 EMP implementation Construction lump sum 300,000

3 Environmental management of industrial clusters Construction

400,000

Sub-Total (C) 975,000

Total (A+B+C), Taka 2,004,000 EMP = Environmental Management Plan.

IX. FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 86. The proposed interventions as part of the Ashulia cluster subproject, in terms of improved roads and drainage and provision of a water supply distribution system to the residents of Ashulia shall improve the environmental conditions in the project area. There are no environmentally sensitive areas or features in the project area that shall be impacted adversely due to the proposed interventions. The proposed subproject will conform to all the Government and ADB regulations, policies, and standards including all necessary government permits and clearances.

87. The significance of the environmental impacts will be more due to the construction related impacts. It is to be noted that the resultant potential impacts from these proposals can

38

be offset through provision of proven mitigation measures during the design and adoption of good engineering practices during construction and implementation. Further, the provision of environmental infrastructure, including improvement of roads and drainage and improved access to piped water supply, will better the environmental conditions in the project area. The specific management measures laid down in the IEE will effectively address any adverse environmental impacts due to the subproject. The effective implementation of the measures proposed will be ensured through the building up of capacity towards environmental management within the PMU supplemented with the technical expertise of a Safeguards Specialist as part of the DSC Consultants. Further, the environmental monitoring plans provide adequate opportunities towards course correction to address any residual impacts during construction or operation stages.

X. CONCLUSIONS 88. The IEE carried out for the subproject show that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impact can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The EMP provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redressal in terms of environmental safeguards exist.

Appendix 1 39

Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist Roads and Highways

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS A. Project Siting Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

The proposed interventions are within the Ashulia industrial and residential cluster.

Cultural heritage site

No sensitive ecological or cultural sites in project areas. Protected Area

Wetland

Mangrove

Estuarine

Buffer zone of protected area

Special area for protecting biodiversity

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

.

encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. sensitive or protected areas)?

alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

Improved drainage to be included along road areas.

deterioration of surface water quality due to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from worker-based camps and chemicals used in construction?

A project specific EMP addresses all construction related impacts.

increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, cutting and filling works, and chemicals from asphalt processing?

noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works?

dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people

No significant impacts are anticipated.

other social concerns relating to inconveniences in living conditions in the project areas that may trigger cases of upper respiratory problems and stress?

Civil works will entail simple road works which will avoid need for invasive air and noise impacts. All mitigation measures stated in the EMP.

hazardous driving conditions where construction interferes with pre-existing roads?

Traffic management plan to be prepared by the contractor and approved by the DSMC prior to the commencement of civil works.

40 Appendix 1

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in

construction camps and work sites, and possible transmission of communicable diseases from workers to local populations?

creation of temporary breeding habitats for mosquito vectors of disease?

dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people living in right-of-way?

No significant impacts anticipated.

accident risks associated with increased vehicular traffic, leading to accidental spills of toxic materials and loss of life?

increased noise and air pollution resulting from traffic volume?

Works to improve traffic flows within existing urban setting.

increased risk of water pollution from oil, grease and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles using the road?

DSMC = Design, Supervision and Management Consultant, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, REA = Rapid Environmental Assessment.

Appendix 2 41

INDICATIVE TOR FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PERSONNEL IN THE MDSC, PMCU AND PIU

A. Management, Design, and Supervision Consultants (MDSC)

1. Environmental Safeguards Specialist (International)

1. Experience. A civil engineer with postgraduate specialization in environment, having at least 15 years of working experience related to the integration of environmental issues in design, and supervision of infrastructure projects and preparation of environmental assessment documents, preferably with multi-donor projects. International experience is mandatory with previous country experience preferred. 2. Detailed Tasks:

(i) Build capacity of the Project Management Coordination Unit/Project Implementation (PMCU/PIU) Environmental officers and the Environmental Safeguards Specialist (National) to prepare and implement IEE/EMPs for Subprojects in accordance with the EARF for the CRDP;

(ii) Develop and implement an environmental capacity building programme including training program for the PMCU/PIU staff, contractors, and national consultants involved in project implementation;

(iii) Become familiarized with national laws and ensure project compliance; (iv) Oversee quality of work by national Environmental Specialist consultant;

including editing and finalizing all IEEs/EIAs in accordance with the EARF and provide necessary supervision throughout the design, planning, and implementation process for Subprojects under CRDP;

(v) Assist the PMCU Environmental Engineer to document and develop good practice construction guidelines to assist the contractors in implementing the provisions of IEE;

(vi) Prepare any relevant operational and maintenance manuals and procedures as needed (these include Site Management Plans, Waste Management Plans, Sludge Management and Disposal Plans, Occupational Safety Plans, etc) in coordination with Team Leader of consulting team;

(vii) Interact with the sector specialists of the MDSC and integrate environmentally sound practices into the detailed design of project components;

(viii) Develop protocols, for site supervision, monitoring and reporting etc to ensure effective implementation of environmental measures proposed in the EMPs; and

(ix) Review all monitoring reports and advise Project Team on corrective actions. Assist PMCU in finalizing monitoring reports for submission to ADB on quarterly basis.

2. Environmental Safeguards Specialist (National)

3. Experience. A civil engineer with specialization in environment, having at least 5 to 10 years of working experience related to the integration of environmental issues in design, and construction of infrastructure projects. Past experience working on donor projects preferable. 4. Detailed Tasks:

(i) Prepare (or update based on detailed design) IEEs/EIAs in accordance with the EARF for the CRDP;

(ii) Ensure all EMP measures are included in contract documents;

42 Appendix 2

(iii) Ensure compliance with all relevant national laws; (iv) Interact with the sector specialists of the MDSC and integrate environmentally

sound practices into the detailed design of project components; (v) Work out the site specific mitigation measures for components as required and

integrate the same into contractual provisions; (vi) Assist the International Environmental Specialist in environmental training

programs and workshops for the staff of the PIU and Contractors and in accordance to the Capacity Building Programme;

(vii) Preparation of Activity Plans as identified in IEE (these include Site Management Plans, Waste Management Plans, Sludge Management and Disposal Plans, Occupational Safety Plans, etc);

(viii) Supervise the implementation of the Environmental Management Plan by the Contractors;

(ix) Prepare monthly environmental monitoring reports in collaboration with PIU environmental officer and submit to PMCU;

(x) Review site specific environmental enhancement/mitigation designs worked out by the Contractor. Assist PIU in approving such designs;

(xi) During the Construction phase, monitor and ensure compliance of environmental monitoring plans by contractors as well as any other environmental issues in coordination with PIUs;

(xii) Provide occupational health and safety training for contractors’ personnel before commencement of civil works for all subprojects;

(xiii) Review the Contractors’ Environmental Implementation Plans to ensure compliance with the IEE/EMP;

(xiv) Assist the PIU Environmental officer to prepare and submit environmental monitoring and implementation progress reports to PMCU. Take correction actions where necessary;

(xv) Establish dialogue with the affected communities and ensure that the environmental concerns and suggestions are incorporated and implemented in the project; and

(xvi) Facilitate in responding to any public grievances.

B. Project Management Coordination unit (PMCU)

1. Environmental Safeguard Officer – PMCU

5. Experience. An Environmental Engineer/scientist with experience in management of environmental issues of infrastructure projects and understanding of the regulatory framework for environmental management in Bangladesh. 6. Detailed Tasks:

(i) Ensure the conformance of all Subprojects proposed under CRDP to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with reference to environmental requirements, with support from the Environmental Officer of the PIUs. This shall include preparation of the documents as required under the Environmental Conservation rules, submission of application forms, and obtaining clearances from the DOE; and ensuring conformance to the clearance conditions laid down in the clearances for the Subprojects by the DOE;

(ii) Liaise with the various Government agencies on environmental and other regulatory matters pertaining to implementation of the subprojects;

Appendix 2 43

(iii) Work closely with the PIUs and provide guidance on the shifting of utilities and services, including obtaining necessary clearances from the respective line agencies, prior to award of civil works contracts;

(iv) Provide support and assistance to the Government Agencies and the Asian Development Bank to supervise the implementation of the IEE during the construction as well as operation stage of the project ;

(v) Monitor construction activities to ensure that identified and appropriate control measures are effective and in compliance with the IEE and advise PIUs for compliance with statutory requirements;

(vi) Work in close co-ordination with the Social Safeguards officer of the PMCU and participate in the Grievance Redress Mechanism for all grievances that are brought forward to the PMCU. Monitor on a continuous basis the effective functioning of the Grievance mechanisms at the PIU and Pourashava levels on all grievances related to environmental issues; and

(vii) Jointly (with the environmental engineer of the PMCU), review the environmental performance of the project through an assessment of the periodic environmental monitoring reports submitted by the MDSC; provide a summary of the same to the Project Director, and initiate necessary follow-up actions.

2. Environmental Engineer - PMCU

7. Experience. A Civil Engineer with specialization in Environment with experience in implementation of environmental management plans of infrastructure projects, especially those funded by donor agencies. 8. Detailed Tasks.

(i) Review the IEE Document and contract clauses and ensure adequacy under ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines, 2003 and the updated Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 and identify any areas for improvement;

(ii) Ensure that the subproject design and specifications adequately reflect the IEE; (iii) Monitor construction activities to ensure that identified and appropriate control

measures are effective and in compliance with the IEE; (iv) Review and approve the Contractor’s Implementation Plan for the environmental

measures, as per IEEs/EMPs; (v) Liaise with the Contractors and Consultants on the implementation of the

Environmental management measures proposed in the IEE/EMP; (vi) Jointly (with the environmental safeguard officer of the PMCU), review the

environmental performance of the project through an assessment of the periodic environmental monitoring reports submitted by the MDSC; provide a summary of the same to the Project Director, and initiate necessary follow-up actions; and

(vii) Document the good practices in the project, with support from Environmental Specialists of the MDSC and PIU on (a) incorporation and integration of environmental issues into engineering design and (b) on implementing environmental measures in the construction, and dissemination of the same.

44 Appendix 2

C. Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

1. Environmental Officer (PIU)

9. Experience. A civil engineer with working experience related to the integration of environmental issues in design, and construction of infrastructure projects. 10. Detailed tasks:

(i) Support the Environmental Safeguards officer of the PMCU towards ensuring the conformance of the subproject to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with reference to environmental requirements; including preparation of documents required for clearances, obtaining clearances from the divisional office of the DOE etc;

(ii) Work with the MDSC Environmental Specialists in the preparation of the Environmental Safeguard Documents; including integration of environmental provisions into the contract provisions of the respective subprojects;

(iii) With support of the PMCU and MDSC Environmental Specialists, monitor compliance of the implementation of the environmental provisions; and ensure that identified control measures are effective and in compliance with the IEE;

(iv) Review and approve the Contractor’s Implementation Plan for the environmental measures, as per IEEs/EMPs;

(v) Liaise with the Contractors and Consultants on the implementation of the Environmental management measures proposed in the IEE/EMP; including the implementation of the environmental monitoring plan outlined in the IEE;

(vi) Establish dialogue with the affected communities and ensure that the environmental concerns and suggestions are incorporated and implemented in the project;

(vii) Participate in the Grievance redressal of all grievances pertaining to environment and support the PIU/Pourashava in redressal of the same;

(viii) Prepare and submit environmental monitoring and implementation progress reports with support from MDSC consultants, to the PMCU; and

(ix) Assist Environmental Specialist of the PMCU to prepare good practice dissemination notes based on the experience gained from site supervision.

Appendix 3 45

Contract Clauses to be Integrated into Bid Documents

1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of environmental provisions outlined in the EMP, in addition to adhering to all environmental provisions in the applicable specifications for the works will be adhered to as part of good engineering practices. 1.2 All works undertaken towards protection of environmental resources as part of the EMP and as part of good engineering practices while adhering to relevant specifications will be deemed to be incidental to works being carried out and no separate payment will be made unless otherwise specified explicitly. The costs towards environmental management as per EMP unless otherwise provided as a separate head, will be deemed to be part of the BOQ of the project. The scope of works of the contractor towards the implementation of the environmental provisions shall be as follows:

(i) Abide by all existing Environmental regulations and requirements of the Government of Bangladesh, during implementation.

(ii) Compliance with all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements set out in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

(iii) Submission of a method statement detailing how the subproject EMP will be complied with. This shall include methods and schedule of monitoring.

(iv) Monitoring of project environmental performance and periodic submission of monitoring reports.

(v) Compliance of all safety rules at work, and Provision of adequate health and safety measures such as water, food, sanitation, personal protective equipment, workers insurance, and medical facilities.

1.3. The detailed provisions for specific environmental issues shall be as outlined in the EMP table on impacts and mitigation measures. Key clauses are outlined in the following sections. 1.4 Occupation of and temporary use of Land for Construction Purposes. The contractor will obtain prior approval from landowners for temporary use of land for labor camp and construction yard, and before occupation agree on price, intended use and duration, amount of clearing and excavation, and final waste disposal and reclamation. The occupation shall be only after approval from the Environmental Personnel of the Supervision Consultant (Engineer), and shall include appropriate documentation of the pre-utilization status including a photograph of the site, on date of occupation by the contractor. 1.5. The contractor will not encroach upon or damage wetlands, forests, or fisheries in the project area, and will provide a plan for preventing fires and possession of instruments or poisonous substances for killing or capturing fish or wildlife. 1.6. All affected areas within the general project boundary shall be graded to their original elevation or to a gently sloping grade following completion. Machinery, equipment, structures contaminated earth and waste or unused materials shall be removed and disposed of properly. 1.7. No fuel, oil, or parts cleaning fluids shall be spilled, wasted or disposed of at the project site. 1.8. Site Conditions, Quarries and Haul Routes. Opening of trenches and excavations in public right-of-ways, towards laying/ rehabilitation / repair of pipelines, improvement of roadside drainage etc shall be done in a manner to least inconvenience residents, shop owners and pedestrians of the area. Where blockage of homes and shops occurs the

46 Appendix 3

contractor is required to limit the period of time an excavation is left open, done by excavating only a short portion that can be completed and backfilled in a few days, and by providing walkways and bridging across excavated areas. 1.9 Excavations shall not be left in an incomplete state, but shall be backfilled as quickly as feasible and the surface finished, providing access and limiting the generation of airborne dust. 1.10. The contractor will provide a plan for development of haul roads that minimize interference with ongoing activity in the area. Haul routes shall be approved by the Project Implementation Unit (PIU). Haul roads for unclassified fill in the project area shall be kept as close as possible to areas to be excavated. 1.11. Selection of borrow pits and haul routes shall minimize noise and air pollution in the vicinity of the borrow pit, en route and at the construction sites; visual impacts in inhabited areas; impacts on land use, air and noise emissions along haul routes; and congestion in populated areas. 1.12. Quarry locations and haul routes will be approved in advance by the Site Engineer and PIU. Vehicles hauling dirt and fill materials, or spoil away from construction sites, are required to remove loose materials prior to entry onto public thoroughfares, and to cover loads with tarpaulins sufficient to suppress blowing dust, dirt and sand. 1.13. Archaeological and Cultural Relics. The Contractor must halt construction upon discovery of foreign objects of non-recent origin on the ground or below grade. Contractor must notify the Site Engineer and PIU, who will contact the Ministry of Cultural Affairs to investigate and undertake recovery. Work must remain halted at the specific location until recovery is complete. 1.14. The contractor is responsible for arriving at a plan to reduce sediment load in local drainage courses due to the discharge of water from excavations. The Site Engineer must approve the plan prior to start of excavation. Final discharges to local streams should contain TSS no greater than 300 mg/L. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES 2.1 The Contractor shall ensure that construction activities do not result in any contamination of land or water by polluting substances. 2.2 Unless otherwise provided in the specifications, the Contractor shall ensure that no trees or shrubs or waterside vegetation are felled or harmed except those required to be cleared for execution of the works. The Contractor shall protect trees and vegetation from damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2.3 The Contractor shall not use or permit the use of wood as a fuel for the execution of any part of the works and to the extent practicable, shall ensure that fuels other than wood are used for cooking and heating in all camps and living accommodations. Any wood so used must be harvested legally, and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the relevant permits, if required. 2.4 The Contractor shall consult with local residents and local government before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plant. The work camps shall not be located near settlements, near drinking water supply intakes, protected areas, or wildlife habitats.

Appendix 3 47

2.5 In the conduct of cleaning activities and operation of equipment, the Contractor will utilize such practicable methods and devices as are reasonably available to control, prevent and otherwise minimize air/noise pollution. 3.0 NOISE AND AIR POLLUTION 3.1 All works will be carried out without unreasonable noise and air pollution. Subject and without prejudice to any other provision of the Contract and the law of the land and its obligation as applicable, the Contractor will take all precautions outlined in the EMP to avoid the air and noise pollution. 3.2 The Contractor shall monitor the environmental parameters periodically as specified in the monitoring plan and report to the Engineer. 3.3 The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer from and against any liability for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while carrying out the work, and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses, whatsoever, in regard or in relation to such liability. 4.0 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION 4.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the safety and health provisions specified in the EMP, provide workers with a safe and healthy working environment, in the work areas, through application of preventive and protective measures consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. The borrower/client will take steps to prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work by:

(i) providing preventive and protective measures, including modification, substitution, or elimination of hazardous conditions or substances;

(ii) providing appropriate equipment to minimize risks and requiring and enforcing its use;

(iii) training workers and providing them with appropriate incentives to use and comply with health and safety procedures and protective equipment;

(iv) documenting and reporting occupational accidents, diseases, and incidents; and

(v) having emergency prevention, preparedness, and response arrangements in place.

5.0 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCE 5.1 On completion of work, wherever applicable, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the sites all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish, scaffoldings, and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the sites and works in a clean condition. The handing over of the sites shall be done only after an inspection of the site and a written clearance by the Environmental specialist of the DSMC. 5.2 Construction camp sites post construction shall be cleared as specified in the EMP and handed over to the Owner. It will be ensured by the contractor that the site handed over is in line with the conditions of temporary acquisition signed by both parties.

48 Appendix 4

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (To be appended to the contract document)

I. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES A. Land Acquisition and Resettlement Impacts 1. There is no land acquisition envisaged for the roads and drainage components of the subproject are proposed improvements are within the available right of way (ROW). The subproject will impact 6 street hawkers and vendors who are operating within the ROW, whose structures will be affected. While the water distribution network is proposed within the available ROW, acquisition of private land shall be required for siting the production tube wells. The total land required for proposed 5 production tube well is 2.52 katha equivalents to 182 sq.m. (belonging to 5 families). The type of land is agricultural and unirrigated. None of the affected households will lose more than 10% of the productive asset and hence, none of the five households are severely affected. The land acquisition and resettlement impacts for the subproject are being addressed through a Resettlement Plan, in line with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework for the project. B. Environmental Impacts 2. Table A4.1 provides the potential environmental impacts and the mitigation measures including the responsibilities for implementing the same.

1. Location and Design Impacts 3. Location impacts are not likely to be significant as there are no environmentally sensitive areas in the vicinity of the subproject locations. Impacts on water bodies / village ponds abutting the roads have been minimized through design of the alignments to avoid encroachment onto the water bodies. Impacts pertaining to cutting of roadside trees have been unavoidable, due to the need for siting of the roadside drains, and will be compensated through compensatory plantation. Impacts arising from the inappropriate designs of proposed facilities would in general include the inadequate drainage provisions etc, and shall be addressed through incorporation of good design practices.

2. Construction Impacts 4. The impacts during construction include generic construction related impacts associated with road construction and those associated with laying of distribution lines. These are not expected to be significant, and can be addressed through adoption of good engineering practices and undertaking specific mitigation measures towards minimization of construction impacts on the sensitive receptors and communities in the vicinity of the project roads. The mitigation measures for the various impacts are outlined in the table below, and are summarized in the following sub-sections. 5. Drainage. There are stretches along the road which have been subject to water logging, especially during the monsoon. Construction of drainage facilities, and connection to the nearby bodies, if not adequately provided, would cause change in the drainage character of the site and aggravate the current water logging. 6. Water Bodies. Stockpiles of construction debris if left unattended near water bodies will be washed off as runoff into nearby water bodies causing siltation. Spillage of oil, lubricants and other chemicals also mix with the runoff and contaminate the water bodies. Storage of Bitumen and other hazardous material if stored near drainage channels would induce hazardous situations to the environment from possibility of leaching into ground and

Appendix 4 49

flow as runoff. Spillage of debris and construction material to surface water bodies may lead to surface water quality deterioration. 7. Air Pollution. Emission from construction vehicles, equipment and machinery used for excavation and construction would induce impacts on the air pollution in the construction site as well as on the surrounding settlements. Construction activities generate dust in the surrounding area causing increase in particulate matter. Given that the project roads are located within the Ashulia cluster, which has dense development of both industrial and residential units, suppression of dust during construction stage shall be required. 8. Noise and Vibration Impacts. Use of heavy construction machinery in the construction site/s would generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures in the settlements. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and would be of limited duration but would affect the construction workers in case of unprotected prolonged exposure. 9. Loss of Access and Disruption to Incomes. Temporary loss to access and income disruption is envisaged due to laying of distribution lines wherein the streets shall required to be completely or partly closed for traffic and movement. These needs to be addressed and traffic diversion / management plans where necessary are to be prepared and implemented during construction stage. Temporary disruption of livelihood, if any, shall be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework, through a Resettlement Plan. 10. Site Clearance and Restoration of Construction Camps. Post construction clearance of sites temporarily utilized for construction activities, including borrow areas, construction camps etc, if not adequate, would result in a poor environmental quality, increased water logging etc apart from loss of aesthetic quality of the site. 11. Socio-Economic. Manpower will be required during the 3-year construction period. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term. 12. Community Health and Safety. Hazards posed to the public, specifically in high-risk pedestrian areas (e.g., schools, community centers, central business and shopping areas), may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures, including (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

3. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Impacts 13. There are no adverse impacts envisaged due to the operation of the water supply systems. There shall be beneficial impacts on the communities due to the improved access to potable water. Disruption of traffic in the town during routine maintenance of the pipelines can also be expected, even through much of this will be localized in nature. The proposed road improvements and safety provisions, in settlement areas would reduce accidents and congestion and result in smooth vehicle and pedestrian movements. Improved drainage provision within the settlements shall ensure avoidance of water logging and address the poor drainage conditions along the project roads. Adverse impacts during the operation stage shall result in the event of poor maintenance of the drains constructed.

Table A4.1: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Sl No Environmental Issues Duration/ Extent Magnitude9 Roads

and Drainage


1 Location Impacts 1.1 Land acquisition and

resettlement impacts required due to siting of production tube wells where required.

Permanent Moderate √ Land acquisition impacts to be minimal as the proposed road improvements and siting of the production tube wells will be done within the available public lands. Affected Persons, if any, will be relocated and compensated in accordance to the resettlement plan.

PIU and DSMC

2 Design and Pre-Construction Impacts

2.1 Alterations of drainage pattern of the site

Temporary Moderate √ Design of cross drainage structures would be carried out so as to avoid alteration of drainage pattern. Design would be done considering 50 year return flood level to avoid overtopping of the roads and maintain natural drainage.





2.3 Construction Camps, and /or hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles, and disposal areas – Location, Selection, Design and Layout

Temporary Moderate √ √ The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be located as per the following siting criteria: (i) these will be at least 500m away from habitations (ii) area selected will be away from flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) will be away from sensitive environmental resources as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies. At these locations, the Contractor will work out layouts adhering to the air and water standards prescribed by DOE; (iv) sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems; and (v) the disposal areas will not be located at areas that will cause inconvenience the communities.

Contractor and DSMC


50 A

pp

end

ix 4


and Drainage



Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will be responsible for arrangement of water in every workplace at suitable and easily accessible place for the whole construction period. Sufficient supply of cold potable water to be provided and maintained.

Contractor / DSMC

2.5 Quarry Operations for road construction

Temporary Moderate √ It will be ensured that materials are obtained from licensed quarries having environmental clearance. Quality and legality to be examined by the Contractor and copies of environmental clearances for these needs to be submitted prior to sourcing of material. Sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings

PIU, Contractor and DSMC



Temporary Moderate √ √ Due consideration will be given for material storage and construction sites such that it doesn’t cause any hindrance to daily traffic movement. The contractor will (i) consult with implementing agency on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the rainy season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; and (iv) protect surface water bodies from any source of contamination such as oily wastes, debris, and spoils that will degrade its quality;

Contractor / DSMC

3.2 Quarry / Borrow pits Operations

Temporary Moderate √ √ Mitigation measures include requiring contractor to: (i) obtain approval of implementing agency if new quarries and borrow sites are necessary; (ii) store stripped materials as not to disrupt natural drainage and will be protected to prevent erosion and migration of soil particles into surface waters; (iii) provide temporary ditches and/or settling basins to collect runoff water and to prevent erosion and contamination of surface water; (iv) exposed areas will be planted with suitable vegetation at the earliest opportunity. prevent ponding of water through temporary drains discharging to natural drainage channels; (v) restore sites after construction activities by stabilizing contours and slopes, spreading of stripped materials to promote percolation and re-growth of vegetation, and draining of any standing water. Land utilized for quarry sites access roads will also be restored; and (vi) adequate

Contractor and DSMC

A

ppe

ndix 4

51


and Drainage


safety precautions will be ensured during transportation of quarry material from quarries to the construction site. Vehicles transporting the material will be covered to prevent spillage

3.3 Excavation for distribution network and need for disposal of earth material, and shall also result in disruption of services including damage of existing infrastructure, including roads, telephone / electric lines etc.

Temporary Moderate √ The contractor will be required to: (i) plan for immediate attendance by the service providers to any damages to utilities during construction; (ii) replace (or compensate) public and private physical structures damaged due to construction or vibration; and (iii) provide prior public information about the likely disruption of services. In consultation and with support from the Sawar Upazila, the Contractor shall provide alternate arrangements for services like water supply in the event of disruption beyond reasonable time, for instance, through tankers

Contractor and DSMC

3.4 Stripping, stocking and preservation of top soil

Temporary Moderate √ The topsoil from borrow areas, areas of cutting and areas to be permanently covered will be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles. The stockpile will be designed such that the slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile is to be restricted to 2m. Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling will be kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction will occur. The stockpiles will be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin. It will be ensured by the contractor that the topsoil will not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the disturbed area and cut slopes.

Contractor and DSMC

3.5 Soil Erosion Permanent Moderate √ At the outfall of each culvert, erosion prevention measure will be undertaken, as per the direction of the Engineer. The work will consist of measures as per design, or as directed by the Engineer to control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution. All temporary sedimentation, pollution control works and maintenance thereof will be deemed as incidental to the earthwork or other items of work.

Contractor and DSMC

3.6 Use of explosive materials Permanent Moderate √ √ Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor will not use explosives. The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation,

Contractor and DSMC

52 A

ppe

ndix 4


and Drainage


storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen. The use of explosive materials will be carried out by the Contractor, only after obtaining written approval of the

procedures to be followed by the Engineer. 3.7 Loss of Access to residents,

businesses and institutions during the construction period.

Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians through diversions to and from side roads and property access connecting the project roads. The contractor ensures that (i) the construction works do not interfere with the convenience of the public or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads, or any other access to properties, whether public or private. Temporary access to properties adjacent to construction site will be provided through construction of ramps with concrete slabs for use of pedestrians and light vehicles; (ii) at critical areas such as institutions, operating hours are factored in work schedules and workforce is increased for speedy completion; (iii) advance information on works to be undertaken including appropriate signages is provided; and (iv) the diversion is done in coordination with government traffic and Roads Safety Division for necessary rerouting of traffic and traffic management.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Moderate √ √ The fuel storage and vehicle cleaning area will be stationed such that runoff from the site does not drain into the water body. Oil interceptor will be provided at construction vehicle parking area, vehicle repair area and workshops ensuring that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to its discharge.

Contractor and DSMC

3.9 Siltation of water bodies due to spillage of construction wastes

Temporary Moderate √ Silt fencing to be provided at all water bodies near construction sites to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses. The number of units of silt fencing to be installed is to be decided by the engineer. Discharge standards promulgated under the Schedule 10, standards for waste from industrial units or projects waste will be strictly adhered to.

Contractor and DSMC

3.10 Generation of Dust Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards; (ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with

Contractor and DSMC

A

ppe

ndix 4

53


and Drainage


tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.



Contractor and DSMC



Contractor and DSMC

3.13 Traffic Control and Safety Temporary Moderate √ √ Before taking up any construction, detailed Traffic Control Plans will be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval, 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of road. The traffic control plans will contain details of arrangements for construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day. The Contractor will ensure that the running surface is always maintained in good condition, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to traffic flow occurs. In addition, (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions; and (v) All necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking flags, lights and flagmen will be undertaken as per Engineer’s direction and approval, for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section under improvement.

Contractor and DSMC

3.14 Material Handling at Site Temporary Minor √ √ All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, concrete etc., will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in welding works, would be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields.

Contractor and DSMC

54 A

ppe

ndix 4


and Drainage


Workers engaged in stone breaking activities will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals. The use of any toxic chemical will be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

3.15 Disposal of Bituminous wastes/Construction Waste/Debris/Cut Material

Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will: (i) prepare and implement Waste Management Plan; Safe disposal of the extraneous material will be ensured in the pre-identified disposal locations; (ii) recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (iii) manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas. The bituminous waste generated will be reused in road construction based on its suitability of reuse to the maximum extent possible. Cut material generated because of construction will be utilized for as filling material. Remaining material if any will be disposed off safely at the disposal sites; (iv) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; In no case, any construction waste will be disposed around the project road indiscriminately; and (v) restore pre-project environmental conditions through implementation of environmental restoration works.

Contractor and DSMC

3.16 Safety Measures During Construction

Temporary Moderate √ √ All relevant provisions of the Bangladesh Labour Act, 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006 will be adhered to pertaining to provision of adequate safety measures during construction. The contractor will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

Contractor and DSMC

3.17 Risk caused by Force Majure Temporary Minor √ √ All precaution will be taken to prevent danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood, drowning, etc. Specifically, the contractor (i) will provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (ii) will provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction camp site and will employ a full-time medical staff; and (iii) will provide access to hospitals/clinics within the project site that can be accessed in case of emergency by arranging necessary transport for safe carriage of the injured.

Contractor and DSMC


Contractor and DSMC

3.19 First Aid Temporary Minor √ √ At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material and

Contractor and DSMC

A

ppe

nd

ix 4

55


and Drainage


appliances will be provided as per the Bangladesh Labour Act, 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate transfer of injured or ill person(s) to the nearest hospital. At every workplace and

construction camp, equipment and nursing staff will be provided.

3.20 Hygiene Temporary Minor √ √ All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. Safe drinking water in sufficient quantity for the work force will be provided in the construction site as well as at the construction camps. Garbage bins must be provided in the camps and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, the local medical health or municipal authorities will make arrangement for disposal of excreta. On completion of the works, all such temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta tank and other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Minor √ √ In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contract will prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts and will, immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work will be stopped 100 m all directions from the site of discovery. The Engineer will seek direction from the Department of Archaeology before instructing the Contractor to recommence work on the site.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Major √ √ Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the Engineer. The plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization. On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be

Contractor and DSMC

56 A

pp

end

ix 4


and Drainage


restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

4 O&M Impacts 4.1 Environmental Conditions Temporary Moderate √ The Sawar Upazila with support from LGED will undertake Sawar Upazila seasonal monitoring of air, water, noise, and soil quality

through an approved monitoring agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored will be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared.

4.2 Survival of trees planted Temporary Moderate √ Proper care shall be taken to increase survival rate of saplings like regular watering, pruning, provision of tree guards, manure for better nourishment, etc. including timely replacement of perished saplings.

Sawar Upazila

4.3 Drainage of roadsides Temporary Moderate √ To ensure efficient flow of surface water and to prevent water logging along the side of the roads adequate size and number of cross-drainage structures and longitudinal drains are provided in the design. These will be adequately maintained by cleaning and avoiding clogging of openings.

Sawar Upazila

4.4 Pollution from Industrial unities

Permanent Significant In line with the provisions of the ECR, the DOE Divisional officer of Dhaka shall undertake periodic monitoring of the pollution of environmental parameters, including air and noise, supervise the effective functioning of the treatment facilities etc.

DOE

DOE = Department of Environment, DSMC = Design, Supervision and Management Consultant, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, O&M = operation and maintenance, PIU = Project Implementation Unit.

Ap

pend

ix 4

57

58

A. Environmental Monitoring Plan

14. Environmental monitoring will be done during construction in three levels; namely monitoring development of project performance indicators done by the Environmental Specialist of the DSMC, monitoring implementation of mitigation measures done by the Contractor; and overall regulatory monitoring of the environmental issues done by Environmental Safeguards Officer of the PMCU. The environmental monitoring plan for the project is presented in Table A4.2. The proposed monitoring of all relevant environmental parameters, with a description of the sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, and responsible agencies are presented. The standards for air, water, noise laid down the ECR shall be followed. The monitoring of the environmental attributes in the first season (first year of implementation) shall be carried out prior to the start of implementation works at site, and shall form a baseline for the environmental parameters. The costs for monitoring of the environmental parameters is not covered in the BOQs and are included in the EMP budget, and will be part of the project costs.

59

Table A4.2: Monitoring Plan for Ashulia Subproject Sl. No.



1 Air Quality

Construction Stage

RPM, SPM, SO2, NOx, CO

1. Sreepur Intersection

2. Morning Glory School,

3. Jirabo bazaar 4. Ashulia

settlement

Once in a season(except monsoons)for the entireconstruction period


2 Water quality Construction TDS, TSS, pH,Hardness, BOD,Faecal Coli form

3 water bodies along the project road

Twice a year (premonsoon and postmonsoon) for theentire period ofconstruction


3 Noise Levels – silence zones

Construction Stage

Equivalent Day &Night Time NoiseLevels

1. Sreepur Intersection

2. Morning Glory School,

3. Jirabo bazaar 4. Ashulia settlement

Once in a seasonduring constructionstage


4 Drainage Operation stage

Effectiveness ofdrainage, waterlogging, floodingrelated issues

1. Sreepur settlement

2. Jirabo bazaar 3. Ashulia 4. Along identified water logging locations along project roads

Twice a year,before, during andafter the monsoons

Sawar Upazilla,


Operation Stage

Survival Rate In the areas where roadside plantations proposed,

Twice a year fortwo years

Sawar Upazilla,

BOD = biological oxygen demand, RPM = respiratory particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.



BAN: City Region Development Project—Gazipur Water Supply and Sanitation Subproject Prepared by the Local Government Engineering Department, Government of Bangladesh This IEE is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank BOD – Biological Oxygen Demand BOQ – Bill of Quantities CEO – Chief Executive Officer CRDP – City Region Development Project DCC – Dhaka City Corporation DOE – Department of Environment DMSC Design Management and Supervision Consultant DPHE – Department of Public Health Engineering DSMC – Design, Supervision and Management Consultant DWASA – Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority EARF – Environmental Assessment and Review Framework ECR – Environment Conservation Rules EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment EMP – Environmental Management Plan GRC – Grievance Redress Committee GRM – Grievance Redress Mechanism IEE – Initial Environment Examination LGED – Local Government Engineering Department LGI Local Government Institution MDSC Management, Design and Supervision Consultant NGO – nongovernment organization O&M – Operations and Maintenance PIU – Project Implementation Unit PMCU – Project Management Coordination Unit REA – Rapid Environmental Assessment ROW – Right of Way RPM – Respiratory Particulate Matter RSS Resettlement Support Staff SPM – Suspended Particulate Matter SPS – Safeguard Policy Statement WHO – World Health Organization

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is prepared to comply with the Government of Bangladesh (the Government) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements for the proposed Gazipur water supply and sanitation subproject. The subproject includes the following components: (i) improvement and expansion of the existing water supply systems, including production tube wells and distribution networks; and (ii) improvements to sanitation facilities, including construction of community toilets, construction of pit latrines in existing residential areas, improvement of operations and maintenance (O&M) of sludge management from septic tanks, including development of sludge drying beds at the landfill site.

2. All the proposed interventions are proposed within the Gazipur Pourashava limits, and there are no environmentally sensitive areas in the project locations. Assessment of the potential environmental impacts due to the subproject, as part of the IEE reveals that the impacts shall be largely generic construction related impacts associated with laying of distribution networks and construction of tube wells and community toilet facilities. The designs of the septic tanks and latrines shall be based on technical assessments of the sanitation conditions to minimize / avoid any impacts on the ground water quality. The siting of new production tube wells shall be based on the assessment of the safe yield, arrived based on test tube wells prior to the finalization of the location. Further, measures to arrest the further decline in the ground water levels, as rain water harvesting, minimization of water extraction through water losses reduction etc are integrated in the subproject. For all construction related impacts, environmental management measures to address the construction related impacts have been integrated into the IEE. An environmental monitoring plan (EMP) to monitor the effectiveness of the mitigation /management measures has been worked out and is part of the IEE.

3. The Gazipur Pourashava shall be the implementing agency for this subproject and the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) shall be housed within the Pourashava. Capacity building and training of the Pourashava and the PIU officials towards implementation of the environmental provisions have been detailed in the IEE and costs included in the IEE budget. The IEE includes plan for continued participation during project implementation, disclosure of information and mechanisms for redressal of grievances pertaining to environmental issues during the project implementation.

4. The IEE carried out for the subproject show that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impacts can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject components; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The EMP provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redressal in terms of environmental safeguards exist.

INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION: GAZIPUR

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Background

1. The City Region Development Project (CRDP) emphasizes economic growth in Dhaka and Khulna city regions of Bangladesh through (i) creation of an enabling environment towards improved governance and capacity building of the local governments; and (ii) prioritized investments in infrastructure sectors in the two regions. The objectives of CRDP are: (i) to improve the regional economic and social context through long-term development plans and investment programs, set within an institutional and regulatory context that will ensure implementation and review; (ii) to improve the capacity and mandate of local government to govern and to invest in improved economic activity at local level; (iii) to improve the economic context for sustainable commercial and industrial growth; and (iv) to improve the economic and social needs of the urban population, as an inclusive aspect of the CRDP.

2. The Project has been designed as a Project loan using a sector approval and is formulated to provide opportunities for replication of the project in other Local Government Institutions1 (LGIs) within the identified city regions. The IEE for the proposed Gazipur water supply/sanitation improvement subproject prepared by the Gazipur Pourashava in line with the Environmental Assessment Review Framework (EARF)2 prepared for the CRDP. This IEE is prepared to comply with both the Government and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements.

3. The initial environmental examination (IEE) assesses the environmental impacts due to the Gazipur Water supply and sanitation subproject and specifies measures towards addressing the impacts. The IEE was based on a review of subproject site plans and reports; field visits, collection of secondary data to characterize the environment and identify potential impacts; and interviews and discussions with stakeholders. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the specific environmental measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. During the detailed design stage, the IEE/EMP shall be further updated and stand-alone EMPs prepared for each of the procurement packages (and appended to the Contract document). This will enable integration of environmental provisions/management measures in the Contract Document.


4. The purpose of this subproject is to improve and expand the water supply system sanitation arrangements in Gazipur. The proposed components will result in positive environmental impacts. Given the magnitude of civil works, there would be typical construction related impacts, and could be mitigated by appropriate mitigation measures and adoption of good construction practices. Further, these will be of limited intensity and of short duration. None of the subproject interventions are proposed within locations in or near sensitive and valuable ecosystems, including protected areas and forests. During the operation of the water supply systems, the project will have positive environmental impacts particularly to the

1 ULGIs include City Corporations, Pourashavas, Upazila and Union Parishads. 2 The sector approach requires preparation of EARF to provide a comprehensive framework for environmental

management during the project implementation. The EARF is in accordance with the Government rules and ADB safeguard policies. The EARF reviews the types of subprojects anticipated under the project and summarizes potential environmental impacts. The EARF provides an overview of the regulations of the Government of Bangladesh and ADB related to environmental assessment, specifically concerning project environmental classification, review and approval requirements. Further, the EARF sets out specific procedures to be followed for subprojects, and for implementation of the project as a whole.

2

beneficiary households, through the provision of improved access to clean water and access to sanitation facilities. Therefore, as per the EARF, the subprojects are categorized as ‘B’ and an IEE carried out.


5. Government of Bangladesh (the Government). The provisions for environmental protection and pollution control in Bangladesh are contained in the Environmental Conservation Rules (ECR) 1997. This legislation also provides the principal mechanism for assessing and mitigating the environmental impacts of projects, both existing and proposed. Projects are classified as green, orange, or red. While the water supply distribution lines laying and expansion is categorized as a Red category project, construction of public toilets is an Orange-B category project in accordance with the Schedule 1 of the ECR. The entire Gazipur Water supply / sanitation subproject has been categorized as RED category project. The requirements for the individual components proposed are provided in Table 1.

Table 1: Environmental Regulatory Compliance –Subproject

Component Description Applicability of ADB

guidelines

Category in accordance with ECR of the

Government


Water supply systems – production tube wells and distribution network

Category B Red category - Water, power and gas distribution line

laying/relaying/extension

Feasibility Report and Initial Environmental Examination and Terms of Reference for Environmental Impact Assessment or Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan

Construction of community toilets, construction of pit latrines in existing residential areas, improvement of O&M of sludge management from septic tanks, including development of sludge drying beds at the landfill site.

Category B Orange B Category – Public Toilets

Initial Environmental Examination

Environmental Management Plan

ADB = Asian Development Bank, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, O&M = operation and maintenance.

6. Asian Development Bank. The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 of ADB stipulates addressing environmental concerns, if any, of a proposed activity in the initial stages of Project preparation. For this, ADB Guidelines categorizes the proposed components into categories (A, B or C) to determine the level of environmental assessment3 required to address the potential impacts. The subproject has been categorized as B. Accordingly, this IEE is prepared to address the potential impacts, in line with the recommended IEE content and structure for Category B projects. Stakeholder consultation was an integral part of the IEE. An EMP outlining the specific environmental measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared.

7. The methodology adopted for the IEE preparation is based on ADB and the Government standards and norms.


Guidelines is as follows: (i) Category A. Subproject components with potential for significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts; (ii) Category B. Subproject components judged to have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree and/or significance than those for Category A projects. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report. (iii) Category C. Sub-components unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are still reviewed.

3

D. Report Structure

8. This IEE Report, in addition to an executive summary summarizing the key issues and findings of the IEE, includes the following sections: (i) introduction; (ii) description of project components; (iii) description of the environment (baseline data); (iv) screening of anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (v) information disclosure, consultation, and participation; (vi) grievance redress mechanism; (vii) institutional requirements; (viii) findings and recommendations; and (ix) conclusions.

II. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT COMPONENTS

A. Vision and Objectives

9. The Gazipur water supply and sanitation subproject focuses on providing a sustainable framework in which water supply and sanitation improvements may be delivered more effectively by incorporating and optimizing existing systems. At the same time, the subproject seeks to mitigate as far as practicable, the current depletion of groundwater resources by substantially reducing wastage in water delivery and use. Here it is an aim for water to be produced and delivered more effectively and to improve energy efficiency and reduce power consumption. The specific objectives of this subproject are to:

(i) Rehabilitate the existing water supply sources, including the production (tube) wells and the distribution system in the core area of Gazipur;

(ii) Expand the sources of water supply, including new production wells in the core and fringe areas of Gazipur;

(iii) Increase the per capita consumption of the population from its current low level; (iv) Increase the coverage of safe water supply services and to reduce the incident of

water borne diseases by providing piped water supply; (v) Improve the institutional structures of the Pourashava and the way water sector

improvements are planned and delivered; (vi) Improve the sanitation services in the Pourashava and improve health and

sanitary conditions; and (vii) Improve the financial standing of water supply / sanitation services by the

introduction of modern accounting, billing and revenue collection procedures thereby achieving full cost recovery.

B. Subproject Description

1. Water Supply

a. Rehabilitation of Existing Production Tube Wells

10. The yield of the existing production wells has declined since construction with one now having been taken out of service. The reduction in yield may be due to the decline in groundwater levels but there are other factors that may be affecting production. Production wells used for water supply require periodic rehabilitation to improve their performance. The proposed rehabilitation de-silts the production well, opens up the pores of the screen and re-establishes the parameters of the tube well.

11. It is envisaged that this component will be aimed at achieving production well operation over 24 hours per day in an effort to double the current daily water yield. The subproject should therefore comprise the following principal parts:

(i) Collection of information on the borehole design;

4

(ii) Inspection by closed-circuit television; (iii) Breaking-up of clogging deposits; (iv) Removal of silt and debris by surging and airlift clearance pumping; (v) Borehole disinfection; and (vi) Step-drawdown test.

12. Actual requirements are to be based on findings of the preparatory hydrogeological study, but are expected to cover the eight production wells, which are still active.

b. Refurbishment of Existing Water Supply Network

13. The water supply network in Gazipur Pourashava consists of 28 km of mainly Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipelines of 100 mm to 200 mm diameter. Experience in other Pourashavas suggests the network suffers from significant leakage rates due to badly constructed joints and illegal connections. In addition, the accumulation of sand from pumping sandy water is a problem in some areas. Based on the Condition and Operability Survey it is proposed to refurbish parts of the network where leakage or breakages have been identified. Activities include:

(i) removing and replacing broken or leaking pipes; (ii) installing washout valves; (iii) flushing of pipes to remove sand; and (iv) replacing illegal connection with new metered service connections.

c. Interconnection of Existing Networks

14. The Central Gazipur area is served by eight small scale, individual distribution networks each supplied by the eight operational production wells. One system is currently inoperative. A system of interconnection will be designed as part of the network analysis carried out in Phase 1. It is envisaged that significant operational efficiencies may be realized by the interlinking of the networks especially in regard to proposed network extensions and the provision a continuous 24 hrs supply.

d. Extension of Distribution Network

15. Expansion of transmission, distribution pipelines and water storage of is required in conjunction with the construction of new production wells to increase the supply area. New supply areas will be subject to finalization taking account of the findings of population surveys in order to best target those areas best benefitting from a piped water supply and offering a greater economic rate of return regarding cost recovery. Current estimates of length are given in Table 2.

Table 2: Proposed Pipeline Network Extensions

Pipe Diameter Existing pipeline

(km) Proposed Extension

Length (km)

200 mm 1.75 20

150 mm 12.75 15

100 mm 13.75 15

Total 28.25 50 km = kilometer, mm = millimeter.

16. Installation of water meters at consumer premises and production wells are proposed as a part of this subproject component. Allowance has been made for the installation of 1,000 new meters with valved service connections. It is aimed to increase a piped supply from 34% to over

5

65% of the Gazipur population taking those served to an estimated 200,000 from the 100,000 currently served within the core area.

e. Development of New Production Tube Wells

17. Activities are to include the drilling of 12 new production wells to provide additional water corresponding with the expansion of the water supply network. It is envisaged that a minimum of 8 new production wells will be drilled as new wells. The drilling of a further 4 production wells has been allocated as new tube wells to replace existing production wells, if they are found to be economically unproductive based on the findings of hydrological survey carried out.

18. The allocation of 8 new production wells is based on supplying 25,000 m3/d of water to an estimated total of 200,000 consumers at a per capita consumption of 100 l/d and with a leakage rate of 20%. The calculation also assumes the realization of approximately 2,000 m3/d from each new well and a total of 9,000 m3/d from the existing wells and the four contingency wells combined. Improved yields from the existing production wells from redevelopment would reduce the number of new production wells required.

f. Water Provision in Informal Housing Areas

19. The subproject will provide new production wells and hand pumps and facilities in areas where gaps in provision have been identified under the Preparatory Studies, including informal housing areas and in rural development clusters.

2. Sanitation Facilities

a. Construction of 10 Public Toilets

21. Public toilets are very limited in the core area and this component includes for the construction of 10 new public toilets and wash facilities. These public toilets shall be provided with piped water supply and drainage system with suitably designed soakways. The locations for the new facilities have been identified based on land availability and in areas with demand for public toilet facilities. The sites identified are located in easily accessible public areas within the core area. The area for new facilities will be identified by the Pourashava in conjunction with the findings of the consultant team, to ensure suitable sized collection and drainage systems can be suitably provided.

b. Sanitation – Core Area and Fringe Areas

22. The sanitation components allows for the construction of 2,000 new pit latrines in the core and fringe areas, matching the priority needs identified during the course of discussions between the consultant team and representatives of the Pourashava. To ensure that the proposed interventions do not pollute ground water resources, it is proposed that prior to the finalization of the designs, a detailed assessment of the sanitation facilities in Gazipur will be carried out.

c. Improved Sludge Management System

23. Towards improved operation and maintenance (O&M) of the septic tanks in the Gazipur Pourashava, collection equipments and vehicles for septic tank wastes is proposed. Sludge drying beds are proposed to be developed at the existing solid waste dumping ground at

6

Gazipur. A location of about 30x30 sq m is proposed to be developed for sludge drying beds, and shall be lined, and designed to minimize any leachate flow into the surrounding areas.

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE DATA)

24. Gazipur Pourashava is a local government administrative area located 40 km north of Dhaka. It is designated as a Class ‘A’ municipality based on population numbers and income. Gazipur Pourashava is the headquarters of District of Gazipur. It is also understood from discussions with representatives from RAJUK, that Gazipur District will be a location for the long-term development of a Satellite City.



25. The Gazipur Pourashava, in the vicinity of Dhaka is situated in the Madhupur tract. Two characteristic geological units cover the city and surroundings, including Madhupur Clay of the Pleistocene age and alluvial deposits of recent age. The Madhupur Clay is the oldest sediment exposed in and around the city area having characteristic topography and drainage. The major geomorphic units of the city are: the high land or the Dhaka terrace, the low lands or floodplains and depressions and abandoned channels. Low lying swamps and marshes located in and around the city are other major topographic features.

26. The height of the land gradually increases from the east to the west. The southern part of the project area is composed of the alluvium soil of the Bangshi and Dhalashwari rivers. The land feature of the project area bears uneven elevation. Once, the area was covered with green vegetation. Now, due to the rapid growth of population and industrialization, land use conversion to urban uses has occurred.

2. Climate

27. The climate of the project area, is average tropical monsoon with alternating dry/wet seasons. Including the pre-rainy season, there are three marked seasons:

(i) November to February. The dry (winter) season is the coolest and driest period. Monthly average temperatures are below 290C with a minimum at 130C. Rainfall is very rare during this period (below 30 mm/month). Winds are predominantly blowing from the Northwest but with a high frequency of calm wind situations.

(ii) March and April. In the pre-rainy season (summer) and the early months of the west seasons, the highest temperatures are reached. The monthly average temperature can rise up to 340C. During this period, air becomes more humid, rainfall increases, and heavy rains with thunderstorm occur. This period is locally called as “Kalbaaishakhi”. Sometimes the rain falls with hail.

(iii) May to October. In the west season (“monsoon period”) more than 85% of the total annual rainfall occurs. Monthly average temperatures remain high with a maximum of 330C. The period of periodic heavy thunderstorms lasts until June. June to mid September to early November is the transitional period with decreasing rainfall, often thunder. During the wet season, the winds are predominantly blowing from the South. Monsoon rains are generally not stormy, but downpours of 50 mm to 75 mm per day are not uncommon and rainfall with more than 250mm per day is occasionally experienced.

7

28. Total mean annual rainfall occurring in the area is about 2,102 mm. About 75% of the total annual rainfall occurs during the monsoon period.

3. Flood Plains

29. Most of Dhaka is in the natural floodplain of the various rivers in the area, and would have functioned as an important breeding ground for many aquatic species in the past. This function is still evident in the seasonal flooding that affects large parts of the city. The floodplain function has been further degraded by the construction of embankments to protect the city from flooding, and particularly from infilling to reclaim land, which reduces the water retention capacity of these areas and increasing flooding both upstream and downstream.

4. Surface Water Resources

30. Dhaka is enclosed between the Turag-Buriganga River in the west and the Balu-Sitalakhya River in the east, both of which drain into the Meghna in the south, along with the Dhaleswari, old Brahmaputra and other rivers outside the city limits. Like other inland waterways these rivers support a fish fauna that includes carp, catfish, loach, hilsa and shrimp, plus a variety of invertebrates and insects that have been little studied. There is no permanent surface water body within the project area, except Bansi River in Gurail Mouza. Bansi River is used for local navigation and for seasonal fishing purposes. The Danka Khal is on the West Side of the Gazipur, is mainly used by the local peoples for navigation, and other purposes. Regarding pollution load concern, Danka khal receives discharges from all the industries situated along the Joydebpur-Tangail road and Konabari Industrial Zone, which include textiles, footwear, food, chemical, pharmaceutical, detergent, and steel re-rolling mills.

5. Ground Water Resources

31. There are three main aquifers in the central region of Bangladesh:




32. In Dhaka 80% of the domestic water supply is obtained from the middle aquifer, extracted by tube-wells throughout the city. Recent studies have shown that water levels have fallen dramatically (20 m over the past six years) and suggest that the aquifer may be changing from a confined to an unconfined condition, which could make it vulnerable to contamination. There is already evidence of pollution by leaking underground tanks at petrol stations and chemical plants, and seepage from sewers. Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority (DWASA) is implementing a major project to improve the water supply service, which amongst other things will increase the usage of surface water and extend groundwater abstraction to the deeper aquifer, at a sustainable rate.

33. To address issues pertaining to the decline of ground water levels, the Gazipur Pourashava proposes the following initiatives in the long terms: (i) minimization of water abstraction through reduction in water losses achieved as a result of the rehabilitation of the distribution networks, (ii) minimizing water consumption through awareness campaigns and consumption based tariff, (iii) introduction of rain water harvesting in both private and public

8

buildings, to improve the aquifer recharge, and (iv) improvement to existing sanitation facilities and introduction of better sanitation facilities to minimize pollution of ground water.

6. Ground Water Quality

34. Water quality monitoring surveys show that iron and arsenic in the groundwater is below the World Health Organization (WHO) and national standards for consumption. The laboratory test results of two test boring wells, one located near Hazi Younus Ali Niamat Sarak and the other at Jorpukurpar (near Mandir) are furnished below in Table 3.

Table 3: Ground Water Quality in Gazipur District

Water Quality Parameters

Bangladesh Standard

WHO International Standard Present Concentration

Desirable Level

Highest Permissible Level

Site A Site B

pH 6.5- 8.5 7.0 to 8.5 6.5 to 9.2 7.3 6.9

Conductivity ----- ----- ----- 380µs/cum 397µs/cum

Alkalinity

(HCO3)

----- ----- ----- 192 mg/l 195 mg/l

Hardness (AsCaCO3) 200-500 mg/l 100 mg/l 500 mg/l 78mg/l 76mg/l

Chloride

150-600 mg/l 200 mg/l 600 mg/l 35 mg/l 32 mg/l

Arsenic .05mg/l (50ppb) .01mg/l .05 mg/l 2 ppb 2 ppb

Boron 1 mg/l ----- ----- <0.4 mg/l 0.52mg/l

Barium .01 mg/l ----- ----- 47.44 ppb 54.50 ppb

Iron 0.3-1 mg/l 0.1 mg/l 1 mg/l 0.63 mg/l 0.73 mg/l

Magnesium 0.1 mg/l < 30 mg/l 150 mg/l 0.1mg/l 0.1mg/l WHO = World Health Organization. Source: Department of Public Health Engineering, Government of Bangladesh.

7. Air Quality

35. While there are no major air polluting industries within the Gazipur urban area, there are small and medium industries including various textiles dyeing and other industries which are polluting sources outside the Pourashava boundaries. In addition to the industries, the brick kilns located in the banks and flood plains are a major source of air pollution.

8. Floods and Disasters

36. The project area has less risk of natural disasters like cyclone and flood. As the project area is far away from coastal region, so there remains less risk of cyclone. The project area remains in the seismic zone II which is vulnerable for earthquake. In the medium risk zone, shocks of moderate intensity are possible, with a probable maximum magnitude of 6 to 7 on the Richter scale.

37. The National Seismic Zoning Map produced by the Geological Survey of Bangladesh (GSB), divides the country into three regions: a high risk zone between Mymensingh and Sylhet in the north and north-east; a medium risk zone stretching diagonally from Rajshahi in the north-west through Dhaka and Comilla to Chittagong and Cox’s Bazar in the south-east; and a low-risk zone in the south and south-west, around Khulna and Barisal.

9

38. Seismic events in Bangladesh are relatively infrequent but historically have been severe, such as the earthquakes of 1930 and 1950 that caused widespread damage throughout the country, and the earthquake in 2004 that damaged large parts of Dhaka City.


1. Forests and Natural Habitats

39. While there are no forests or protected areas within Gazipur Pourashava, the Bhaval national Park is located 10km to the north of the Gazipur urban area. The Bhaval national Park in Dhaka Forest Division is easily accessible throughout the year by road. It has been kept under International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)management category as a protected landscape. This Bhaval National park (24°01'N, 90°20'E), Gazipur was established and maintained as a national park in 1974 but not declared officially until 1982 under the Bangladesh Wildlife Act, 1974. This national park covers 5,000 ha but sometimes for development works, it extends to the middle of the park's core area of 940 ha. The present feature of the forest area is actually honeycombed with habitations and rice fields. The topography is characterized by low hills, which rise 3.0 m to 4.5 m above the surrounding paddy fields locally known as 'chalas' are intersected by numerous depressions or baids. The dominant forest trees Sal Shorea robusta of the national park have been almost completely removed, but now protection programs have planted sal which covers 90% of the area.

40. The wildlife at Bhaval National Park was well known for its peacocks, tiger, leopard (black panther also) elephant, clouded leopard, sambar deer, etc. However, the overall situation is that these wild lives have disappeared4 and few mammals (squirrel, mongoose, jackal, civet, jungle cat, etc.), few reptiles (monitor lizard, snakes) and some indigenous birds remain (Sarker and Fazlul Huq, 1985).

41. Within Gazipur Pourashava, there are little or no natural terrestrial habitats, because in most cases vegetation was cleared many years ago to provide land for development, and for agriculture in the suburbs. The project area is similar to the character to many areas of alluvial delta in Bangladesh with mixed crop vegetation. Rice, other grains and seasonal vegetables are the main crops in this area. Other than monoculture tree plantations, no forestland is involved in this area. Terrestrial plants are now mainly limited to trees, shrubs and flowers grown alongside roads and in parks and gardens, and the crops and fruit trees planted in agricultural areas. The composition of plant community includes low growing grasses and herbaceous vegetation as well as other flora. No wild animals inhabit and endangered species are present in this area. The common birds like crow, sparrow, mayna, etc and some domestic cattle, no other wild animals inhabit the area.


1. Population and Development

42. Gazipur Pourashava covers an area of 48.5 km2. The Pourashava is sub divided into a core area, covering 16 km2 around the middle of the Pourashava, and a fringe area, covering the remaining 32.5 km2. The highest population densities are found towards the centre of the core area but rural or semi rural enclaves are found around the periphery. There is some industrial clustering and unplanned urban residential and other urban fringe land uses scattered across the rural hinterland. Agriculture and other related uses are under pressure from

4 D.S. Kabir and A.Z. Ahmed, 2005. Wildlife Biodiversity in Bhawal National Park: Management Techniques and

Drawbacks of Wildlife Management and Nature Conservation.

10

unplanned urban development. As such the rural hinterland increasingly houses a large migrant population.

43. According to Census of 2001, the population of Gazipur Pourashava was 128,429. Gazipur Pourashava carried out a further population count in the year 2005 and the total population of that time was estimated at 300,112 among which 156,586 were male and 143,526 were female. The large proportional increase of population is due mainly to migration attracted to employment opportunities provided by the expansion of commercial and industrial activities in the Pourashava. Manufacturing facilities include Ceramic industry, beverage industry, press and publication, garments industry, foot ware, jute mills, textile mills, printing and dying factory, transformer industry, automobile industry, biscuit and bread factory, pharmaceutical industry, soap factory, brick field, cold storage, welding, plant nursery, etc.

44. While several of the industries in Gazipur do not comply with the requirements of the Government, the Department of Environment (DOE) is taking up addressal of the pollution from industrial clusters, with support from Donors including the World Bank. The Industrial Policy of the Government, 2005 mandates the following strategies towards improvement of the environmental performance of the industries towards compliance to the Government standards:

(i) Section 2.11. Provide all necessary assistance for producing environment-friendly product with the objective for creating a pollution-free environment in the industrial sector.

(ii) Section 17.1. One of the foremost objectives of the Industrial Policy 2005 is to help attain competitive efficiency by developing technology, reducing consumers� costs by using cost-effective technology, and assisting in the development of an environmentally friendly industrial production system.

(iii) Section 18.6. Environmental pollution control: The Environmental Protection Act 1995 and other relevant legislations are gradually implemented to control environmental pollution. Those industries that pollute the environment and endanger public health must ensure safety measures in respect of environmental pollution control. Industrial enterprises will be encouraged to obtain ISO-14000 certificates.

45. Based on the national average growth rate of 3.3%, a conservative population estimate for 2010 is some 353,008 persons and projected to rise to 371,380 and 422,530 in 2015 and 2020 respectively. The current expectation is however, that the growth will continue to be greater than the national average and the population of Gazipur may exceed 500,000 over the next ten years (2020).

46. The proposed Dhaka – Water and Environment project (funded by World Bank), which includes the industrial clusters in Gazipur district, is designed to demonstrate (i) the business and environmental advantages of cleaner production; and (ii) a financially and technically sustainable model of central effluent treatment facilities in the greater Dhaka watershed. It will help to develop further capacity of the DOE in monitoring and enforcing pollution control. The project will have four components: (i) Monitoring and Environmental Compliance; (ii) Industry Pollution Prevention and Abatement Demonstration Program; (iii) Design, Construction and Operationalization; and (iv) Program Management, Monitoring and Evaluation and Stakeholder Engagement.

11

2. Infrastructure Services

47. Water Supply. Gazipur Pourashava is entirely dependent on ground water for its water supply, through means of production (tube) wells. Only eight production wells are currently working and they are located at ‘Rajbari water works compound’, ‘Boruda’, ‘Madhov bari water works compound’, ‘Joor pukur’, ‘Madha para near mondhir’, ‘Bazar water works compound’ and North bilash pur, Laxmipura water works compound’. Shallow production wells employing mechanical or hand pumps are also widespread in central Gazipur as households cannot depend on the irregular piped supply.

48. Recently four new production wells have been completed but not yet commissioned. The locations of these production wells are ‘East chandana near graveyard’, ‘Laxmipura Talukder para’, ‘Niamat sharak’ and ‘Hajibagh Bhora’. It is expected that these production wells will be commissioned soon.

49. As with the Region in general, the Gazipur Pourashava is suffering from a serious decline in ground water levels. Figures reveal that the static ground water level has declined by approximately 7 meters to 8 meters in the last eight years since 2001, which represents an average fall of around 1m annually. The reduction is particularly acute during the dry season when water demand is high and levels become even lower as a result of high drawdown.

50. Sanitation. The existing sanitation system in Gazipur Pourashava comprises exclusively pour flush toilets with septic tanks or pit latrines. There is no conventional sewer system. Septic tanks are widely used within urban areas of central Gazipur and surrounds, but the exact number is unknown, though thought to be significant. They are built and paid for by individual householders. Pit latrines are also widespread. Official figures give the current number of pit latrines in the Pourashava as 34,912 comprising home-made, single and twin pit pour flush latrines. The exact numbers of each category is not available but the single pit pour flush is the most common. Though currently the ‘best’ means available, septic tanks have problems in that traditional designs provide systems that are considered too small and ill-designed to effectively retain solids. Percolation into the ground also pollutes the local groundwater abstracted for domestic use from shallow wells.

51. To ensure that the proposed intervention as part of the sanitation sub-component does not pollute ground water resources, it is proposed that prior to the finalization of the designs, a detailed assessment of the sanitation facilities in Gazipur will be carried out. It will also examine the potential for better design and maintenance of septic tanks and in the long-term possible connection to a sewerage system. It will also examine the upgrading of pit latrines to pour or flush septic tank systems and alternative designs for pit latrines.

52. Desludging of the septic tanks is also a particular problem. Pit latrines fill up with night soil and become unhygienic whilst septic tanks fill up and eventually overflow or block. As a result, householders either construct outlet pipes, which convey the raw sewage into local drains or open areas. Alternatively they pay for private ‘sweepers’ to manually collect and remove the contents. Effectively the result of manual collection is much the same as there are no designated areas within the Pourashava for the sanitary disposal of septic tanks, latrines or other sanitary facilities so again contents end up in drains or are tipped onto open land.

53. Solid Waste Management. The Gazipur Pourashava has over the past 3 years initiated with participation of NGOs, vermicompost facilities for treatment of organic wastes. The waste collection and transportation is done by the Pourashava. The transported waste is segregated at the disposal site and compost generated. In the absence of a sanitary landfill facility, the inorganic waste is currently crudely dumped within the site.

12

54. Drainage. The Gazipur Pourashava, as part of the ADB’s Urban Governance and Infrastructure Improvement Project (UGIIP) project has developed an infrastructure master plan for drainage, and has taken up implementation of the priority drainage networks in the Pourashava. However, given that there are several areas that are not covered by roadside drains, and several natural channels that are not properly maintained or protected, local floods and water logging in the monsoon season is recurrent. Water logging is a major problem as expressed during consultations with the Communities and elected representatives of the Gazipur Pourashava. This is exacerbated by the elevation of roadside development which is high compared to the existing road level, and without drainage and outfall.

55. Roads and Connectivity. While the connectivity to Gazipur is in a good condition, the internal roads in Gazipur Pourashava are either inadequate in width or in a poor condition. The situation is exacerbated by the regular water logging of roads during the monsoon season which disrupts efficiency movement for up to four months.

3. Physical or Cultural Heritage

56. There are no archaeological structures / monuments or sites that are of significance in the vicinity of the subproject locations.

IV. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


57. While the water distribution network is proposed within the available right of way (ROW), acquisition of private land shall be required for siting some of the production tube wells and the community public toilets proposed within the urban area. The land acquisition impacts for the same are being addressed through a Resettlement Plan, in line with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework for the project.

B. Environmental Impacts

58. Table 4 provides the potential environmental impacts and the mitigation measures including the responsibilities for implementing the same.


59. Location impacts are not likely to be significant as there are no environmentally sensitive areas in the vicinity of the subproject locations. Impacts pertaining to cutting of roadside trees (if unavoidable) in areas where new production tube wells, public toilets are proposed, will be compensated through compensatory plantation. Impacts arising from the inappropriate designs of proposed facilities would in general include ground water pollution due to the proposed latrines, community toilets due to wrong designs, inappropriate disposal facilities at the community toilet locations, poor design of sludge drying beds etc. These shall be addressed through adoption of good practices as part of the detailed design.


60. The impacts during construction shall include generic construction related impacts associated with laying of distribution lines. These are not expected to be significant, and can be addressed through adoption of good engineering practices and undertaking specific mitigation measures towards minimization of construction impacts on the sensitive receptors and communities in the vicinity of roads along which the distribution networks are proposed. The construction related impacts due to the construction of the production tube wells, and the

13

community toilets are very much localized, and are insignificant. The mitigation measures for the various impacts are outlined in the table below, and are summarized in the following sub-sections.

61. Drainage. There are localities within the Gazipur Pourashava which have been subject to water logging, especially during the monsoon. Excavation of the road for laying, rehabilitation of water pipelines etc, in these localities would cause change in the drainage character of the site and aggravate the current water logging, if adequate protection measures are not taken up.

62. Water Bodies. Stockpiles of construction debris if left unattended near water bodies will be washed off as runoff into nearby water bodies causing siltation. Spillage of oil, lubricants and other chemicals also mix with the runoff and contaminate the water bodies. Spillage of debris and construction material to surface water bodies may lead to surface water quality deterioration.

63. Air Pollution. Emission from construction vehicles, Equipment and Machinery used for excavation and construction would induce impacts on the air pollution in the construction site as well as on the surrounding settlements. Construction activities generate dust in the surrounding area causing increase in particulate matter. Given that the proposed improvements to the water supply networks are within the densely populated Gazipur urban area, suppression of dust during construction stage shall be required.

64. Noise and Vibration Impacts. Use of construction machinery in the construction site would generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures in the settlements. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and would be of limited duration.

65. Safety during Construction. Appropriate measures during construction shall be worked out to address safety issues during construction. Traffic diversions have to be notified sufficiently in advance and where necessary temporary diversions have to be provided for safe crossing of the traffic. During laying of pipes, alternative arrangements, if required to address disruption of water supplies, shall be worked out by the contractor.

66. Loss of access and disruption to incomes. Temporary loss to access and income disruption is envisaged due to laying of distribution lines wherein the streets shall required to be completely or partly closed for traffic and movement. These needs to be addressed and traffic diversion/management plans where necessary are to be prepared and implemented during construction stage. Temporary disruption of livelihood, if any, shall be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework, through a Resettlement Plan.

67. Site Clearance and Restoration of Construction Camps. Post construction clearance of sites temporarily utilized for construction activities, including borrow areas, construction camps etc, if not adequate, would result in a poor environmental quality, increased water logging etc apart from loss of aesthetic quality of the site.

68. Socio-Economic. Manpower will be required during the 3-year construction period. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.

69. Community Health and Safety. Hazards posed to the public, specifically in high-risk pedestrian areas (e.g., schools, community centers, central business and shopping areas), may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures, including (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts

14

to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

3. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Impacts

70. There are no adverse impacts envisaged due to the operation of the water supply systems. There shall be beneficial impacts on the communities due to the improved access to potable water. Disruption of traffic in the town during routine maintenance of the pipelines can also be expected, even through much of this will be localized in nature.

71. The project provides for improvement of the septic tanks and latrines, for about 2000 households in the town. Further, improved O&M of the septic tanks wastes through equipments for cleaning and transportation of the septage is proposed to the sludge drying beds at the solid waste dump site. While these shall result in beneficial impacts in terms of reduction in pollution load onto the surface and ground waters, adverse impacts shall result in the event of lack of conformance to the maintenance practices, including regular cleaning of the septic tanks etc.

72. The sludge drying beds at the solid waste dumpsite, if not properly maintained, shall result in direct disposal of the septage onto the dumping ground, which shall adversely impact the ground water and soil in the vicinity.


Sl No

Environmental Issues Duration /

Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component

Sanitation Component

Mitigation Measures Responsibility

1 Location Impacts

1.1 Land acquisition and resettlement impacts required due to siting of production tube wells and public toilets

Permanent Moderate √ √ Land acquisition impacts will be avoided through design of cross-sections within the available ROW. Rehabilitation of non-titleholders and hawkers/vendors (licensed and unlicensed) within the ROW will be carried out in accordance to the resettlement plan.

PIU and DSMC

1.2 Relocation of utility lines along the distribution networks, and at the sites of the production tube wells and community toilets

Permanent Moderate √ √ All utilities and services impacted due to the proposed network improvements, siting of new infrastructure shall be shifted/ relocated with prior approval of the concerned agencies.

PIU and DSMC

1.3 Impacts due to siting of the proposed facilities including public toilets, septic tanks and production tubewells

Permanent Moderate √ √ The siting of the facilities, in addition to land and resettlement requirements, will conform to a site selection criteria to avoid impacts pertaining to (i) pollution of ground water; and (ii) safe yield of the tube wells, etc.

PIU and DSMC

2 Design and Pre-construction Impacts




2.2 Construction Camps, and /or hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles, sludge drying bed/s and disposal areas – Location, Selection,

Temporary Moderate √ The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be located as per the

Contractor and DSMC


15

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



Design and Layout following siting criteria: (i) These will be at least 500m away from habitations; (ii) Area selected will be away from flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) Will be away from sensitive environmental resources as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies. At these locations, the Contractor will work out layouts adhering to the air and water standards prescribed by DOE; (iv) sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems; and (v) The disposal areas will not be located at areas that will cause inconvenience the communities. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings.


Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will be responsible for arrangement of water in every workplace at suitable and easily accessible place for the whole construction period. Sufficient supply of cold potable water to be provided and maintained at the construction camps and other ancillary work areas.

Contractor / DSMC



Temporary Moderate √ √ Due consideration will be given for material storage and construction sites such that it doesn’t cause any hindrance to daily traffic movement. The contractor will (i) consult with implementing agency on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the rainy season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic

Contractor / DSMC

16

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



sheets; (iii) prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; and (iv) protect surface water bodies from any source of contamination such as oily wastes, debris, and spoils that will degrade its quality.

3.2 Quarry/Borrow pits Operations Temporary Moderate √ √ Mitigation measures include requiring Contractor to: (i) obtain approval of implementing agency if new quarries and borrow sites are necessary; (ii) store stripped materials as not to disrupt natural drainage and will be protected to prevent erosion and migration of soil particles into surface waters; (iii) provide temporary ditches and/or settling basins to collect runoff water and to prevent erosion and contamination of surface water; (iv) exposed areas will be planted with suitable vegetation at the earliest opportunity. Prevent ponding of water through temporary drains discharging to natural drainage channels; (v) restore sites after construction activities by stabilizing contours and slopes, spreading of stripped materials to promote percolation and re-growth of vegetation, and draining of any standing water. Land utilized for quarry sites access roads will also be restored; and (vi) adequate safety precautions will be ensured during transportation of quarry material from quarries to the construction site. Vehicles transporting the material will be covered to prevent spillage.

Contractor and DSMC

3.3 Excavation for distribution network and need for disposal of earth material, and shall also

Temporary Moderate √ √ The Contractor will be required to: (i) plan for immediate attendance by the service providers to any damages to

Contractor and DSMC

17

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



result in disruption of services including damage of existing infrastructure, including roads, telephone / electric lines etc.

utilities during construction; (ii) replace (or compensate) public and private physical structures damaged due to construction or vibration; and (iii) provide prior public information about the likely disruption of services. In consultation and with support from the DWASA, the Contractor will provide alternate arrangements for services like water supply in the event of disruption beyond reasonable time, for instance, through tankers.

3.4 Stripping, stocking and preservation of top soil Temporary Moderate √ √ The topsoil from borrow areas, areas of cutting and areas to be permanently covered will be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles.

The stockpile will be designed such that the slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile is to be restricted to 2m. Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling will be kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction will occur. The stockpiles will be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin. It will be ensured by the contractor that the topsoil will not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the disturbed area and cut slopes.

Contractor and DSMC

3.5 Soil Erosion Temporary Moderate √ At the outfall of each culvert, erosion prevention measure, will be undertaken, as per the direction of the Engineer

The work will consist of measures as

Contractor and DSMC

18

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



per design, or as directed by the Engineer to control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution. All temporary sedimentation, pollution, control works and maintenance thereof will be deemed as incidental to the earthwork or other items of work.

3.6 Use of explosive materials Temporary Moderate √ Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor will not use explosives.

The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen. The use of explosive materials will be carried out by the Contractor, only after obtaining written approval of the procedures to be followed by the Engineer.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Moderate √ The contractor will provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians through diversions to and from side roads and property access connecting the project roads. The contractor ensures that (i) the construction works do not interfere with the convenience of the public or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads, or any other access to properties, whether public or private. Temporary access to properties adjacent to construction site will be provided through construction of ramps with concrete slabs for use of

Contractor and DSMC

19

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



pedestrians and light vehicles; (ii) at critical areas such as institutions, operating hours are factored in work schedules and workforce is increased for speedy completion; (iii) advance information on works to be undertaken including appropriate signages is provided; and (iv) the diversion is done in coordination with government traffic and Roads Safety Division for necessary rerouting of traffic and traffic management.


Temporary Moderate √ √ The fuel storage and vehicle cleaning area will be stationed such that runoff from the site does not drain into the water body. Oil interceptors will be provided at construction vehicle parking area, vehicle repair area and workshops ensuring that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to its discharge.

The work site will be cleaned and restored to pre-project conditions.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Moderate √ Silt fencing to be provided at all water bodies near construction sites to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses. The number of units of silt fencing to be installed will to be decided by the engineer.

Discharge standards promulgated under the Schedule 10, standards for waste from industrial units or projects waste will be strictly adhered to.

Contractor and DSMC

20

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component




Contractor and DSMC



Contractor and DSMC

3.12 Noise from construction

Equipments


Contractor and DSMC

3.13 Traffic Control and Safety Temporary Moderate √ Before taking up any construction, detailed Traffic Control Plans will be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval, 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of road. The traffic control plans will contain details of arrangements for construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of

Contractor and DSMC

21

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



work each day. The Contractor will ensure that the running surface is always maintained in good condition, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to traffic flow occurs. In addition, (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions; and (v) all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking flags, lights and flagmen will be undertaken as per Engineer’s direction and approval, for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section under improvement.

3.14 Material Handling at Site Temporary Minor √ √ All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, concrete etc., will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in welding works, would be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields. Workers engaged in stone breaking activities will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals.

The use of any toxic chemical will be strictly in accordance with the

Contractor and DSMC

22

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



manufacturer’s instructions.


Temporary Moderate √ The Contractor will: (i) prepare and implement Waste Management Plan; Safe disposal of the extraneous material will be ensured in the pre-identified disposal locations; (ii) recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (iii) manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; The bituminous waste generated will be reused in road construction based on its suitability of reuse to the maximum extent possible. Cut material generated because of construction will be utilized for as filling material. Remaining material if any will be disposed off safely at the disposal sites; (iv) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; In no case, any construction waste will be disposed around the project road indiscriminately; and (v) restore pre-project environmental conditions through implementation of environmental restoration works.

Contractor and DSMC

3.16 Safety Measures During Construction Temporary Moderate √ √ All relevant provisions of the Bangladesh Labor Act, 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006 will be adhered to pertaining to provision of adequate safety measures during construction.

The contractor will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

Contractor and DSMC

23

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



3.17 Risk caused by Force Majure Temporary Minor √ √ All reasonable precaution will be taken to prevent danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood, drowning, etc. Specifically, the contractor (i) will provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (ii) will provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction camp site and will employ a full-time medical staff; and (iii) will provide access to hospitals/clinics within the project site that can be accessed in case of emergency by arranging necessary transport for safe carriage of the injured.

Contractor and DSMC


Contractor and DSMC

3.19 First Aid Temporary Minor √ √ At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material and appliances will be provided as per the Factory Rules. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate transfer of injured or ill person(s) to the nearest hospital. At every workplace and construction camp, equipment and nursing staff will be provided.

Contractor and DSMC

3.20 Hygiene Temporary Minor √ √ All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. Safe drinking water in sufficient quantity for the work force will be provided in the construction site as well as at the construction camps. Garbage bins must be provided in the camps and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Adequate health care is to be

Contractor and DSMC

24

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



provided for the work force. Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, the local medical health or municipal authorities will make arrangement for disposal of excreta. On completion of the works, all such temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta tank and other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

3.21 Archaeological Property chance find Temporary Minor √ √ In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contract will prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts and will, immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work will be stopped 100 m all directions from the site of discovery.

The Engineer will seek direction from the Department of Archaeology before instructing the Contractor to recommence work on the site.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Major √ √ Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the Engineer. The plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization.

Contractor and DSMC

25

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

4 O&M Impacts

4.1 Environmental Conditions Temporary Moderate √ √ The Gazipur Pourashava with support from LGED will undertake seasonal monitoring of air, water, noise and soil quality through an approved monitoring agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored will be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared.

Gazipur Pourashava

4.2 Survival of trees planted Temporary Moderate √ √ Proper care shall be taken to increase survival rate of saplings like regular watering, pruning, provision of tree guards, manure for better nourishment, etc. including timely replacement of perished saplings.

Gazipur Pourashava

4.3 Effective maintenance of the sludge drying beds

Temporary Moderate √ The sanitation wing of the Gazipur Pourashava shall ensure regular maintenance of the drying beds, and take up efforts towards utilization of the dried sludge for horticultural/ agricultural purposes.

Gazipur Pourashava

4.4 Maintenance of equipments for septage collection and transportation

Temporary Moderate

√ The vehicles for transport of septage, and other equipments for cleaning of septic tanks shall be maintained regularly and kept in working conditions.

Gazipur Pourashava

26

Sl No


Extent5 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



The Pourashava sanitation wing shall carry out periodic awareness campaigns towards mobilization of the communities not to directly discharge septic tanks wastes onto the drains.

DWASA = Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority, DSMC = Design, Supervision and Management Consultant, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, O&M = operation and maintenance, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, ROW = right of way.

27

28


A. Process for Consultation Followed

73. During Project preparation, consultations have been held with the officials / elected representatives of the Gazipur Pourashava, apart from the communities in the subproject locations. The issues covered during these consultations included selection of subprojects and identification of key issues including addressing the current gaps in provision of basic services and improvement of urban environment conditions in the Gazipur urban area. These consultations (Table 5) provided inputs in identification of the felt needs of the communities, and the relevant stakeholders. Figure 1 shows photos of consultations undertaken.

Figure 1: Consultations with Officials and Communities

Consultations with Officials Consultation with communities

Table 5: Summary of Stakeholders Consultations

S.No. Place Date Number of Participants

Participants Issues Discussed Incorporation into IEEs and Project

Design

A Gazipur 12th May 2010

8 Executive engineer, CEO, acting Mayor of Gazipur Pourashava, and other staff of Pourashava

Assessment of the environment safeguard capacities of the Pourashava, understanding of the externally funded projects implemented till date, key issues pertaining to environmental management, including clearances for siting of industrial units within the Pourashava.

Capacity building program, for training on environmental aspects to the Pourashava engineers, as part of the project.

Training on environmental impacts of industrial units.

B Gazipur 22nd June 2010

20 Mayor, CEO, Executive engineer, elected representatives, staff of Pourashava

Discussion and finalization of the subproject components.

Siting of the project components to avoid

Joint site visits with the elected representatives to identify lands which result in minimum land

29

S.No. Place Date Number of Participants

Participants Issues Discussed Incorporation into IEEs and Project

Design

impacts on land acquisition.

Need for management of pollution from industrial clusters, better sanitation facilities for the residents.

acquisition impacts.

There are interventions (ongoing) with support from Donor agencies as IFC and the World Bank, towards improvement of the pollution control and management of industrial clusters in Greater Dhaka.a

C Gazipur 21st June 2010

15 Elected representatives and communities, at locations of distribution networks, locations of production tubewells, and community toilets.

Siting of the project components to avoid impacts on land acquisition and clearance of trees etc.

There was no objection to the construction activities that may occur when the water network is laid, as these would be temporary and would result in long term benefits to the city residents.

Site visits undertaken, and consultations with owners of the land parcels where the production tubewells, toilets are proposed to be sited.

Assets on land, including structures, trees evaluated, and compensation provided for in the resettlement plan for the subproject.

CEO = chief executive officer, IEE = initial environmental examination, IFC = International Finance Corporation. a The project is proposed to be implemented in the industrial areas administrated by DCC, Dhaka District, Gazipur District, and

Narayanganj District. Given the institutional and governance constraints in Bangladesh, effectively tackling industrial pollution in the Dhaka watershed requires a pragmatic approach, which offers a combination of rewards and penalties that will encourage industries to adopt pollution prevention and abatement practices. Waste water pre-treatment and optimization initiatives are an important first step and significant investments in pollution abatement infrastructure are required. The proposed Dhaka—Water and Environment project (funded by World Bank) is designed to demonstrate (i) the business and environmental advantages of cleaner production, and (ii) a financially and technically sustainable model of central effluent treatment facilities in the greater Dhaka watershed. It will help to develop further capacity of the DOE in monitoring and enforcing pollution control. The project will have four components: (i) Monitoring and Environmental Compliance; (ii) Industry Pollution Prevention and Abatement Demonstration Program; (iii) CETP Design, Construction and Operationalization; and (iv) Program Management, Monitoring and Evaluation and Stakeholder Engagement.


74. To ensure continued public participation, provisions to ensure regular and continued stakeholder participation, at all stages during the project design and implementation is proposed. This participatory process will ensure that all views of the people are adequately reviewed and suitably incorporated in the design and implementation process. Further, to ensure an effective disclosure of the project proposals to the stakeholders and the communities in the vicinity of the subproject locations, an extensive project awareness campaigns will be carried out.

75. The implementing agency will submit to ADB the following documents for disclosure on ADB’s website: (i) the final IEE; (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project implementation, if any; and (iii) the environmental monitoring reports.

30

76. For the benefit of the community a summary of the IEE will be translated in Bangla and made available at: (i) Office of the Project Management Coordination Unit (PMCU); and (ii) Office of the Gazipur Pourashava same. Hard copies of the IEE will be available in the PMCU/PIU, and accessible to citizens as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. On demand, the person seeking information can obtain a hard copy of the complete IEE document at the cost of photocopy from the office of the PMCU/PIU, on a written request and payment for the same to the Project Director. Electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the website of ADB after approval of the documents by the Government and ADB. The PMCU will issue notification on the disclosure mechanism in local newspapers, ahead of the initiation of implementation of the project, providing information on the project, as well as the start dates etc. The notice will be issued by the PMCU in local newspapers one month ahead of the implementation works. This will create awareness of the project implementation among the public. Posters designed to mass campaign the basic tenets of the IEE will be distributed to libraries in different localities that will be generating mass awareness.


77. A grievance redress mechanism will be established in Gazipur soon after project commencement. The first level and most accessible and immediate venue for the fastest resolve of grievances is the PIU, chiefly through the resettlement support staff (RSS) and Project Manager, with assistance from the Resettlement Specialist (National and International-NRS and IRS) of the Management, Design and Supervision Consultant (MDSC). The contact phone number will be posted in the project areas. Grievances will be resolved through continuous interactions with affected persons and the PIU will answer queries and resolve grievances regarding various issues including land acquisition, structures acquisition, livelihood impacts, entitlements, and assistance. Corrective measures will be undertaken at the field-level itself within seven days. All grievances will be documented with full information of the person and issue. 78. Should the grievance remain unresolved, the PIU's Project Manager, will activate the second level of the Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) by referring the issue (with written documentation) to the local Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) of the Pourashava, who will, based on review of the grievances, address them in consultation with the RSS of the PIU and PMCU, and affected persons. A hearing will be called, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concern/issues. The process will promote conflict resolution through mediation. The local GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Chief Executive Officer of the Pourashava (GRC Chair); (ii) representative of the head of the Pourashava; (iii) representative of the affected persons; (iv) official of the land registry department; (v) official of the DOE’s divisional office; (vi) town planner of the Pourashava; and (vii) Environmental Specialist/RSS of the PIU. The local GRC shall meet twice a month, unless the Project Director informs that there are no grievances to address, or they shall meet as needed as per the severity of the grievance. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign responsibilities for implementing its decisions. 79. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) provide support to displaced persons on problems arising from land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and assistance; (ii) record grievances of displaced

31

persons, categorize and prioritize them and provide solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and decisions of the GRC. 80. Should the grievance still remain unresolved, the PIU Project Manager, will activate the third level of the GRM by informing the PMCU Project Director who will, based on review of the local GRC minutes and consultation with the PIU Project Manager, activate the PMCU level GRC. This committee shall comprise the following representatives:(i) Project Director PMCU, (ii) Environmental/Resettlement Officer of the PMCU; (iii) representative from Land Ministry, (iv) representative from DOE; (v) representative of the displaced persons; and (vi) Environmental/Social Safeguards officer of the PIU. 81. The GRC at the PMCU level shall meet based on the receipt of grievances, and the meeting shall be convened within 7 days of receipt of the grievance by the PMCU, and grievances redressed with 15 days. The Environmental / Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the PMCU GRC, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and taking follow up action to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out. 82. In the event that a grievance is not addressed by the PIU, local GRC, or the PMCU GRC, the displaced person can seek legal redress of the grievance in the appropriate Courts (the fourth level of the GRM). A grievance redress mechanism and procedure is depicted in Figure 2.


DSMC = Design Supervision Management Consultant, GRC = Grievance Redress Committee, GRM = Grievance Redress Mechanism, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

32

A. Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

83. A stand alone EMP document (Appendix 4), providing guidance to the contractor on the implementation of the environmental measures, has been prepared for the subproject. The same shall be integrated as part of the Contract Document for the subproject.

VII. INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Project Management Coordination Unit (PMCU) 84. LGED will be the executing agency responsible for overall guidance and project implementation. The PMCU, headed by a Project Director will be responsible6 for planning, management, coordination, supervision and progress monitoring of the CRDP in the two city regions. Guided by a National Committee on City Region Development, there shall be CRDP Steering Committee will be responsible for progress review, coordination, and decisions required for the Project. The PMCU has the responsibility of fulfilling environmental requirements of the Government and conducting required level of environmental assessment as per ADB guidelines. To ensure effective implementation of the environmental aspects, two full time environmental safeguard officers are proposed, including one Environmental officer primarily responsible for the compliance to the Statutory and legal requirements of the Government and the other an Environmental Engineer responsible for implementation of the environmental management provisions in the IEE/EMPs for the subprojects. The MDSC will assist the PMCU in this regard.

B. Project Implementation Units 85. The PIUs will be responsible for conducting feasibility studies including environmental assessment. The PIU will apart from technical expertise, include expertise on environment and social safeguards, and will be responsible for day-to-day monitoring of the project progress, including the implementation of the environmental provisions in the project. An environmental support staff (or facilitator) shall be appointed within each PIU and shall be responsible for the effective implementation of the IEE/EMP for the subproject and ensure compliance to the Government and ADB requirements for environment. The PIU will prepare progress reports on all aspects concerning environmental assessment, management, and monitoring and report to the PMCU.

C. Management, Design and Supervision Consultants 86. The MDSC team shall include the following environmental safeguards expertise to effectively implement the EARF/IEE provisions for the subprojects (i) an international Environmental Safeguards Specialist (with intermittent inputs), and (ii) a national environmental specialist (for duration of implementation). These personnel will provide technical support to the PMCU/PIU including implementation of the environmental and resettlement requirements, according to ADB requirements, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The MDSC safeguards specialists will support environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to environmental

6 PMCU responsibilities shall include management of (i) Local Government Grant facility, (ii) Investment components

under the CRDP, and (iii) Institutional Strengthening and Capacity building of the local governments. The CRDP PMCU will be advised by a Technical Advisory and Selection Committee and an Urban Management Support unit.

33

management plans, assisting in preparing IEEs, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The consultants will also provide needed training and capacity building support to the PMCU and PIUs.

87. Independent monitoring (for Category A projects) will be undertaken through an academic or research institutions with experience in environmental assessment, engaged by the executing agency to carry out external monitoring of the environmental assessment and management for the Program. Reports will be submitted to the executing agency and ADB for review.

88. During construction, monitoring will be undertaken by contractors. Mitigation measures identified through IEE/EIA and EMPs which are implemented by the contractor, shall form part of the contract documents. PIUs will monitor contractor’s environmental performance. During the operation stage, monitoring will be the responsibility of the executing agency and the respective PIUs.

89. The institutional roles and responsibilities are in Table 6. The Terms of Reference for project environmental personnel is provided in Appendix 2.

Table 6: Institutional Roles and Responsibilities

PMCU PIU ADB

Pre-Construction Stage

Environmental Officer of the PMCU, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the MDSC to conduct Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) for each subproject using checklists available on ADB’s website. Based on the REA, categorize the project based on ADB’s SPS. Submit all categorization forms to ADB.

MDSC will assist the PIU environmental specialist and conduct IEE or update existing IEE based on detailed design or any changes in scope or design for all Category B subprojects, which will include an EMP. PIU with assistance from the Environmental Officer of the PMCU and the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to carry out public consultation during IEE process and incorporate consultation findings into project designs and IEE.





34

PMCU PIU ADB

Environmental Officer of PMCU to provide guidance to the PIU to ensure conformance of all subprojects to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with regard to environment. This shall include guidance in preparation of the documents as required under the ECR, submission of application forms, and liaison with agencies towards obtaining clearances from the DOE. Environmental officer of PMCU shall notify the ADB on the obtaining of clearances, including the conditions specified if any in the clearances, and integration of these into the contracts / EMP.


ADB to ensure that the clearance requirements are included in the contract provisions / EMP.

Construction Stage

PMCU to review the PIU monthly monitoring reports to ensure that the all mitigation measures are implemented. PMCU to consolidate the monthly reports and submit semi-annual reports to ADB for review. Corrective actions to be taken.

Contractors to conduct environmental monitoring and implement EMPs. PIU with support of the Environmental Specialist(s) of MDSC to (i) review and approve the contractors’ implementation plan for the environmental provisions in the EMP, and (ii) monitor the implementation of mitigation measures by contractor. The MDSC with PIU to prepare monthly progress reports including a section on implementation of the mitigation measures and submit to PMCU for review. PMCU to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB.

ADB to review the semi-annual monitoring reports and provide necessary advice / guidance needed to the PMCU.

Operation Stage

The executing and implementing agencies to conduct monitoring, as specified in the environmental monitoring plan of EMP. The DOE to monitor the performance, if required and as specified in monitoring plan of EMP.

ADB = Asian Development Bank, DOE = Department of Environment, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, EIA = Environmental Impact Assessment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultants, NOC = no objection certificate, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management and Coordinating Unit, REA = Rapid Environmental Assessment, SPS = Safeguard Policy Statement.


90. Environmental monitoring will be done during construction in three levels; namely monitoring development of project performance indicators done by the Environmental Specialist of the Design and Supervision Consultants, monitoring implementation of mitigation measures done by the Contractor; and overall regulatory monitoring of the environmental issues done by Environmental Specialist of the PMCU. The environmental monitoring plan for the project is presented in Table 7. The proposed monitoring of all relevant environmental parameters, with a description of the sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards and responsible agencies are presented. The monitoring of the environmental attributes in the first season (first year of implementation) shall be carried out prior to the start of implementation works at site, and shall form a baseline for the environmental parameters. The costs for monitoring of the environmental parameters is not covered in the bill of quantities and are included in the EMP budget, and will be part of the project costs. The MDSC with PIU will prepare monthly progress reports including a section on implementation of the mitigation measures and submit to PMCU for review and PMCU to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB.

35

Table 7: Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sl. No.

Attributes Stage Parameters to be Monitored

Location Frequency Responsibility

1 Air Quality

Construction Stage


At three locations within Gazipur urban area, including on major arterial roads, close to sensitive receptors as schools, hospitals along the distribution lines

Once in a season (except monsoons) for the entire construction period

Contractor, to be monitored through Monitoring Agency

2 Water quality Construction TDS, TSS, pH, Hardness, BOD, Faecal Coli form

2 water bodies along the proposed distribution networks, where relaying, construction of distribution networks is proposed

Water bodies, if any, in the vicinity of the community toilet facilities

Twice a year (pre monsoon and post monsoon) for the entire period of construction



Construction Stage



Once in a season during construction stage


4 Ground water quaity

Operation stage

TDS, TSS, pH, Hardness, BOD, Faecal Coli form

At locations around the community toilets

Twice a year, before, during and after the monsoons

Gazipur Pourashava

5 Ground water / leachate monitoring

Operation stage

Leachate quality, TDS, TSS, pH, Hardness, BOD, Faecal Coli form

At the location of the sludge drying bed at the solid waste dumpsite


Gazipur Pourashava


Operation Stage

Survival Rate In the areas where plantation / landscaping proposed,

Twice a year for two years Gazipur Pourashava

BOD = biological oxygen demand, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, RPM = respirable particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.

36


91. The Environmental Specialist of the Design Management and Supervision Consultant (DMSC) will provide the basic training required for environmental awareness followed by specific aspects of infrastructure improvement Projects along with Environmental implications for projects. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of the members of the Training Program and the requirements of the project. The entire training would cover basic principles of environmental assessment and management; mitigation plans and programs, implementation techniques, monitoring methods and tools. The proposed training program along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 8 below.

37

Table 8: Training Modules for Environmental Management

Program Description Participants Form of Training

Duration Trainer / Agency Cost (BDT)

Introduction and sensitisation to environment issues

Sensitisation on environmental concerns

Environmental impacts of urban infrastructure - water supply , sanitation, drainage, and road improvement projects

Environmental issues associated with industrial clusters, waste management issues etc

Environmental regulations of the Government

ADB/multilateral/bilateral environmental regulations

Coordination between departments for implementation of environmental issues

Pourashava engineers, officials responsible for implementing project, and other PIU staff as interested

Workshop One day workshop

Pre-construction

DMSC Environmental Specialist/

PMCU

350,000

EMP implementation Implementation of environment EMP

Identification of environment impacts

Monitoring and reporting for EMP

Public interactions and consultations

Coordination for consents and with various departments

Monitoring formats filling and review of impacts

Pourashava engineers, officials responsible for implementing project and other PIU staff as interested


Two day session

Construction stage

DMSC Environmental Specialist /

PCU

500,000

Training on environmental management

Guidance on site evaluation for siting of industries

Guidance for conformance to DOE requirements

Pourashava engineers, officers of DPHE, LGED – Gazipur Division, and other PIU staff as interested

Lectures Two day session

Construction stage

DMSC Environmental Specialist / PCU

400,000

ADB = Asian Development Bank, BDT = Bangladesh Taka, DMSC = Design Management and Supervision Consultant, DOE = Department of Environment, DPHE = Department of Public Health Engineering, EMP = Environment Management Plan, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

38


92. As part of good engineering practices in the subproject, there have been several measures as erosion prevention, rehabilitation of borrow areas, safety, signage, provision of temporary drains, etc the costs for which will be included in the design costs of the subprojects. Therefore, these items of costs have not been included in the IEE budget. Only those items not covered under budgets for construction and the resettlement plan are costed in the IEE budget. The IEE costs include mitigation, monitoring and capacity building costs. The costs for training proposed include the costs incurred towards the site visits, travel to the training program by the participants, printing of training materials and other logistic arrangements. The costs involved towards preparation of training material and imparting of training are covered in the Consultancy Budget for the DSMC. The budget for the environmental management costs for the subproject is presented in Table 9 below.

Table 9: Cost Estimates to Implement the EMP

Sl. No.

Particulars Stages Unit Total number

Rate (BDT)

Cost (BDT)


1 Silt Fencing Construction Per running meter

200 2,000 400,000


B. Monitoring Measures

Air quality monitoring Construction Per location

3x3x2 6,000 108,000

Ground Water quality Construction / Per sample

15 6,000 90,000

Noise Levels – silence zones

Construction Per location

3x3x2 5,000 90,000

Drainage and water logging along the proposed networks

Construction Per year 3 25,000 75,000


C Capacity Building

1 Sensitization Workshop Pre-Construction L.S 350,000

2 EMP implementation Construction L.S 500,000

3 Environmental management of industrial clusters

Construction 400,000

Sub-Total (C) 1,250,000

Total (A+B+C), Taka 2,163,000 BDT = Bangladesh Taka, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, LS = Lump Sum

39

VIII. FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

93. The proposed interventions as part of the Gazipur Water supply/ sanitation subproject, in terms of improved water supply and access to better sanitation facilities to the residents of Gazipur shall improve the environmental conditions in the project area. There are no environmentally sensitive areas or features in the project area that shall be impacted adversely due to the proposed interventions. The proposed subproject will conform to all regulations, policies, and standards of ADB and the Government, including all necessary government permits and clearances.

94. The significance of the environmental impacts will be more due to the construction related impacts. It is to be noted that the resultant potential impacts from these proposals can be offset through provision of proven mitigation measures during the design and adoption of good engineering practices during construction and implementation. Further, the provision of water supply and sanitation, will greatly improve the environmental conditions in the project area. The specific management measures laid down in the IEE will effectively address any adverse environmental impacts due to the subproject. The effective implementation of the measures proposed will be ensured through the building up of capacity towards environmental management within the PCU supplemented with the technical expertise of a Safeguards Specialist as part of the DMSC Consultants. Further, the environmental monitoring plans provide adequate opportunities towards course correction to address any residual impacts during construction or operation stages.

IX. CONCLUSIONS

95. The IEE carried out for the subproject show that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impact can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The EMP provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redressal in terms of environmental safeguards exist.

40 Appendix 1

Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist Gazipur Pourashava – Water supply and sanitation subproject SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKSA. Project Siting Is the project area…

Densely populated? Gazipur is a densely populated Pourashava in the Dhaka City region. Subproject locations are within the boundaries of the Pourashava.

Heavy with development activities?

Adjacent to or within any environmentally sensitive areas?

There are no sensitive ecological and cultural sites in the project area.


Protected Area

Wetland

Mangrove

Estuarine



Bay

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause… pollution of raw water supply from upstream wastewater

discharge from communities, industries, agriculture, and soil erosion runoff?

hazard of land subsidence caused by excessive ground water pumping?

conflicts in abstraction of raw water for water supply with other beneficial water uses for surface and ground waters?

Extraction rates to be based on safe yields determined by strict criteria and scientific understanding of recharge and service population and groundwater modeling findings.

unsatisfactory raw water supply (e.g. excessive pathogens or mineral constituents)?

All water supply to comply with the National Drinking Water Quality Standards. delivery of unsafe water to distribution system?

over pumping of ground water, leading to salinization and ground subsidence?

excessive algal growth in storage reservoir? increase in production of sewage beyond capabilities of

community facilities?

Improvement to existing septic tank system to meet demand.

Water Supply & Sanitation

Appendix 1 41

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS impairment of downstream water quality due to

inadequate sewage treatment or release of untreated sewage?

overflows and flooding of neighboring properties with raw sewage?

hazards to public health due to overflow flooding, and groundwater pollution due to failure of sewerage system?

environmental pollution due to inadequate sludge disposal or industrial waste discharges illegally disposed in sewers?

Sludge management to be enhanced under project through improved collection and improved sludge disposal facilities.

health and safety hazards to workers from toxic gases and hazardous materials which maybe contained in sewage flow and exposure to pathogens in sewage and sludge?

discharge of hazardous materials into sewers, resulting in damage to sewer system and danger to workers?

inadequate disposal of sludge from water treatment plants?

Sludge management to be included in EMP

inadequate buffer zone around pumping and treatment plants to alleviate noise and other possible nuisances and protect facilities?

impairments associated with transmission lines and access roads?

health hazards arising from inadequate design of facilities for receiving, storing, and handling of chlorine and other hazardous chemicals.

Design of facilities to integrate concerns of health hazards due to handling of chemicals. Occupational Health and Safety Plan to be worked out by the Pourashava during the operation of the facilities..

impacts on the sustainability of associated sanitation and solid waste disposal systems and their interactions with other urban services.

The project will deliver much needed environmental infrastructure by providing essential waste treatment, disposal required for managing discharge and waste from existing and future urban populations.

deterioration of surrounding environmental conditions due to rapid urban population growth, commercial and industrial activity, and increased waste generation to the point that both manmade and natural systems are overloaded and the capacities to manage these systems are overwhelmed?

degradation of land and ecosystems (e.g. loss of wetlands and wild lands, coastal zones, watersheds and forests)?


Not significant. Any impacts addressed in the resettlement plans.

degradation of cultural property, and loss of cultural heritage and tourism revenues?

occupation of low-lying lands, floodplains and steep hillsides by squatters and low-income groups, and their exposure to increased health hazards and risks due to pollutive industries?

42 Appendix 1

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS water resource problems (e.g. depletion/degradation of

available water supply, deterioration for surface and ground water quality , and pollution of receiving waters?

The project will ensure source protection and sustainable extraction and provide basic sanitation facilities to improve upon existing water pollution problems.

air pollution due to urban emissions?

social conflicts between construction workers from other areas and local workers?

road blocking and temporary flooding due to land excavation during rainy season?

All construction related impacts to be mitigated through good construction practices specified in the EMP.

noise and dust from construction activities?

traffic disturbances due to construction material transport and wastes?

temporary silt runoff due to construction?

hazards to public health due to ambient, household and occupational pollution, thermal inversion, and smog formation?

Appendix 2 43





(i) Build capacity of the PMCU/PIU Environmental officers and the Environmental Safeguards Specialist (National) to prepare and implement IEE/EMPs for Subprojects in accordance with the EARF for the CRDP.

(ii) Develop and implement an environmental capacity building programme including training program for the PMCU/PIU staff, contractors, and national consultants involved in project implementation.

(iii) Become familiarized with national laws and ensure project compliance. (iv) Oversee quality of work by national Environmental Specialist consultant;

including editing and finalizing all IEEs/EIAs in accordance with the EARF and provide necessary supervision throughout the design, planning, and implementation process for Subprojects under CRDP.

(v) Assist the PMCU Environmental Engineer to document and develop good practice construction guidelines to assist the contractors in implementing the provisions of IEE.

(vi) Prepare any relevant operational and maintenance manuals and procedures as needed (these include Site Management Plans, Waste Management Plans, Sludge Management and Disposal Plans, Occupational Safety Plans, etc) in coordination with Team Leader of consulting team.

(vii) Interact with the sector specialists of the MDSC and integrate environmentally sound practices into the detailed design of project components.

(viii) Develop protocols, for site supervision, monitoring and reporting etc to ensure effective implementation of environmental measures proposed in the EMPs.



3. Experience. A civil engineer with specialization in environment, having at least 5-10 years of working experience related to the integration of environmental issues in design, and construction of infrastructure projects. Past experience working on donor projects preferable. 4. Detailed Tasks:


(ii) Ensure all EMP measures are included in contract documents; (iii) Ensure compliance with all relevant national laws;

44 Appendix 2

(iv) Interact with the sector specialists of the MDSC and integrate environmentally sound practices into the detailed design of project components;

(v) Work out the site specific mitigation measures for components as required and integrate the same into contractual provisions;

(vi) Assist the International Environmental Specialist in environmental training programs and workshops for the staff of the PIU and Contractors and in accordance to the Capacity Building Programme;







(xiii) Review the Contractors’ Environmental Implementation Plans to ensure compliance with the IEE/EMP.






5. Experience. An Environmental Engineer / scientist with experience in management of environmental issues of infrastructure projects and understanding of the regulatory framework for environmental management in Bangladesh. 6. Detailed Tasks:



Appendix 2 45




(vi) Work in close co-ordination with the Social Safeguards officer of the PMCU and participate in the Grievance Redressal Mechanism for all grievances that are brought forward to the PMCU. Monitor on a continuous basis the effective functioning of the Grievance mechanisms at the PIU and Pourashava levels on all grievances related to environmental issues; and




(i) Review the IEE Document and contract clauses and ensure adequacy under ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines, 2003 and the updated Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 and identify any areas for improvement.

(ii) Ensure that the subproject design and specifications adequately reflect the IEE. (iii) Monitor construction activities to ensure that identified and appropriate control

measures are effective and in compliance with the IEE. (iv) Review and approve the Contractor’s Implementation Plan for the environmental

measures, as per IEEs/EMPs. (v) Liaise with the Contractors and Consultants on the implementation of the

Environmental management measures proposed in the IEE/EMP. (vi) Jointly (with the environmental safeguard officer of the PMCU), review the

environmental performance of the project through an assessment of the periodic environmental monitoring reports submitted by the MDSC; provide a summary of the same to the Project Director, and initiate necessary follow-up actions.


46 Appendix 2




(i) Support the Environmental Safeguards officer of the PMCU towards ensuring the conformance of the subproject to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with reference to environmental requirements; including preparation of documents required for clearances, obtaining clearances from the divisional office of the DOE etc.

(ii) Work with the MDSC Environmental Specialists in the preparation of the Environmental Safeguard Documents; including integration of environmental provisions into the contract provisions of the respective subprojects.

(iii) With support of the PMCU and MDSC Environmental Specialists, monitor compliance of the implementation of the environmental provisions; and ensure that identified control measures are effective and in compliance with the IEE.

(iv) Review and approve the Contractor’s Implementation Plan for the environmental measures, as per IEEs/EMPs.

(v) Liaise with the Contractors and Consultants on the implementation of the Environmental management measures proposed in the IEE/EMP; including the implementation of the environmental monitoring plan outlined in the IEE.

(vi) Establish dialogue with the affected communities and ensure that the environmental concerns and suggestions are incorporated and implemented in the project.

(vii) Participate in the Grievance redressal of all grievances pertaining to environment and support the PIU/Pourashava in redressal of the same.

(viii) Prepare and submit environmental monitoring and implementation progress reports with support from MDSC consultants, to the PMCU.


Appendix 3 47

Contract Clauses to Recommended to be Integrated into Bid Documents 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of environmental provisions outlined in the EMP, in addition to adhering to all environmental provisions in the applicable specifications for the works will be adhered to as part of good engineering practices. 1.2 All works undertaken towards protection of environmental resources as part of the EMP and as part of good engineering practices while adhering to relevant specifications will be deemed to be incidental to works being carried out and no separate payment will be made unless otherwise specified explicitly. The costs towards environmental management as per EMP unless otherwise provided as a separate head, will be deemed to be part of the BOQ of the project. The scope of works of the contractor towards the implementation of the environmental provisions shall be as follows:

(i) Abide by all existing Environmental regulations and requirements of the Government of Bangladesh , during implementation;

(ii) Compliance with all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements set out in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP);

(iii) Submission of a method statement detailing how the subproject EMP will be complied with. This shall include methods and schedule of monitoring;

(iv) Monitoring of project environmental performance and periodic submission of monitoring reports; and

(v) Compliance of all safety rules at work, and Provision of adequate health and safety measures such as water, food, sanitation, personal protective equipment, workers insurance, and medical facilities.

1.3 The detailed provisions for specific environmental issues shall be as outlined in the EMP table on impacts and mitigation measures. Key clauses are outlined in the following sections. 1.4 Occupation of and temporary use of Land for Construction Purposes. The contractor will obtain prior approval from landowners for temporary use of land for labor camp and construction yard, and before occupation agree on price, intended use and duration, amount of clearing and excavation, and final waste disposal and reclamation. The occupation shall be only after approval from the Environmental Personnel of the Supervision Consultant (Engineer), and shall include appropriate documentation of the pre-utilization status including a photograph of the site, on date of occupation by the contractor. 1.5 The contractor will not encroach upon or damage wetlands, forests, or fisheries in the project area, and will provide a plan for preventing fires and possession of instruments or poisonous substances for killing or capturing fish or wildlife. 1.6 The Contractor, during the entire period of construction will avoid/minimize temporary impacts on businesses along the subproject locations. If unavoidable, the Contractor will, after approval of the Engineer, provide alternative access or other arrangements as agreed upon with the communities, to address these temporary impacts. 1.7 All affected areas within the general project boundary shall be graded to their original elevation or to a gently sloping grade following completion. Machinery, equipment, structures contaminated earth and waste or unused materials shall be removed and disposed of properly.

48 Appendix 3

1.8 No fuel, oil, or parts cleaning fluids shall be spilled, wasted or disposed of at the project site. 1.9 Site Conditions, Quarries and Haul Routes. Opening of trenches and excavations in public right-of-ways, towards laying/ rehabilitation / repair of pipelines, improvement of roadside drainage etc shall be done in a manner to least inconvenience residents, shop owners and pedestrians of the area. Where blockage of homes and shops occurs the contractor is required to limit the period of time an excavation is left open, done by excavating only a short portion that can be completed and backfilled in a few days, and by providing walkways and bridging across excavated areas. 1.10 Excavations shall not be left in an incomplete state, but shall be backfilled as quickly as feasible and the surface finished, providing access and limiting the generation of airborne dust. 1.11 The contractor will provide a plan for development of haul roads that minimize interference with ongoing activity in the area. Haul routes shall be approved by the PIU. Haul roads for unclassified fill in the project area shall be kept as close as possible to areas to be excavated. 1.12 Selection of borrow pits and haul routes shall minimize noise and air pollution in the vicinity of the borrow pit, en route and at the construction sites; visual impacts in inhabited areas; impacts on land use, air and noise emissions along haul routes; and congestion in populated areas. 1.13 Quarry locations and haul routes will be approved in advance by the Site Engineer and PIU. Vehicles hauling dirt and fill materials, or spoil away from construction sites, are required to remove loose materials prior to entry onto public thoroughfares, and to cover loads with tarpaulins sufficient to suppress blowing dust, dirt and sand. 1.14 Archaeological and Cultural Relics. The Contractor must halt construction upon discovery of foreign objects of non-recent origin on the ground or below grade. Contractor must notify the Site Engineer and PIU, who will contact the Department of Archaeology to investigate and undertake recovery. Work must remain halted at the specific location until recovery is complete. 1.15 The contractor is responsible for arriving at a plan to reduce sediment load in local drainage courses due to the discharge of water from excavations. The Site Engineer must approve the plan prior to start of excavation. Final discharges to local streams should contain TSS no greater than 300 mg/L. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES 2.1 The Contractor shall ensure that construction activities do not result in any contamination of land or water by polluting substances. 2.2 Unless otherwise provided in the specifications, the Contractor shall ensure that no trees or shrubs or waterside vegetation are felled or harmed except those required to be cleared for execution of the works. The Contractor shall protect trees and vegetation from damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Appendix 3 49

2.3 The Contractor shall not use or permit the use of wood as a fuel for the execution of any part of the works and to the extent practicable, shall ensure that fuels other than wood are used for cooking and heating in all camps and living accommodations. Any wood so used must be harvested legally, and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the relevant permits, if required. 2.4 The Contractor shall consult with local residents and local government before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plant. The work camps shall not be located near settlements, near drinking water supply intakes, protected areas, or wildlife habitats. 2.5 In the conduct of cleaning activities and operation of equipment, the Contractor will utilize such practicable methods and devices as are reasonably available to control, prevent and otherwise minimize air/noise pollution. 3.0 NOISE AND AIR POLLUTION 3.1 All works will be carried out without unreasonable noise and air pollution. Subject and without prejudice to any other provision of the Contract and the law of the land and its obligation as applicable, the Contractor will take all precautions outlined in the EMP to avoid the air and noise pollution. 3.2 The Contractor shall monitor the environmental parameters periodically as specified in the monitoring plan and report to the Engineer. 3.3 The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer from and against any liability for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while carrying out the work, and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses, whatsoever, in regard or in relation to such liability. 4.0 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION 4.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the safety and health provisions specified in the EMP, provide workers with a safe and healthy working environment, in the work areas, through application of preventive and protective measures consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. The borrower/client will take steps to prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work by




(iv) documenting and reporting occupational accidents, diseases, and incidents; and (v) having emergency prevention, preparedness, and response arrangements in

place.

5.0 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCE

50 Appendix 3

5.1 On completion of work, wherever applicable, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the sites all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish, scaffoldings, and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the sites and works in a clean condition. The handing over of the sites shall be done only after an inspection of the site and a written clearance by the Environmental specialist of the DSMC. 5.2 Construction camp sites post construction shall be cleared as specified in the EMP and handed over to the Owner. It will be ensured by the contractor that the site handed over is in line with the conditions of temporary acquisition signed by both parties.

Appendix 4 51

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

I. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


1. While the water distribution network is proposed within the available ROW, acquisition of private land shall be required for siting some of the production tube wells and the community public toilets proposed within the urban area. The land acquisition impacts for the same are being addressed through a Resettlement Plan, in line with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework for the project.


2. Table A4.1 provides the potential environmental impacts and the mitigation measures including the responsibilities for implementing the same.


3. Location impacts are not likely to be significant as there are no environmentally sensitive areas in the vicinity of the subproject locations. Impacts pertaining to cutting of roadside trees (if unavoidable) in areas where new production tube wells, public toilets are proposed, will be compensated through compensatory plantation. Impacts arising from the inappropriate designs of proposed facilities would in general include ground water pollution due to the proposed latrines, community toilets due to wrong designs, inappropriate disposal facilities at the community toilet locations, poor design of sludge drying beds etc. These shall be addressed through adoption of good practices as part of the detailed design.


4. The impacts during construction shall include generic construction related impacts associated with laying of distribution lines. These are not expected to be significant, and can be addressed through adoption of good engineering practices and undertaking specific mitigation measures towards minimization of construction impacts on the sensitive receptors and communities in the vicinity of roads along which the distribution networks are proposed. The construction related impacts due to the construction of the production tube wells, and the community toilets are very much localized, and are insignificant. The mitigation measures for the various impacts are outlined in the Table below, and are summarized in the following sub-sections.

5. Drainage. There are localities within the Gazipur Pourashava which have been subject to water logging, especially during the monsoon. Excavation of the road for laying, rehabilitation of water pipelines etc, in these localities would cause change in the drainage character of the site and aggravate the current water logging, if adequate protection measures are not taken up.

6. Water Bodies. Stockpiles of construction debris if left unattended near water bodies will be washed off as runoff into nearby water bodies causing siltation. Spillage of oil, lubricants and other chemicals also mix with the runoff and contaminate the water bodies. Spillage of debris and construction material to surface water bodies may lead to surface water quality deterioration.

7. Air Pollution. Emission from Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery used for excavation and construction would induce impacts on the air pollution in the construction site as well as on the surrounding settlements. Construction activities generate dust in the surrounding area causing increase in particulate matter. Given that the proposed improvements to the water

52 Appendix 4

supply networks are within the densely populated Gazipur urban area, suppression of dust during construction stage shall be required.

8. Noise and Vibration Impacts. Use of construction machinery in the construction site would generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures in the settlements. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and would be of limited duration.

9. Safety during Construction. Appropriate measures during construction shall be worked out to address safety issues during construction. Traffic diversions have to be notified sufficiently in advance and where necessary temporary diversions have to be provided for safe crossing of the traffic. During laying of pipes, alternative arrangements, if required to address disruption of water supplies, shall be worked out by the contractor.

10. Loss of Access and Disruption to Incomes. Temporary loss to access and income disruption is envisaged due to laying of distribution lines wherein the streets shall required to be completely or partly closed for traffic and movement. These needs to be addressed and traffic diversion / management plans where necessary are to be prepared and implemented during construction stage. Temporary disruption of livelihood, if any, shall be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework, through a Resettlement Plan.

11. Site Clearance and Restoration of Construction Camps. Post construction clearance of sites temporarily utilized for construction activities, including borrow areas, construction camps etc, if not adequate, would result in a poor environmental quality, increased water logging etc apart from loss of aesthetic quality of the site.

12. Socio-Economic. Manpower will be required during the 3years construction period. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term.

13. Community Health and Safety. Hazards posed to the public, specifically in high-risk pedestrian areas (e.g., schools, community centers, central business and shopping areas), may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures, including (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

3. O&M Impacts

14. There are no adverse impacts envisaged due to the operation of the water supply systems. There shall be beneficial impacts on the communities due to the improved access to potable water. Disruption of traffic in the town during routine maintenance of the pipelines can also be expected, even through much of this will be localized in nature.

15. The project provides for improvement of the septic tanks and latrines, for about 2000 households in the town. Further, improved O&M of the septic tanks wastes through equipments for cleaning and transportation of the septage is proposed to the sludge drying beds at the solid waste dump site. While these shall result in beneficial impacts in terms of reduction in pollution load onto the surface and ground waters, adverse impacts shall result in the event of lack of conformance to the maintenance practices, including regular cleaning of the septic tanks etc.

16. The sludge drying beds at the solid waste dumpsite, if not properly maintained, shall result in direct disposal of the septage onto the dumping ground, which shall adversely impact the ground water and soil in the vicinity.

Appe

ndix 4 53


Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



1 Location Impacts

1.1 Land acquisition and resettlement impacts required due to siting of production tube wells and public toilets

Permanent Moderate √ √ Land acquisition impacts will be avoided through design of cross-sections within the available ROW. Rehabilitation of non-titleholders and hawkers/vendors (licensed and unlicensed) within the ROW will be carried out in accordance to the resettlement plan.

PIU and DSMC

1.2 Relocation of utility lines along the distribution networks, and at the sites of the production tube wells and community toilets

Permanent Moderate √ √ All utilities and services impacted due to the proposed network improvements, siting of new infrastructure shall be shifted/ relocated with prior approval of the concerned agencies.

PIU and DSMC

1.3 Impacts due to siting of the proposed facilities including public toilets, septic tanks and production tubewells

Permanent Moderate √ √ The siting of the facilities, in addition to land and resettlement requirements, will conform to a site selection criteria to avoid impacts pertaining to (i) pollution of ground water; and (ii) safe yield of the tube wells, etc.

PIU and DSMC

2 Design and Pre-construction Impacts




2.2 Construction Camps, and /or hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles, sludge drying bed/s and disposal areas – Location, Selection,

Temporary Moderate √ The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be located as per the

Contractor and DSMC


54

Appe

ndix 4

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



Design and Layout following siting criteria: (i) These will be

at least 500m away from habitations; (ii) Area selected will be away from flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) Will be away from sensitive environmental resources as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies. At these locations, the Contractor will work out layouts adhering to the air and water standards prescribed by DOE; (iv) sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems; and (v) The disposal areas will not be located at areas that will cause inconvenience the communities. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings.


Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor will be responsible for arrangement of water in every workplace at suitable and easily accessible place for the whole construction period. Sufficient supply of cold potable water to be provided and maintained at the construction camps and other ancillary work areas.

Contractor / DSMC



Temporary Moderate √ √ Due consideration will be given for material storage and construction sites such that it doesn’t cause any hindrance to daily traffic movement. The contractor will (i) consult with implementing agency on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the rainy season

Contractor / DSMC

Appe

ndix 4 55

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic

sheets; (iii) prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; and (iv) protect surface water bodies from any source of contamination such as oily wastes, debris, and spoils that will degrade its quality;

3.2 Quarry/Borrow pits Operations Temporary Moderate √ √ Mitigation measures include requiring Contractor to: (i) Obtain approval of implementing agency if new quarries and borrow sites are necessary; (ii) Store stripped materials as not to disrupt natural drainage and will be protected to prevent erosion and migration of soil particles into surface waters; (iii) Provide temporary ditches and/or settling basins to collect runoff water and to prevent erosion and contamination of surface water; (iv) Exposed areas will be planted with suitable vegetation at the earliest opportunity. Prevent ponding of water through temporary drains discharging to natural drainage channels; (v) Restore sites after construction activities by stabilizing contours and slopes, spreading of stripped materials to promote percolation and re-growth of vegetation, and draining of any standing water. Land utilized for quarry sites access roads will also be restored; and (vi) Adequate safety precautions will be ensured during transportation of quarry material from quarries to the construction site. Vehicles transporting the material will be covered to prevent spillage.

Contractor and DSMC

3.3 Excavation for distribution network and need for disposal of earth material, and shall also

Temporary Moderate √ √ The Contractor will be required to: (i) plan for immediate attendance by the Contractor and

DSMC

56

Appe

ndix 4

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



service providers to any damages to

result in disruption of services including damage of existing infrastructure, including roads, telephone / electric lines etc.

utilities during construction; (ii) replace (or compensate) public and private physical structures damaged due to construction or vibration; and (iii) provide prior public information about the likely disruption of services. In consultation and with support from the DWASA, the Contractor will provide alternate arrangements for services like water supply in the event of disruption beyond reasonable time, for instance, through tankers.

3.4 Stripping, stocking and preservation of top soil Temporary Moderate √ √ The topsoil from borrow areas, areas of cutting and areas to be permanently covered will be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles.

The stockpile will be designed such that the slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile is to be restricted to 2m. Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling will be kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction will occur. The stockpiles will be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin. It will be ensured by the contractor that the topsoil will not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the disturbed area and cut slopes.

Contractor and DSMC

3.5 Soil Erosion Temporary Moderate √ At the outfall of each culvert, erosion prevention measure, will be undertaken, as per the direction of the Engineer

Contractor and DSMC

Appe

ndix 4 57

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



The work will consist of measures as

per design, or as directed by the Engineer to control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution. All temporary sedimentation, pollution, control works and maintenance thereof will be deemed as incidental to the earthwork or other items of work.

3.6 Use of explosive materials Temporary Moderate √ Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor will not use explosives.

The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen. The use of explosive materials will be carried out by the Contractor, only after obtaining written approval of the procedures to be followed by the Engineer.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Moderate √ The contractor will provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians through diversions to and from side roads and property access connecting the project roads. The contractor ensures that (i) the construction works do not interfere with the convenience of the public or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads, or any other access to properties, whether public or private. Temporary access to properties adjacent to construction site will be

Contractor and DSMC

58

Appe

ndix 4

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



provided through construction of ramps with concrete slabs for use of

pedestrians and light vehicles; (ii) at critical areas such as institutions, operating hours are factored in work schedules and workforce is increased for speedy completion; (iii) advance information on works to be undertaken including appropriate signages is provided; and (iv) the diversion is done in coordination with government traffic and Roads Safety Division for necessary rerouting of traffic and traffic management.


Temporary Moderate √ √ The fuel storage and vehicle cleaning area will be stationed such that runoff from the site does not drain into the water body. Oil interceptors will be provided at construction vehicle parking area, vehicle repair area and workshops ensuring that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to its discharge.

The work site will be cleaned and restored to pre-project conditions.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Moderate √ Silt fencing to be provided at all water bodies near construction sites to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses. The number of units of silt fencing to be installed will to be decided by the engineer.

Discharge standards promulgated under the Schedule 10, standards for waste from industrial units or projects

Contractor and DSMC

Appe

ndix 4 59

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



waste will be strictly adhered to.


Contractor and DSMC



Contractor and DSMC

3.12 Noise from construction

Equipments

Temporary Moderate √ √ The contractor should ensure (i) Regular maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery to keep noise from these at a minimum; and (ii) All vehicles and equipment used for construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers. During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found to be defective will be replaced.

Contractor and DSMC

3.13 Traffic Control and Safety Temporary Moderate √ Before taking up any construction, detailed Traffic Control Plans will be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval, 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of road. The traffic control plans will contain details of arrangements for

Contractor and DSMC

60

Appe

ndix 4

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of

work each day. The Contractor will ensure that the running surface is always maintained in good condition, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to traffic flow occurs. In addition, (i) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) liaise with implementing agency in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; (iv) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions; and (v) All necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking flags, lights and flagmen will be undertaken as per Engineer’s direction and approval, for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section under improvement.

3.14 Material Handling at Site Temporary Minor √ √ All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, concrete etc., will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in welding works, would be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields. Workers engaged in stone breaking activities will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals.

Contractor and DSMC

Appe

ndix 4 61

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



The use of any toxic chemical will be strictly in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions.


Temporary Moderate √ The Contractor will: (i) Prepare and implement Waste Management Plan; Safe disposal of the extraneous material will be ensured in the pre-identified disposal locations; (ii) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (iii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; The bituminous waste generated will be reused in road construction based on its suitability of reuse to the maximum extent possible. Cut material generated because of construction will be utilized for as filling material. Remaining material if any will be disposed off safely at the disposal sites; (iv) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; In no case, any construction waste will be disposed around the project road indiscriminately; and (v) Restore pre-project environmental conditions through implementation of environmental restoration works.

Contractor and DSMC

3.16 Safety Measures During Construction Temporary Moderate √ √ All relevant provisions of the Bangladesh Labour Act, 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006 will be adhered to pertaining to provision of adequate safety measures during construction.

The contractor will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway,

Contractor and DSMC

62

Appe

ndix 4

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

3.17 Risk caused by Force Majure Temporary Minor √ √ All reasonable precaution will be taken to prevent danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood, drowning, etc. Specifically, the contractor (i) will provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (ii) will provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction camp site and will employ a full-time medical staff; and (iii) will provide access to hospitals/clinics within the project site that can be accessed in case of emergency by arranging necessary transport for safe carriage of the injured.

Contractor and DSMC


Contractor and DSMC

3.19 First Aid Temporary Minor √ √ At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material and appliances will be provided as per the Factory Rules. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate transfer of injured or ill person(s) to the nearest hospital. At every workplace and construction camp, equipment and nursing staff will be provided.

Contractor and DSMC

3.20 Hygiene Temporary Minor √ √ All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. Safe drinking water in sufficient quantity for the work force will be provided in the construction site as well as at the construction camps. Garbage bins must be provided in the camps and regularly emptied and the

Contractor and DSMC

Appe

ndix 4 63

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Adequate health care is to be

provided for the work force. Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, the local medical health or municipal authorities will make arrangement for disposal of excreta. On completion of the works, all such temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta tank and other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

3.21 Archaeological Property chance find Temporary Minor √ √ In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contract will prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts and will, immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work will be stopped 100 m all directions from the site of discovery.

The Engineer will seek direction from the Department of Archaeology before instructing the Contractor to recommence work on the site.

Contractor and DSMC


Temporary Major √ √ Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the Engineer. The plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization.

Contractor and DSMC

64

Appe

ndix 4

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

4 O&M Impacts

4.1 Environmental Conditions Temporary Moderate √ √ The Gazipur Pourashava with support from LGED will undertake seasonal monitoring of air, water, noise and soil quality through an approved monitoring agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored will be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared.

Gazipur Pourashava

4.2 Survival of trees planted Temporary Moderate √ √ Proper care shall be taken to increase survival rate of saplings like regular watering, pruning, provision of tree guards, manure for better nourishment, etc. including timely replacement of perished saplings.

Gazipur Pourashava

4.3 Effective maintenance of the sludge drying beds

Temporary Moderate √ The sanitation wing of the Gazipur Pourashava shall ensure regular maintenance of the drying beds, and take up efforts towards utilization of the dried sludge for horticultural/ agricultural purposes.

Gazipur Pourashava

4.4 Maintenance of equipments for septage collection and transportation

Temporary Moderate

√ The vehicles for transport of septage, and other equipments for cleaning of septic tanks shall be maintained regularly and kept in working conditions.

Gazipur Pourashava

Appe

ndix 4 65

Sl No


Extent7 Magnitude

Water Supply

component



The Pourashava sanitation wing shall carry out periodic awareness campaigns towards mobilization of the communities not to directly discharge septic tanks wastes onto the drains.

DWASA = Dhaka Water Supply and Sewerage Authority, DSMC = Design, Supervision and Management Consultant, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, O&M = operation and maintenance, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, ROW = right of way.

66 Appendix 4

Table A4.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sl. No.



1 Air Quality

Construction Stage



Once in a season (except monsoons) for the entire construction period


2 Water quality Construction TDS, TSS, pH, Hardness, BOD, Faecal Coli form

2 water bodies along the proposed distribution networks, where relaying, construction of distribution networks is proposed

Water bodies, if any, in the vicinity of the community toilet facilities




Construction Stage



Once in a season during construction stage


4 Ground water quaity

Operation stage

TDS, TSS, pH, Hardness, BOD, Faecal Coli form

At locations around the community toilets


Gazipur Pourashava


Operation stage


At the location of the sludge drying bed at the solid waste dumpsite


Gazipur Pourashava


Operation Stage

Survival Rate In the areas where plantation / landscaping proposed,

Twice a year for two years

Gazipur Pourashava

BOD = biological oxygen demand, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, RPM = respirable particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids


BAN: City Region Development Project—Banani Integrated Traffic Management Subproject Prepared by the Government of Bangladesh for the Asian Development Bank (ADB) This IEE is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB — Asian Development Bank BOD — biological oxygen demand CRDP — City Region Development Project DCC — Dhaka City Corporation DOE — Department of Environment EARF — Environmental Assessment and Review Framework ECR — Environmental Conservation Rules EIA — Environmental Impact Assessment EMP — Environmental Management Plan GRC — Grievance Redress Committee GRM — Grievance Redress Mechanism IEE — Initial Environmental Examination LGED — Local Government Engineering Department LGI — Local Government Institutions MDSC — Management, Design and Supervision Consultant PIU — project implementation unit PMCU — Project Management Coordination Unit REA — Rapid Environmental Assessment ROW — right of way SPS — Safeguard Policy Statement

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. The Banani Integrated Traffic Management Subproject proposes strengthening and improvement of 8.76 kilometer (km) of urban roads in a residential area of Banani, North Dhaka in Gulshan Thana. The subproject envisages: (i) improved pedestrian facilities and provisions for sitting of utilities, and (ii) provision of drainage to address current water logging. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is prepared to comply with both Government of Bangladesh (the Government) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements. 2. All the proposed interventions are within the Banani urban area. There are no environmentally sensitive areas within or near the subproject locations. Assessment of the subproject’s potential environmental impacts reveals that the impacts are largely generic construction-related associated with road constructions and with removal and relocation of utility lines. The IEE shows that the subproject will result in net environmental benefits, improved traffic conditions, improved safety of road users, especially the pedestrians, and can be a replicable pilot project in traffic management that can be implemented by Dhaka City Corporation (DCC) in other areas in Dhaka. Given the type of civil works involved in the subproject, there will be typical construction-related impacts, which can be managed by implementing mitigation measures and adoption of good construction practices. Further, these impacts will be of limited intensity and of short duration. Thus the subproject has been categorized as “B” in accordance with ADB's Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009. 3. Environmental management measures to address adverse significant impacts have been integrated into the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). An environmental monitoring plan, as part of the EMP, has been worked out to monitor the effectiveness of the proposed environmental management and mitigation measures. The EMP also provides for suggested contract clauses to cover environmental provisions to be part of the civil works contracts. 4. The proposed subproject has been consulted with the stakeholders and the IEE has taken into account the stakeholders’ views and issues raised during the consultations. This IEE will be made available to the public by: (i) translating into local language and posting in the subproject locations; and (ii) submitting to ADB for disclosure in its website. 5. A grievance redressal mechanism will be set up to register grievances of the people. The process will be designed to be transparent, responsive, culturally-appropriate, and commensurate to the risks and adverse impacts of the project. It will be readily accessible to all segments of the affected people, which will be informed about the mechanism through media and public outlets. 6. The DCC will be the implementing agency for this subproject and the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) will be housed within the DCC. Capacity building and training of the DCC and the PIU officials in the implementation of the EMP have been detailed in the IEE. The costs for implementing the mitigation measures and monitoring activities are also in the EMP budget. The IEE includes plan for continued participation, disclosure of information, and mechanisms for redressal of environment-related grievances during the subproject implementation.

INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION: BANANI

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Background

1. The City Region Development Project (CRDP) (the Project) emphasizes economic growth in Dhaka and Khulna city regions of Bangladesh through: (i) creation of an enabling environment towards improved governance and capacity building of the local governments; and (ii) prioritized investments in infrastructure sectors in the two regions. The objectives of CRDP are: (i) to improve the regional economic and social context through long-term development plans and investment programs, set within an institutional and regulatory context that will ensure implementation and review; (ii) to improve the capacity and mandate of local government to govern and to invest in improved economic activity at local level; (iii) to improve the economic context for sustainable commercial and industrial growth; and (iv) to improve the economic and social needs of the urban population, as an inclusive aspect of the CRDP. The Project has been designed as a Project loan using a sector approach and is formulated to provide opportunities for replication of the project in other Local Government Institutions (LGIs) within the identified city regions. 2. The Banani Integrated Traffic Management Subproject (the Subproject), proposes strengthening and improvement of 8.76 km of urban roads in a residential area of Banani, North Dhaka in Gulshan Thana. The subproject envisages: (i) improved pedestrian facilities and provisions for siting of utilities, and (ii) provision of drainage to address current water logging. B. Purpose of the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE)

3. This IEE has been prepared to comply with both the Government and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements. It assesses the subproject’s environmental impacts and specifies measures towards addressing the adverse significant impacts. The IEE was based on a review of the subproject site plans and reports; field visits, collection of secondary data to characterized the environment and identify potential impacts; and interviews and discussions with stakeholders. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the specific environmental management measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. During the detailed design stage, the IEE/EMP will be further updated and stand-alone EMPs will be prepared for each of the procurement packages and will be appended to the contract documents to ensure integration of environmental provisions/management measures. C. Environment Regulatory Compliance

4. Government of Bangladesh. The provisions for environmental protection and pollution control in Bangladesh are contained in the Environmental Conservation Rules (ECR) 1997. This legislation also provides the principal mechanism for assessing and mitigating the environmental impacts of projects, both existing and proposed. Under the ECR projects are classified as green, orange, or red to determine the level of environmental assessment and requirements involved. According to ECR Schedule 1, the subproject is categorized as “Orange Category B” project because it involves construction, reconstruction, and extension of feeder roads and local roads. Preparation of an IEE and EMP is required and to be submitted to the Department of Environment (DOE) for approval.

2

5. Asian Development Bank. The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) (2009) stipulates addressing environmental concerns, if any, of a proposed activity in the initial stages of Project preparation. For this, the ADB guidelines categorizes the proposed components into categories (A, B or C) to determine the level of environmental assessment1 required to address the potential impacts. The subproject has been categorized as B. Accordingly, this IEE is prepared to address the potential impacts, in line with the recommended IEE content and structure for Category B projects. Stakeholder consultation was an integral part of the IEE. An EMP outlining the specific environmental measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. 6. Table 1 shows the summary of environmental regulatory compliance required for the subproject.

Table 1: Environmental Regulatory Compliance – B Subproject Component Description Government of Bangladesh ADB

Category in accordance

with ECR of the Government

Environmental Review

Category in accordance

with SPS

EnvironmentalReview

Traffic management measures and improvement of 8.76 km of roads in Banani to improve pedestrian facilities, provide for sitting of utilities, and provide drainage to address the current water logging.

Orange Category – B : Construction, re-construction and extension of road (feeder road, local road)

IEE and EMP Category B IEE

ADB = Asian Development Bank, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = Initial Environmental Examination, SPS = Safeguard Policy Statement.

D. Report Structure

7. The IEE Report, in addition to an executive summary summarizing the key issues and findings of the IEE, includes the following sections: (i) introduction; (ii) description of the subproject components; (iii) description of the environment; (iv) screening of potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (v) information disclosure, consultation, and participation; (vi) grievance redress mechanism; (vii) institutional roles and responsibilities; (viii) findings and recommendations; and (ix) conclusions. 1 Level of environmental assessment required for each category of Project, as per ADB’s Environmental Assessment

Guidelines is as follows: (i) Category A. Sub-project components with potential for significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts. (ii) Category B. Sub-project components judged to have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree and/or significance than those for Category A projects. An initial environmental examination (IEE) is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report. (iii) Category C. Sub-components unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are still reviewed.

3

II. DESCRIPTION OF SUBPROJECT COMPONENTS


8. The subproject envisages an integrated traffic management in Banani to achieve a major upgrade of the public realm and a pleasant, safe, calm, and shady place in which to live and do business. To achieve this vision, the following objectives have been proposed:

(i) The pedestrian environment is equal to the best international standards; (ii) Traffic calming is applied by appropriate traffic and environmental management

measures; (iii) Traffic conflicts are resolved by the application of traffic signs, road markings,

traffic signals and one-way streets; (iv) Random parking is disciplined by the provision of dedicated parallel parking

along local distributor roads; (v) People who live and work in the subproject area are brought into the decision-

making process; and (vi) The economic value of the subproject area is optimised to make it sufficiently

attractive for private-sector investment in the area.

B. Characteristics of the Subproject Area

9. Banani is a predominantly residential area in North Dhaka, Gulshan Thana. It is bounded by a busy dual-four lane New Airport (Mymensingh) Road on the west, Banani Lake defines the eastern border, whilst the area itself is bisected by two east-west roads that effectively split it into three ‘character areas’. The larger of these east-west roads is Kamal Ataturk Avenue, a divided highway that connects New Airport Road with the district centre of Gulshan 2 Circle. Banani Road 11 provides the other east-west route. The constructions of the Gulshan-Banani Bridge and its link roads on the Gulshan side have transformed Banani Road 11 into a heavily-trafficked thoroughfare. Table 2 provides the description of every road in Banani area.

Table 2: Banani Subproject Area Road Information

Road Length (m) Width (m) Remarks KAA 933 2 x (12/14) District distributor, dual carriageway, commercial frontages.

4 322 4.5/7.5 Narrow road used as N-S local distributor, commercial frontages. Some katcha surface.

6(0) 322 6/15 Relatively narrow road used as N-S local distributor. Some katcha surface. 6(1) 144 6/12 Residential E-W access road. 6(12) 122 5.5/7.5 Residential minor N-S access road, residential. 6(2) 144 5.5/8.5 Residential E-W access road. 6(21) 122 5.5/7.5 Residential minor N-S access road, residential. Some katcha surface.

8 233 7.5/15 N-S local distributor, commercial frontages. 10 322 6/15 N-S local distributor, mixed (shop house) frontages. Katcha surface at southern

end. 11 1172 9/21 E-W local distributor used as district distributor. Worst pedestrian and traffic

conditions of any road in Banani. 12 322 6/18 N-S local distributor, commercial frontages.

13(0) 389 4.5/9 Residential E-W access road, narrow usable carriageway. 13(1) 194 4.5/7.5 Residential E-W access road, narrow usable carriageway. 13(2) 128 5.5/12 Residential E-W access road, narrow usable carriageway. 13(3) 161 5.5/14 Residential N-S access road, narrow usable carriageway.

4

Road Length (m) Width (m) Remarks 13(4) 100 5.5/14 Residential N-S access road, narrow usable carriageway.

13/A(1) 266 4.5/10.5 Residential E-W access road, narrow usable carriageway. Some katcha surface. 13/A(2) 128 4.5/7.5 Residential N-S access road, narrow usable carriageway. 13/A(3) 67 7.5/10.5 Residential N-S access road, reasonably wide carriageway.

13/B 194 4.5/12 Residential E-W access road, narrow usable carriageway, semi-pacca and katcha surface.

13/C(1) 200 6/20 Residential E-W access road, reasonably wide carriageway. 13/C(2) 122 5.5/12 Residential E-W access road, reasonably wide carriageway. 13/C(3) 61 3.5/10.5 Residential N-S access road, very narrow usable carriageway. 15(1) 266 7.5/18 Residential E-W access road, reasonably wide carriageway. 15(2) 233 9/18 Residential N-S access road, wide carriageway. 17(1) 144 10.5/17 E-W access road, educational activity, many pedestrians, wide carriageway. 17(2) 305 12/24.5 E-W access road, canyon-like street between tall buildings (commercial,

educational, hotel). Seriously degraded street. 17(3) 389 7.5/21 E-W access road, tall buildings to north (commercial, educational, hotel). Seriously

degraded street: just over a third of its width is available for traffic. 17(4) 200 7.5/15 E-W access road, mainly commercial to north side. 17(5) 111 4.5/17 Residential E-W access road, narrow usable carriageway.

17/A(1) 194 7.5/18 Residential E-W access road, reasonably wide carriageway. 17/A(2) 117 3/7.5 Residential E-W access road, very narrow carriageway.

19/A 339 6/14 Residential N-S access road, narrow usable carriageway. Blockaded during site visit because of construction works.

UNR(1) 83 15/24.5 Short, relatively wide N-S commercial connector. UNR(2) 111 12/17 Shopping street with tall frontages to both sides; heavily trafficked. UNR(3) 56 12/17 Very wide N-S connector alongside open air car park. UNR(4) 44 7.5/9 Short, relatively wide N-S residential connector.

E-W = east-west, KAA = Kamal Ataturk Avenue, N-S = north-south, UNR = un-named road (at least no name is given on the source map). Note: In the width column the first width is that of the carriageway and the second is the frontage-to-frontage width.

10. The subproject area covers 32 hectares (ha) and contains 8.76 km of roads. Roads were originally set out in a hierarchical fashion. Kamal Ataturk Avenue is a district distributor, whilst Road 11 has assumed a similar role, despite being totally unsuited to such function.2 Several north-south roads serve as local distributors, even though the available carriageway widths are inadequate for the tasks. All east-west roads (other than Kamal Ataturk Avenue and Road 11) are local access roads but some are very narrow and several lack metalled surfaces. C. Preliminary Traffic Management Plan

11. The preliminary District Traffic Management scheme for Central Banani proposes that all but two of the major and minor roads have been made into one-way streets. All but three of the local distributors have also been made one-way, the exceptions being Roads 8, 10, and 11. However, Road 11 has a one-way eastbound section towards its western end to discourage through traffic, in combination with the prohibition of the right-turn northbound from New Airport Road. Vehicular access has been maintained in Road 11 for the benefit of frontage traders, but consideration could be given to pedestrianising the central section of Road 11 between its junctions with Roads 6(0) and 10. However, it is proposed to wholly pedestrianize one street (Road 17(1)), which serves university premises and which is heavily thronged with pedestrians at most times.

2 These road classifications reflect British practice. Footnote 8 provides equivalent Bangladesh terminology.

5

12. The internal one-way system has been proposed because it will make the roads safer for vehicles and pedestrians and it will also lengthen journey times within the subproject area, thereby discouraging drivers seeking short-cuts and rat-runs. Careful attention has been given to road and footway widths. Bearing such considerations in mind, the width requirements shown in Table 3 were developed for guidance purposes.

Table 3: Proposed Road and Footway Widths Road classification Width Remarks

Local distributor (two-way) 8.5 m May be reduced to 7.0 m if wide vehicles or rickshaws are prohibited.

Local distributor (one-way) 4.5 m May be reduced to 4.0 m where frontage constraints apply.

Major access road (two-way) 7.0 m Scope for reduction not recommended.

Major access road (one-way) 4.0 m May be reduced to 3.5 m in extreme situations.

Minor access road (two-way) 7.0 m Possible scope for reduction to 6.0 m in constrained situations.

Minor access road (one-way) 3.5 m May be reduced to 3.0 m in extreme situations.

Sidewalk (commercial and other high-activity streets)

3.0 m each side

May be expanded to 4.0 m or more where activity levels are high or where frontage positions allow.

Sidewalk (other streets) 2.0 m each side

May be reduced to 1.5 m where necessary or a single 3.0 m sidewalk may be provided on one side of the road only.

Car parking bay (parallel to the carriageway)

3.0 m May be reduced to 2.5 m in constrained situations.

Rickshaw ‘station’ 3.0 m

Depending on space available, may be considered on north-south local distributor or major access roads at junction approaches with KAA and Road 11.

D. Proposed Subproject Components

13. Table 4 presents the traffic management proposals for Banani. As seen from the table, most local access roads in the subproject area would be narrower than they are now. A narrower, safer road with proper sidewalks, planned on-street parking would greatly improve the character and operations in the subproject area. Redundant space could be properly landscaped, rather than becoming a dump for refuse and construction materials.

Table 4: Banani Subproject area Traffic Management Proposals

Road Length (m) Width (m) Remarks

KAA 933 2 x (12/14) Rebuilt sidewalks 4 322 4.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way northbound. Sidewalk to one side only.

6(0) 322 4.5/8.5 Local distributor, one-way southbound. 6(1) 144 4.0/7.5 Major access road, one-way westbound.

6(12) 122 3.0/7.5 Minor access road, one-way northbound. 6(2) 144 4.0/7.5 Major access road, one-way eastbound.

6(21) 122 3.0/7.5 Minor access road, one-way southbound.

8 233 8.5/14.5 Local distributor, two-way, signals at junction with Road 11. Parallel parking can be permitted in bays 2.5 m wide.

10 322 8.5/14.5 Local distributor, two-way, signals at junction with Road 11 and KAA. Parallel parking can be permitted in bays 2.5 m wide.

11 1172 8.5/14.5 Local distributor, two-way, signals at junctions with Roads 8 and 10 and New Airport Road. One-way eastbound between Roads 6 and 10.

12 322 4.5/10.5 Local distributor, one-way, signals at junction with KAA, no right turn from

KAA = Kamal Ataturk Avenue.

6

Road Length (m) Width (m) Remarks

Road 11 westbound. Parallel parking can be permitted in bays 2.5 m wide. 13(0) 389 4.5/9 Major access road, one-way eastbound. 13(1) 194 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way westbound. 13(2) 128 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way westbound. 13(3) 161 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way eastbound. 13(4) 100 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way southbound.

13/A(1) 266 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way westbound. 13/A(2) 128 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way northbound. 13/A(3) 67 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way southbound.

13/B 194 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way eastbound. 13/C(1) 200 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way westbound. 13/C(2) 122 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way westbound. 13/C(3) 61 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way northbound. 15(1) 266 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way eastbound. 15(2) 233 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way southbound.

17(1) 144 15/15 Pedestrian street, shared surface type with block or sett surface dressing, residents’ access only.

17(2) 305 4.0/24 Major access road, one-way eastbound, parallel parking can be permitted in bays 2.5 m wide. Remaining width to be pedestrianized.

17(3) 389 4.0/20 Major access road, one-way westbound, parallel parking can be permitted in bays 2.5 m wide. Remaining width to be pedestrianized.

17(4) 200 4.0/8.0 Major access road, one-way westbound. 17(5) 111 4.5/17 Minor access road, one-way westbound.

17/A(1) 194 7.5/18 Minor access road, one-way eastbound. 17/A(2) 117 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way eastbound.

19/A 339 4.0/8.0 Major access road, one-way southbound, no right turn at Road 11. UNR(1) 83 7.0/13.0 Major access road, two-way. UNR(2) 111 4.0/7.5 Major access road, one-way eastbound. UNR(3) 56 7.0/13.0 Major access road, two-way. UNR(4) 44 3.5/7.5 Minor access road, one-way southbound.

KAA = Kamal Ataturk Avenue, UNR = un-named road (at least no name is given on the source map). Note: In the width column the first width is that of the carriageway and the second is the aggregate road plus sidewalk width (combined sidewalk widths for each side of the road). All recommended widths fit within frontage-to-frontage widths. Extra width left over after rebuilding the roads and footways can be used for landscaping or parallel parking bays.

III. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


1. Topography, Soil, and Geology

14. Madhupur Clay of the Pleistocene age and alluvial deposits of recent age are the two characteristic geological units covering the subproject area and its surroundings. The major geomorphic units are: (i) high land or the Dhaka terrace, (ii) low lands or floodplains and depressions, and (iii) abandoned channels. Low lying swamps and marshes located in and around the subproject area are other major topographic features. The southern part of the subproject area is composed of the alluvium soil of the Bangshi and Dhalashwari rivers.

2. Climate

15. The climate is average tropical monsoon type with alternating dry/wet seasons. There are three marked seasons:

7

(i) November to February. The dry (winter) season is the coolest and driest period. Monthly average temperatures are below 290C with a minimum at 130C. Rainfall is very rare during this period (below 30 millimetres {mm} per month). Winds are predominantly blowing from the Northwest but with a high frequency of calm wind situations.


(iii) May to October. In the west season (“monsoon period”) more than 85% of the total annual rainfall occurs. Monthly average temperatures remain high with a maximum of 330C. The period of periodic heavy thunderstorms lasts until June. June to mid September to early November is the transitional period with decreasing rainfall, often thunder. During the wet season, the winds are predominantly blowing from the South. Monsoon rains are generally not stormy, but downpours of 50 mm to 75 mm per day are not uncommon and rainfall with more than 250 mm per day is occasionally experienced.

16. With an average annual rainfall of about 2,100 mm, the annual rainfall varies from 1,800 mm to 2,400 mm, and is unevenly distributed, with peak falls occurring in July and august. About 75% of the total annual rainfall occurs during the monsoon period.

3. Flood Plains

17. Dhaka city, where the subproject area is located, is surrounded by Buriganga River on the south, Turag River on the west, Tongi khal on the north, and Balu River on the east. Dhaka is in the natural floodplain of these rivers which is evident in the seasonal flooding that affects large parts of the city. The floodplain function has been degraded by the construction of embankments to protect the city from flooding, particularly from infilling to reclaim land, which reduces the water retention capacity thus increasing flooding of both upstream and downstream of the city.

4. Surface Water Resources

18. The surface water area of Dhaka city is about 10% to 15% of its total land area. This includes four rivers, four major canals, four lakes, and several small ponds. There are more than 40 canals within the city that were originally catering to the drainage function of the city area. Due to encroachment of these canals, and disposal of wastes including solid and liquid wastes onto these canals, several areas of the city have become vulnerable to water logging. 19. All the rivers, receive huge amount of untreated sewage, industrial liquid wastes, and municipal wastes being discharged by the three major canal systems as well as direct disposal. Water quality parameters such as dissolved oxygen, biological oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand, and pH exceed the permissible limits. Moreover, the presence of excess amount of concentration of heavy metals including aluminum (Al), cadmium (Cd), chromium (Cr), lead (Pb), and mercury (Hg) confirm the chemical contamination of water.

5. Groundwater Resources

8

20. The three main aquifers in the central region of Bangladesh, where the Dhaka city is located are:

(i) An upper (composite) aquifer, which can reach depths of 50 meters (m) and is covered with an upper silty clay layer of less than 20 m;



21. In Dhaka region, 80% of the domestic water supply is obtained from the middle aquifer, extracted by tube-wells throughout the city. Recent studies have shown that water levels have fallen dramatically (20 m over the past six years) and suggest that the aquifer may be changing from a confined to an unconfined condition, which could make it vulnerable to contamination. There is already evidence of pollution by leaking underground tanks at petrol stations and chemical plants, and seepage from sewers, septic tanks and pit latrines. 22. The groundwater quality is slightly acidic with high nitrate content exceeding the permissible limit of the Government environmental quality standards.

6. Air Quality

23. The ambient air quality monitoring and analysis carried out by the DOE, as part of Dhaka City State of the Environment (2005) indicate deterioration in air quality which is largely attributed to settlements growth, brick fields, and motor vehicles. Within the subproject area, the sources of air pollution are the industries in Tejgaon and vehicular traffic. 24. The carbon monoxide and lead in air have improved, due to banning of two-stroke three-wheelers in 2003, banning of buses older than 20 years and trucks older than 25 years, introducing unleaded gasoline in 1999, and using of compressed natural gas fueled vehicles. 25. The air quality data for Dhaka from DOE’s Continuous Air Monitoring Station indicates that the main pollutant of concern is particulate matter (PM). Both PM10 and PM2.5 are above the air quality standards of the Government.


26. Cyclones. The subproject area is not located in the coastal region thus there is less risk of cyclone occurences. 27. Earthquakes. Dhaka is located in Seismic Zone II3 which is vulnerable to earthquakes. Shocks of moderate intensity are possible, with a probable maximum magnitude of 6 to 7 on the Richter scale. Seismic events in Bangladesh are relatively infrequent but historically have been severe, such as the earthquakes of 1930 and 1950 that caused widespread damage throughout the country, and the earthquake in 2004 that damaged large parts of Dhaka City. 3 The National Seismic Zoning Map produced by the Geological Survey of Bangladesh (GSB), divides the country

into three regions: a high-risk zone (Zone I) between Mymensingh and Sylhet in the north and north-east; a medium-risk zone (Zone II) stretching diagonally from Rajshahi in the north-west through Dhaka and Comilla to Chittagong and Cox’s Bazar in the south-east; and a low-risk zone (Zone III) in the south and south-west, around Khulna and Barisal.

9


28. The subproject is within the Dhaka urban limits. There are no natural terrestrial habitats because vegetation was cleared many years ago to provide land for development and for agriculture in the suburbs. Terrestrial plants are mainly limited to trees, shrubs, and flowers grown alongside roads and in parks and gardens. Neither wild animals nor endangered species are present in the subproject area. C. Economic Development

1. Population and Land Use

29. Gulshan Thana, within which the subproject area is located, is spread over an area of 10.29 square kilometers (sq. km.) and has a population of 190,720 per 2001 census. The subproject area is highly developed urban area with high rise buildings and houses, embassies, and offices of international organizations in Bangladesh. There are 45 markets, bazaars, and shopping centers including the Gulshan Shopping Centre, Navana Shopping Centre, Banani Bazar, DCC Market I, DCC Market II, Alam Market, Shahzadpur Bazar, Aarong, Iqbal Centre, and ABC Shopping Complex.

2. Industrial Development

30. Tejgaon and Hazaribagh areas in Dhaka city have witnessed significant growth in number of industries. Tejgaon, located within 3 km of the subproject area, is built up with a mixture of large industries including jute, tannery, dyeing, and textile printing, metal, rubber, chemicals, and plastics.

3. Transportation

31. Dhaka city has a road length of about 2,300 km of which 200 km are main thoroughfares; 110 km secondary roads, 152 km feeder roads and the rest are narrow lanes and by-lanes. The annual growth rate of motor vehicles in Dhaka city has been about 6% to 7% which contributes to traffic congestion and low vehicular speeds.

IV. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

32. Land Acquisition and Resettlement Impacts. There is no land acquisition impacts anticipated for the roads and drainage components of the subproject are proposed improvements are within the available right of way (ROW). The existing ROW is occupied, at some stretches by non-titleholders, mostly street vendors and hawkers. The compensation for affected non-titleholders is addressed in the subproject’s Resettlement Plan. 33. Environmental Impacts. The potential environmental impacts are discussed in the succeeding paragraphs whilst the mitigation measures and responsible agencies in implementing these measures are identified in Table 5. 34. Location and Design Impacts. Location impacts are not likely to be significant as there are no environmentally sensitive areas within the subproject area. Roadside trees will not be cut and vegetations will not be removed.

10

35. Utilities. Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water and sewer lines within the existing road ROW will be removed. To address adverse impacts due to relocation of the utilities, utility ducts will be integrated to the proposed road designs. Locations and operators of these utilities will also be identified and included in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction phase. The construction contractors will also be required to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services. 36. Drainage. There are stretches along the roads which have been subject to water logging, especially during the monsoon. Provisions of drainage facilities and connection to an outfall that drains off the runoff into nearby bodies, if not adequately designed, will cause change in the drainage character of the subproject area and aggravate the current water logging. The drainage system will be designed to collect stormwater runoff from the roadway surface and ROW, convey it along and through the ROW, and discharge it to an adequate receiving body without causing adverse on- or off-site impacts. 37. Construction Impacts. Environmental impacts during construction are generic construction-related impacts associated with (i) road construction, and (ii) removal and relocation of utility lines. These impacts are not expected to be significant, and can be managed through adoption of good engineering practices and undertaking specific mitigation measures. 38. Spoils and Construction Debris. Stockpiles of spoils and construction debris if left unattended in the subproject roads will not only cause disruption to the traffic, but will also block the roadside drains and result in water logging. Spillage of oil, lubricants, and other chemicals also mix with the runoff and can contaminate water bodies. 39. Air Pollution. Emissions from construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery used for excavation and construction will induce impacts on the air quality in the construction site as well on the surrounding settlements. Anticipated impacts include dust and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides and hydrocarbons). 40. Noise and Vibration. Health centers, schools, and prayer halls are the sensitive receptors while residential areas, in general, are the major receptors. Use of heavy construction machinery will generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures in the settlements. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and of limited duration but will affect the construction workers in case of unprotected prolonged exposure. 41. Disruption of Services. Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water and sewer lines within the existing road ROW will be removed thus there is anticipated disruption of service during construction. 42. Temporary Loss of Income. Excavation along ROWs will cause loss of income to business located along the subproject roads. 43. Traffic and Accessibility. Delivery of construction materials, removal of spoils and debris, and excavation works will result to increase in traffic, road blockages, and slower movement of vehicles resulting to inconveniences to travelers. 44. Construction Camps, Hot Mix Plants, Storage Area, Stockpiles, and Disposal Area. These are important locations that have significant impacts such as health and safety hazards

11

on local resources and infrastructures of nearby communities. The majority of the workforce (especially the semi-skilled and skilled) is expected to be recruited from out-station areas and hence temporary accommodation will be provided at adjacent areas. These facilities may disturb a substantial area that will be required to house buildings and other facilities. Therefore, the occupancy of lands outside of the ROW can result in land resources infringement and payment of inequitable compensation. The potential implications associated with housing the workforce include adverse water quality impacts arising from discharge of partially treated sewage and refuse, public health impacts through the possible introduction of diseases not prevalent in the surrounding areas and promotion of disease vector habitats within the temporary housing areas, social-cultural conflicts arising from religious, cultural and behavioral discords between immigrants and local residents, and promotion of un-aesthetic practices. 45. Workers Safety. Storage and use of petrol, diesel, oil and lubricants, bitumen, and solvents pose (i) workers health and safety hazards; and (ii) fire hazards. 46. Community Safety. Construction worksites may place stresses on resources and infrastructure of nearby communities. This may lead to antagonism between residents and workers. 47. Sources of Materials. Operation of quarries/borrow pits may cause disruption of natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, landslides, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, siltation of surface waters, and water pollution. Extraction of rocks and material from river beds may cause general scouring of river beds resulting in endangerment of bridges and continuous degradation of river regime. 48. ROW Maintenance. Regular maintenance of vegetation within road ROW is necessary to avoid interference with vehicle travel and road maintenance. Unchecked growth of trees and plants can cover signals and signs, restrict motorist visibility, and fall onto the road and overhead power lines. 49. Traffic and Safety. Improved infrastructure will carry more traffic, possibly at higher speeds. Pedestrians and bicyclists are at greatest risk of serious injury from collisions with moving vehicles. Children are generally the most vulnerable due to lack of experience and knowledge of traffic related hazards, their behavior while at play, and their small size making them less visible to motorists. 50. Drain Blockages. Solid waste generation during operation and maintenance activities may include road resurfacing waste (e.g. removal of the old road surface material); road litter, illegally dumped waste, or vegetation waste from ROW maintenance; and sediment and sludge from storm water drainage system maintenance. 51. Noise. Traffic noise is generated by vehicle engines, emission of exhaust, aerodynamic sources, and tire/pavement interaction. Traffic noise can be a significant nuisance and may be loud enough to interfere with normal conversation and can cause stress.

12

Table 5: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Sl No Anticipated Impacts Duration /

Extent4 Magnitude Mitigation Measures Responsibility

1. Location Impacts 1.1 Land acquisition and

resettlement impacts Permanent Moderate Land acquisition impacts will be avoided through:

(i) design of cross-sections within the available right of way (ROW); and (ii) compensation of non-titleholders and hawkers/vendors (licensed and unlicensed) within the ROW will be carried out in accordance with the subproject Resettlement Plan.

PIU and MDSC

2. Design and Pre-construction Impacts 2.1 Alterations of drainage

pattern of the subproject area

Permanent Major Design of cross drainage structures will be carried considering 50-year return flood level to avoid overtopping of the roads and maintain natural drainage

PIU with support from MDSC

2.2 Damage to roadside trees and clearance of trees

Permanent Moderate Removal of roadside trees is not anticipated. If removal of any tree is unavoidable: (i) Each tree along the proposed route will be identified and marked; (ii) A tree clearance approval from the Forest Department will be obtained for trees to be cut; and (iii) For trees within the construction area that will not be cut, all precautionary measures to protect the trees will be required to be implemented by the construction contractors. Measures include but not limited to placement of tree guards, avoidance of stockpiling of spoils and construction materials near trees, and prohibition on workers regarding damage to trees and other vegetations.


2.3 Disruption in services due to removal and relocation of utilities

Permanent Moderate The MDSC, in consultation with the PIU, will: (i) Identify the line agencies responsible for each utility which will be affected by the civil works; ensure detailed engineering designs incorporate the existing utilities; (ii) Ensure detailed engineering design incorporate future plans of departments/agencies; and (iii) Utilities relocation plans are discussed with respective agencies and approved prior to finalization of detailed engineering designs.


2.4 Location of construction camps, and/or hot mix plants, storage areas,

Temporary Moderate The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be included in the detailed engineering design and locations will be determined using the following siting criteria:

Contractor and MDSC


13

Sl No Anticipated Impacts Duration / Extent4

Magnitude Mitigation Measures Responsibility

stockpiles, and disposal areas

at least 500 m away from residential and commercial areas, schools, places of worship, hospitals, and other sensitive; (i) Not in flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (ii) Not in sensitive environmental resources such as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies; (iii) Not in areas that will cause inconvenience to the communities; and (iv) Will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and/or drinking water supply systems. (v) The contractor will be responsible for verifying the suitability of the suggested locations and obtaining approval from MDSC/PIU if other locations will be utilized.

2.5 Location of quarry sites and borrow pits

Permanent Moderate (i) MDSC and PIU will include in design specifications and plan drawings (a) a list of licensed quarries and other government-approved sources of materials; and (b) measures (such as silt fences) to control erosion control, sedimentation, and water pollution. (ii) The contractor will be responsible for (a) verifying the suitability/quality of the materials; (b) examining the legality of environmental clearances of the listed quarry sites; and (c) submitting environmental clearances to MDSC/PIU prior to sourcing of materials.

PIU, Contractor and MDSC

2.6 Labor camp and construction yard management

Temporary Moderate MDSC and PIU to prepare specific contract provisions relevant to (i) prevention of air, water and noise pollution; (ii) workers health and safety; (iii) prevention of diseases; and (iv) labor and construction camps operations

3. Construction Impacts 3.1 Stockpiling of

construction materials can cause (i) siltation and pollution of surface water resulting from uncontrolled runoff from storage piles; (ii) disturbance to private property: and (iii) community safety hazards

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) consult with PIU on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) avoid stockpiling of earth fill, especially during rainy season, unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; (iv) protect surface water bodies from any source of contamination such as oily wastes, debris, and spoils that will degrade its quality; and (v) provide warning signs to pedestrians and road users.

Contractor to implement mitigation measures PIU to monitor implementation MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU

3.2 Quarry/borrow pits operations can result to disruption of natural

Permanent Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) Verify suitability of materials and legality of quarry sites and/or borrow pits;

Contractor to implement mitigation measures

14



land contours and vegetation resulting to accelerated erosion, landslides, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, siltation of surface waters, and water pollution.

(ii) Submit prior to sourcing of materials environmental clearances of quarry sites and or borrow pits; and (iii) Obtain approval of PIU if new quarries and/or borrow sites are necessary;

PIU to monitor implementation MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU

3.3 Excavation works can result in (i) disruption of services due to damage of existing infrastructure such as roads, telephone lines, electricity, water lines, and other utilities; and (ii) damage to private properties.

Permanent Moderate The construction contractor will be required to: (i) plan for immediate attendance by the service providers to any damages to utilities during construction; (ii) replace (or compensate) public and private physical structures damaged due to construction or vibration; (iii) provide prior public information about the likely disruption of services; (iv) in consultation and with support from the utilities operators, provide alternate arrangements for services in the event of disruption beyond reasonable time (for instance, water supply can be delivered to the community by tankers); and (v) protect by either temporary or permanent works any property susceptible to damage.


3.4 Stripping and stockpiling of top soil can cause soil erosion, sedimentation, and siltation and pollution of nearby surface bodies

Permanent Moderate The construction contractor will be required to: (i) limit removal of topsoil to depth of 150 millimetres; (ii) store in stockpiles any removed topsoil; (iii) design stockpile such that its slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal) and height does not exceed 2m; (iv) prevent compaction and cover with gunny bags or tarpaulin; (v) prioritize use of stockpiled topsoil in restoring disturbed areas and cut slopes; (vi) undertake measures to control soil erosion, sedimentation, and siltation as defined in the design specifications and plan drawings; and (vii) consider construction and maintenance as incidental to earthwork and other items of work.


3.5 Use of explosive materials can cause fire and explosion hazard.

Permanent Moderate Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by PIU, the contractor will not use explosives. The contractor will be required to: (i) carry out use of explosive only upon approval of PIU; (ii) at all times take every possible precaution in the use of explosives;

Contractor to implement mitigation measures PIU to monitor implementation

15



(iii) comply with laws and regulations; relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives; and (iv) engage sufficient flagmen and warning signs during blasting operations; and keep records of operations and make available anytime for inspection.

MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU

3.6 Loss of access to residents, businesses, and institutions

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) factor in work schedules peak traffic and pedestrian flows; (ii) provide signages for advance information on works to be undertaken, schedule, and contact details for complaints; (iii) coordinate with government Traffic and Roads Safety Division for necessary rerouting of traffic and traffic management; (iv) provide flagmen in areas and period of high traffic and pedestrian flows; (v) provide ramps, concrete slabs, and metal sheets for use of pedestrian and vehicles to access properties adjacent to construction sites; and (vi) increase workforce in critical areas such businesses, schools, and hospitals.


3.7 Soil and water pollution due to (i) storage of fuel, oil, lubricants; (ii) washings; (iii) construction wastes; (iv) debris; and (v) camps solid and liquid wastes

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) prepare, submit to PIU for approval and implement a Waste Management Plan; (ii) locate storage areas for fuels, oils, and lubricants in areas that will not drain into nearby surface waterbodies; (iii) locate vehicle cleaning area away from nearby surface waterbodies; (iv) provide oil interceptors at construction vehicle parking area, repair area, and workshops; (v) ensure that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to discharge; (vi) prevent siltation of nearby waterbodies by providing silt fences as identified in the design specifications and plan drawings; (vii) ensure disposal sites are approved by PIU; (viii) recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (ix) manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; (x) reuse bituminous waste to the maximum extent possible; (xi) utilize cut material generated as filling material and dispose to designated sites any remaining material;


16



(xii) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (xiii) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (xiv) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.

3.8 Increase in dust due to (i) movement of equipment, machineries, and vehicles; (ii) delivery and storage of construction materials; and (iii) disposal of spoils

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards; (ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.


3.9 Air pollution from emissions of construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) regularly maintain all vehicles, equipment, and machinery used in construction activities; (ii) ensure vehicle emission levels comply with the relevant requirements of DOE; and (iii) submit to PIU copies of conformance of vehicle emissions to DOE emissions standards.


3.10 Increase in noise level from construction vehicle, equipments, and machineries

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) regularly maintain vehicles, equipment, and machineries to keep noise level at a minimum; (ii) fit all vehicles and equipment used for construction with exhaust silencers; and (iii) do routine checking of exhaust silencers and replace if found defective.

Contractor to implement mitigation measures PIU to monitor implementation MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to

PMCU

17



3.11 Delivery of construction materials, removal of spoils and debris, and excavation works will result to increase in traffic, road blockages, and slower movement of vehicles resulting to inconveniences to travelers, increased traffic, and safety hazards

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) prepare a detailed Traffic Control Plan and submit to PIU for approval; (ii) provide information (such as signages, media information, print materials) 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of the road; (iii) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (iv) liaise with PIU in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (v) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and (vi) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.


3.12 Materials handling and construction activities can pose health and safety hazards on workers

Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide protective footwear, masks, and goggles to workers engaged in mixing asphalt, bitumen, cement and other hazardous materials; (ii) provide welder’s protective eyeshield to workers engaged in welding works; (iii) provide protective goggles and clothing to workers engaged in stone-breaking and crushing activities; (iv) use hazardous chemicals and toxic substances according to manufacturers instruction; (v) implement all relevant provisions of Bangladesh Labor Act (2006) and National Building Code (2006); (vi) comply will all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress; (vii) provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (viii) provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction site and labor camp; (ix) employ a full-time medical staff; and (x) coordinate with hospitals/clinics within the subproject area as part of contingency planning in case of emergency and incidents.


3.18 Risk of malaria and other contagious diseases

Temporary Minor The Contractor will be required to at his own expense, conform to all anti-malaria and disease-prevention instructions provided by PIU.


18




3.20 Unhygienic conditions on-site and construction camps

Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide supply of potable water for drinking, cooking, and washing; (ii) provide sanitation facilities and coordinate with local sanitary authority for the disposal of wastes; provide waste bins and dispose solid wastes in approved disposal sites; (iii) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (iv) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (v) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.


3.21 Archaeological chance find

Temporary Minor In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contractor will be required to: (i) prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts; (ii) report immediately to PIU of such discovery; (iii) stop all works within 100 m radius of the construction site; and (iv) carry out the Engineer’s instructions. PIU will coordinate with Department of Archaeology before instructing the contractor to continue work on the site.


4. Operations and Maintenance Impacts Interference with

vehicle travel during road maintenance works

Temporary Moderate Dhaka City Corporation (DCC) will: (i) provide information (such as signages, media information, print materials) 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of the road; (ii) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; and (iii) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

Dhaka City Corporation

19



Unchecked growth of trees and plants can cover signals and signs, restrict motorist visibility, and fall onto the road and overhead power lines.

Temporary Moderate DCC will conduct regular maintenance of vegetation within road ROW.

Improved infrastructure will carry more traffic, possibly at higher speeds. Pedestrians and bicyclists are at greatest risk of serious injury from collisions with moving vehicles. Children are generally the most vulnerable due to lack of experience and knowledge of traffic related hazards, their behavior while at play, and their small size making them less visible to motorists.

Permanent Moderate DCC will: (i) installation and maintain all signs, signals, markings, and other devices used to regulate traffic, including posted speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, or other special road conditions; (ii) set speed limits appropriate to the road and traffic conditions; (iii) maintain road to prevent mechanical failure of vehicles due to road conditions; (iv) target the use of a real-time warning system with signage to warn drivers of congestion, accidents, adverse weather or road conditions, and other potential hazards ahead; and (v) install barriers (e.g. fencing, plantings) to deter pedestrian access to the roadway except at designated crossing points.


Solid waste generation during operation and maintenance activities may include road resurfacing waste (e.g. removal of the old road surface material); road litter, illegally dumped waste, or vegetation waste from ROW maintenance; and

Temporary Moderate DCC will: (i) coordinate with city Solid Waste Management Division for timely collection and disposal of wastes generated during maintenance works; (ii) promote use of disposal receptacles at parking lots, recreational areas, residences, and businesses to avoid littering along the road; and (iii) regularly clean drainages and other drain structures to avoid clogging.


20



sediment and sludge from stormwater drainage system maintenance.

Traffic noise is generated by vehicle engines, emission of exhaust, aerodynamic sources, and tire/pavement interaction. Traffic noise can be a significant nuisance and may be loud enough to interfere with normal conversation and can cause stress

Permanent Moderate DCC will (i) implement “quiet zones” specifically in areas where hospitals, schools and places of worship are located; (ii) implement and maintain speed control and traffic calming devices at high-pedestrian areas; and (iii) maintain all signs, signals, markings, and other devices used to regulate noise and traffic, specifically those related to pedestrian facilities.


Lack of implementation of development controls, including encroachment of the public ROW by hawkers and pedestrians leading to disruption of traffic flow

Permanent Moderate The DCC will: (i) ensure that mechanisms to maintain the ROW free of encroachments and hawkers are worked out; and (ii) strictly enforce traffic regulations.


DCC = Dhaka City Corporation, DOE = Department of Environment, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit, ROW = right of way.

21



52. Consultations have been held with the officials of DCC, residents, and other stakeholders in the Banani area. Records of the consultations are summarized in Table 6.

Table 6: Consultations with Stakeholders

S.No. Place Date Number of

participants Participants Issues Discussed

Incorporation into IEEs and Project

Design A Banani 12th

June 2010

20 Residents of Banani, shopkeepers, and road users

Understanding of the current issues pertaining to traffic and environmental conditions, including road safety, drainage issues etc within the project area. Environmental issues including the disposal of construction wastes from buildings onto the roads, frequent digging up for laying/relaying/repair of utilities.

The designs shall include traffic management measures worked out based on an integrated traffic management plan. In addition to the improvement of the roadside drains, at the design stage, consultations with the DWASA on the drainage master plan (already prepared for Dhaka) shall be carried out and appropriate outfall to discharge the storm water shall be worked out and included in the costs. Ducts for laying of utilities shall be integrated into the proposed designs.

B Banani DCC office

1st July 2010

3 Executive engineer – DCC, Town planner DCC, Zonal Executive officer (DCC) - Banani,

Overview of the Safeguards policies. Environmental impacts due to project, including disposal of debris onto roads, protection of ROW, etc.

Enforcement mechanisms by the DCC to avoid disposal of wastes within the ROW shall address the waste disposal issues. Protection of the ROW from encroachments shall be worked out by DCC.

DCC = Dhaka City Corporation, DWASA = Dhaka Water Supply and Sanitation, IEE = initial environmental examination, ROW = right of way.


53. DCC will submit to ADB the following documents for disclosure on ADB’s website: (i) the final IEE; (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project implementation, if any; and (iii) the environmental monitoring reports.

22

54. For the benefit of the community, the summary of the IEE will be translated in Bangla and made available at: (i) Office of the Project Management Coordination Unit (PMCU); and (ii) Nagar Bhavan Office of the DCC. Hard copies of the IEE will be available in the PMCU/PIU, and accessible to citizens as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. On demand, the person seeking information can obtain a hard copy of the complete IEE document at the cost of photocopy from the office of the PMCU/PIU, on a written request and payment for the same to the Project Director. Electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of the Local Government Engineering Department (LGED) and the website of ADB after approval of the documents by Government and ADB. The PMCU will issue notification on the disclosure mechanism in local newspapers, ahead of the initiation of implementation of the project, providing information on the project, as well as the start dates etc. The notice will be issued by the PMCU in local newspapers one month ahead of the implementation works. This will create awareness of the project implementation among the public. Posters designed to mass campaign the basic tenets of the IEE will be distributed to libraries in different localities that will be generating mass awareness.


55. A grievance redress mechanism (GRM) shall be set up in the Dhaka City Corporation PIU office in Banani to register grievances of the people regarding technical, social and environmental aspects. The process will designed to be transparent, gender responsive, culturally appropriate and commensurate to the risks and adverse impacts of the project, as well as readily accessible to all segments of the affected people. The project GRM will not supersede any legal government grievance procedures. Affected people are to be informed about the mechanism through media and public outlets. This participatory process shall ensure that all views of the people are adequately reviewed and suitably incorporated in the design and implementation process. The GRM will be implemented in three levels.

(i) The first level and most accessible and immediate venue for the fastest resolve of grievances is the PIU, chiefly through the resettlement safeguards officer and Project Manager, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the Management, Design and Supervision Consultant (MDSC). The contact phone number will be posted in the project areas. Grievances will be resolved through continuous interactions with affected persons and the PIU will answer queries and resolve grievances regarding various issues including EMP implementation, land acquisition, structures acquisition, livelihood impacts, entitlements, and assistance. Corrective measures will be undertaken at the field-level itself within seven days. All grievances will be documented with full information of the person and issue.

(ii) Should the grievance remain unresolved, the PIU's Project Manager, will activate

the second level of the GRM by referring the issue (with written documentation) to the local Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) of the City Corporation, who will, based on review of the grievances, address them in consultation with the Safeguards Officer of the PIU and PMCU, and affected persons. A hearing will be called, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concern/issues. The process will promote conflict resolution through mediation. The local GRC will consist of the following persons: (a) Chief Executive Officer of the City Corporation (GRC Chair); (b) representative of the mayor of the City Corporation; (c) representative of the affected persons; (d) official of the land registry department; (e) official of the DOE divisional office; (f) town planner of the City Corporation; and (g) Environmental / Social safeguards Officer of the PIU. The local GRC shall meet

23

twice a month, unless the Project Director of the PIU informs that there are no grievances to address, or they shall meet as needed as per the severity of the grievance. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign responsibilities for implementing its decisions. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (a) provide support to affected persons on problems arising from land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and assistance; (b) record grievances of APs, categorize and prioritize them and provide solutions within a month; and (c) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and decisions of the GRC.

(iii) Should the grievance still remain unresolved, the PIU Project Manager, will activate the third level of the GRM by informing the PMCU Project Director who will, based on review of the local GRC minutes and consultation with the PIU Project Manager, activate the PMCU level GRC. This committee shall comprise the following representatives: (a) Project Director PMCU; (b) Environmental/Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU; (c) representative from Land Ministry, (d) representative from DOE; (e) representative of the affected persons; and (f) Environmental/Social Safeguards officer of the PIU.

56. The GRC at the PMCU level shall meet based on the receipt of grievances, and the meeting shall be convened within 7 days of receipt of the grievance by the PMCU, and grievances redressed with 15 days. The Environmental/Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the PMCU GRC, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and taking follow up action to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out.

57. In the event that a grievance is not addressed by the PIU, local GRC, or the PMCU GRC, the AP can seek legal redress of the grievance in the appropriate Courts (fourth level of GRM). Figure 1 illustrates the GRM.


DSMC = Design Supervision Management Consultant, GRC = Grievance Redress Committee, GRM = Grievance Redress Mechanism, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

24

VII. INSTITUTIONAL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Project Management Coordination Unit 58. Local Government Engineering Division (LGED) will be the executing agency responsible for overall guidance and project implementation. The PMCU, headed by a Project Director will be responsible5 for planning, management, coordination, supervision and progress monitoring of the CRDP in the two city regions. Guided by a National Committee on City Region Development, there shall be CRDP Steering Committee will be responsible for progress review, coordination, and decisions required for the Project. The PMCU has the responsibility of fulfilling environmental requirements of the Government and conducting required level of environmental assessment as per ADB guidelines. To ensure effective implementation of the environmental aspects, two full time environmental safeguard officers are proposed, including one Environmental officer primarily responsible for the compliance to the Statutory and legal requirements of the Government and the other an Environmental Engineer responsible for implementation of the environmental management provisions in the IEE/EMPs for the subprojects. The MDSC will assist the PMCU in this regard. B. Project Implementation Units 59. The PIUs will be responsible for conducting feasibility studies including environmental assessment. The PIU will apart from technical expertise, include expertise on environment and social safeguards, and will be responsible for day-to-day monitoring of the project progress, including the implementation of the environmental provisions in the project. An Environmental support staff (or facilitator) shall be appointed within each PIU and shall be responsible for the effective implementation of the IEE/EMP for the subproject and ensure compliance to the Government and ADB requirements for environment. The PIU will prepare progress reports on all aspects concerning environmental assessment, management, and monitoring and report to the PMCU. C. Management, Design and Supervision Consultants 60. The MDSC team shall include the following environmental safeguards expertise to effectively implement the EARF/IEE provisions for the subprojects (i) an international Environmental Safeguards Specialist (with intermittent inputs), and (ii) a national environmental specialist (for duration of implementation). These personnel will provide technical support to the PMCU/PIU including implementation of the environmental and resettlement requirements, according to ADB requirements, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The MDSC safeguards specialists will support environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to environmental management plans, assisting in preparing IEEs, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The consultants will also provide needed training and capacity building support to the PMCU and PIUs. 61. Independent monitoring (for Category A projects) will be undertaken through an academic or research institutions with experience in environmental assessment, engaged by the executing agency to carry out external monitoring of the environmental assessment and 5 PMCU responsibilities shall include management of (i) Local Government Grant facility, (ii) Investment components

under the CRDP and (iii) Institutional Strengthening and Capacity building of the local governments. The CRDP PMCU will be advised by a Technical Advisory and Selection Committee and an Urban Management Support unit.

25

management for the Program. Reports will be submitted to the executing agency and ADB for review. 62. During construction, monitoring will be undertaken by contractors. Mitigation measures identified through IEE/EIA and EMPs which are implemented by the contractor, shall form part of the contract documents. PIUs will monitor contractor’s environmental performance. During the operation stage, monitoring will be the responsibility of the executing agency and the respective PIUs. 63. Table 7 shows the roles and responsibilities. Terms of Reference for project environmental personnel is provided in Appendix 4.

Table 7: Institutional Roles and Responsibilities PMCU PIU ADBPre-Construction Stage Environmental Officer of the PMCU, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the MDSC to conduct Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) for each subproject using checklists available on ADB’s website. Based on the REA, categorize the project based on ADB’s SPS. Submit all categorization forms to ADB.

MDSC will assist the PIU environmental support staff and conduct IEE or update existing IEE based on detailed design or any changes in scope or design, for all Category B subprojects, which will include an EMP. PIU with assistance from the Environmental Officer of the PMCU and the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to carry out public consultation during IEE process and incorporate consultation findings into project designs and IEE.








Construction Stage PMCU to review the PIU monthly monitoring reports to ensure that the all mitigation measures are implemented. PMCU to consolidate the monthly reports and submit semi-annual reports to ADB for review. Corrective actions to be taken.

Contractors to conduct environmental monitoring and implement EMPs. PIU with support of the Environmental Specialist(s) of MDSC to (i) review and approve the contractors’ implementation plan for the environmental provisions in the EMP, and (ii)

ADB to review the semi-annual monitoring reports and provide necessary advice / guidance needed to

26

PMCU PIU ADBmonitor the implementation of mitigation the PMCU.

measures by contractor. The MDSC with PIU to prepare monthly progress reports including a section on implementation of the mitigation measures and submit to PMCU for review. PMCU to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB.

Operation Stage The executing and implementing agencies to conduct monitoring, as specified in the environmental monitoring plan of EMP. The DOE to monitor the performance, if required and as specified in monitoring plan of EMP.

ADB = Asian Development Bank, DOE = Department of Environment, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, EIA = environmental impact assessment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, NOC = no objection certificate, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit, REA = Rapid Environmental Assessment, SPS = Safeguard Policy Statement.

64. Environmental Management Plan. Table 5 (Section on Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Migitation measures) shows that most mitigation activities during construction stage are responsibility of the contractors while during operation stage, DCC is responsible for the conduct of maintenance or repair works. To ensure implementation of mitigation measures during construction period, contract clauses (Appendix 2) for environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Contractors’ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction will be carefully monitored by PIU and MDSC. 65. A separate EMP (Appendix 3) has been prepared to facilitate inclusion in bid documents for civil works. This EMP will be further reviewed and updated during detailed engineering design. 66. Environmental Monitoring Plan. Environmental monitoring will be done during construction in three levels, namely: (i) project performance indicator monitoring by MDSC Environmental Specialist; (ii) monitoring of mitigation measures implementation by the contractor; and (iii) overall environmental regulatory monitoring by PMCU Environmental Specialist. 67. Table 8 shows the proposed environmental monitoring plan for the subproject. It includes all relevant environmental parameters, description of sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, and responsible agencies. 68. Monitoring activities during the first year of implementation will from part of the baseline conditions of the subproject area and will be used as the reference for acceptance of restoration works by the contractors.

27

Table 8: Monitoring Plan for Banani Traffic Management Subproject Attributes Stage Parameters to be

Monitored Means of

Monitoring Location Frequency Responsibility Performance

Indicators/ Standards

Air Quality (ambient)

Pre-Construction and Construction

(i) respirable particulate matter (RPM), and (ii) suspended particulate matter (SPM).

Air sample collection and analyses by in-house laboratory or accredited 3rd party laboratory

(i) along the project roads; (ii) vicinity of sensitive receptors such as residences, schools, hospitals, and places of worship; and (iii) major intersections

Once prior to construction activities Every six (6) months for the entire construction period

MDSC prior to construction activities to establish baseline Contractor during construction period and submit results to PIU

Government of Bangladesh Standards for ambient air quality

Air Quality (vehicle emissions)

Construction (i) sulphur dioxide (SO2), (ii) nitrous oxides (NOx), (iii) carbon monoxide (CO), and (iv) hydrocarbons.


Vehicles and heavy equipment

Every six (6) months

Contractor to monitor and submit results to PIU

Government of Bangladesh Standards for Vehicular Emission

Water quality Pre-Construction and Construction

(i) total dissolved solids (TDS), (ii) total suspended solids (TSS), (iii) pH, (iv) biological oxygen demand (BOD), and (v) fecal coliform.

Water sample collection and analyses by in-house laboratory or accredited 3rd party laboratory

(i) along drains in the project area, wherein the storm water is discharged; and (ii) discharge points for wastewater from construction camps, storage areas, washing areas, etc.



Government of Bangladesh Standard for Ambient Water Quality Government of Bangladesh Standards for Effluents

Water quality Construction Effectiveness of water management measures

Visual inspection

nearby water bodies

Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

(i) no evidence of surface water erosion or presence of new gullies; and (ii) no complaints from landowners.

Noise Levels Construction Stage


Noise meter (i) along the project roads; (ii) vicinity of sensitive receptors

Once prior to construction activities

MDSC prior to construction activities to establish baseline

(i) Government of Bangladesh Noise Level Standards; and

28


Means of Monitoring

Location Frequency Responsibility Performance Indicators/ Standards

such as residences, schools, hospitals, and places of worship; and (iii) “quiet zones”.

Every six (6) months for the entire construction period

Contractor during construction period and submit results to PIU

(ii) complaints from stakeholders.

Quarry Sites Construction Designated areas only

Visual inspection

Designated quarries

Monthly Contractor to monitor and

Activities shall be limited to

to ensure fill is only obtained from designated quarries

submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

designated areas only

Materials Storage Sites

Construction Compliance with requirements

Visual inspection

Designated areas Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

(i) activities shall be limited to designated areas only. (ii) materials management procedures implemented. (iii) no visible puddles of oil or oil contaminated soil.

Construction Camp

Construction Waste management Visual inspection

Camps Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

Timely and effective waste disposal.

Construction Camp

Construction Provision of water and sanitation facilities

Visual inspection


(i) sanitation facilities provided; and (ii) no disruption in local water supplies.

Construction Camp

Construction Site closure Visual inspection

Camps, storage areas, disposal sites,

Prior to acceptance of works

Contractor to request PIU

(i) site appearance restored. (ii) MDSC’s report

washing facilities PIU to verify and issue certification that restoration works have been completed

testifying restoration of site.

Removal and relocation of service utilities

Construction (i) number of utilities to be removed/relocated; and (ii) number of

Visual inspection

Subproject area On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU

Number of complaints

29


Means of Monitoring


complaints. Loss of Access

Construction Provision of walkways, concrete slabs, metal sheets for pedestrians

Visual inspection

Subproject area On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

Design specifications

Public participation

Construction (i) Consultations, and (ii) Information

Consult with government and

Subproject area On-going Contractor and PIU in coordination

(i) Number of public consultations

disclosure. community groups along the alignment to monitor environmental concerns

with MDSC conducted; (ii) Recipients of project-related documents; and (iii) Number of complaints.

Traffic Management

Construction (i) number of complaints, and (iii) Number of traffic enforcers in-place, (iii) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

(i) Visual inspection, and (ii) strict adherence to applicable environmental mitigation measures.

Subproject area On-going Contractor in coordination with PIU and City Traffic and Safety Division

(i) number of complaints; (iii) Number of traffic enforcers in-place; and (iv) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

Workers safety

Construction (i) ratio of personal protective equipment to number of workers; (ii) usage of personal protective equipment; and (iii) number of work-related accidents.

Visual inspection

Subproject area On-going Contractor to submit report to PIU

(i) 100% provision of personal protective; (ii) usage of personal protective equipment; and (iii) number of work-related accidents.

BOD = biological oxygen demand, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, RPM = respirable particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.

30

D. Target Audience

69. Capacity Building. The Environmental Specialist of MDSC will provide the basic training required for environmental awareness, specific aspects of infrastructure improvement involved in the subproject, and environmental mitigation and monitoring. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of DCC and PIU. vis-a-vis mitigation and monitoring requirements of the subproject. The description, target participants, duration, and estimated costs for the proposed training program are presented in Table 9.

31

31

Table 9: Training Modules for Environmental Management Program Description Participants Duration Trainer / Agency Costs BDTIntroduction and sensitisation to environment issues

Sensitisation on environmental concerns Environmental impacts of roads

/ urban infrastructure projects Environmental regulations of the

Government ADB/multilateral/bilateral

environmental regulations Coordination between

departments for implementation of environmental issues

DCC engineers, officials responsible for implementing project, and other PIU staff as interested

One day workshop

MDSC Environmental Specialist/ PMCU

275,000

EMP implementation Implementation of environment EMP Identification of environment

impacts Monitoring and reporting for

EMP Public interactions and

consultations Coordination for consents and

with various departments Monitoring formats filling and

review of impacts


Two day session


300,000


Guidance for conformance to DOE requirements Environmental aspects in management of air quality and noise impacts, road safety


Two day session


400,000

ADB = Asian Development Bank, BDT = Bangladesh Taka, DCC = Dhaka City Corporation, DOE = Department of Environment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

32

E. Environmental Budget

70. As part of good engineering practices in the subproject, there have been several measures as leachate collection, site drainage, erosion prevention, provision of temporary drains, etc the costs for which will be included in the design costs of the subprojects. Therefore, these items of costs have not been included in the IEE budget. The IEE costs include monitoring and capacity building costs. The costs for training proposed include the costs incurred towards the site visits, travel to the training program by the participants, printing of training materials and other logistic arrangements. The costs involved towards preparation of training material and imparting of training are covered in the Consultancy Budget for the MDSC. The budget for the environmental management costs for the subproject is presented in Table 10 below.

Table 10: Environmental Budget

Sl. No. Particulars Stages Unit

Total number

Rate (Taka)

Cost (Taka)


1 Silt Fencing Construction Per running meter 200 2,000 400,000

2 Oil and Grease Trap Construction Per Unit 5 20,000 100,000


B. Monitoring Measures Air quality monitoring Construction Per location 8x3x2 6,000 288,000

Water quality

Construction Per sample 15 6,000 90,000 Noise Levels – silence zones Construction Per location 8x3x2 5,000 240,000 Drainage Construction Per year 10 25,000 250,000


C Capacity Building

1 Sensitization Workshop Pre-Construction L.S

275,000

2 EMP implementation Construction L.S

300,000

3 Environmental management of urban streets, noise impacts etc Construction L.S

400,000

Sub-Total (C) 975,000

Total (A+B+C), Taka 2,343,000 EMP = Environmental Management Plan, LS = Lump Sum

VIII. FINDINGS & RECOMMENDATIONS

71. The proposed interventions as part of the Banani Traffic management subproject, shall improve the environmental conditions in the project area. There are no environmentally sensitive areas or features in the project area that shall be impacted adversely due to the proposed interventions. The proposed subproject will conform to all the Government and ADB regulations, policies, and standards including all necessary government permits and clearances.

33

72. The significance of the environmental impacts will be more due to the construction related impacts. It is to be noted that the resultant potential impacts from these proposals can be offset through provision of proven mitigation measures during the design and adoption of good engineering practices during construction and implementation. Further, the a. The specific management measures laid down in the IEE will effectively address any adverse environmental impacts due to the subproject. The effective implementation of the measures proposed will be ensured through the building up of capacity towards environmental management within the PMCU supplemented with the technical expertise of a Safeguards Specialist as part of the MDSC Consultants. Further, the environmental monitoring plans provide adequate opportunities towards course correction to address any residual impacts during construction or operation stages.

IX. CONCLUSIONS

73. The IEE carried out for the subproject show that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impact can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The EMP provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redressal in terms of environmental safeguards exist.

34 Appendix 1

Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS A. Project Siting Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Development of an integrated traffic management plan, including design of traffic management measures and pedestrian friendly transport infrastructure. All plans to ensure measures to improve environmental quality. Rehabilitation of road surface and drainage, relocation of telephone wires and electric cables, including underground ducting, water mains and sewer lines reconstruction along the road stretches.


No sensitive ecological or cultural sites in project areas. Protected Area

Wetland

Mangrove

Estuarine



B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

.

encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. sensitive or protected areas)?

alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

Improved drainage to be included along road areas.

deterioration of surface water quality due to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from worker-based camps and chemicals used in construction?

A project specific EMP address all construction related impacts.

increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, cutting and filling works, and chemicals from asphalt processing?

noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works?


No significant impacts are anticipated.

Appendix 1 35

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS other social concerns relating to inconveniences in

living conditions in the project areas that may trigger cases of upper respiratory problems and stress?

Civil works will entail simple road works which will avoid need for invasive air and noise impacts. All mitigation measures to be stated in the EMP.

hazardous driving conditions where construction interferes with pre-existing roads?

Traffic management plan during construction to be developed by the contractor and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to commencement of construction.

poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in construction camps and work sites, and possible transmission of communicable diseases from workers to local populations?

creation of temporary breeding habitats for mosquito vectors of disease?

dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people living in right-of-way?

No significant impacts anticipated.

accident risks associated with increased vehicular traffic, leading to accidental spills of toxic materials and loss of life?

increased noise and air pollution resulting from traffic volume?

Works to improve traffic flows within existing urban setting.

increased risk of water pollution from oil, grease and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles using the road?

36 Appendix 2

Recommended Contract Clauses 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of environmental provisions outlined in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), in addition to adhering to all environmental provisions in the applicable specifications for the works will be adhered to as part of good engineering practices. 1.2 All works undertaken towards protection of environmental resources as part of the EMP and as part of good engineering practices while adhering to relevant specifications will be deemed to be incidental to works being carried out and no separate payment will be made unless otherwise specified explicitly. The costs towards environmental management as per EMP unless otherwise provided as a separate head, will be deemed to be part of the Bill of Quantities of the subproject. The scope of works of the contractor towards the implementation of the environmental provisions shall be as follows:

(i) abide by all existing environmental regulations and requirements of the Government of Bangladesh, during implementation;

(ii) compliance with all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements set out in the EMP;

(iii) submission of a method statement detailing how the subproject EMP will be complied with. This shall include methods and schedule of monitoring;

(iv) monitoring of project environmental performance and periodic submission of monitoring reports; and

(v) compliance of all safety rules at work, and provision of adequate health and safety measures such as water, food, sanitation, personal protective equipment, workers insurance, and medical facilities.

1.3. The detailed provisions for specific environmental issues shall be as outlined in the EMP table on impacts and mitigation measures. Key clauses are outlined in the following sections. 1.4 Occupation of and Temporary Use of Land for Construction Purposes. The contractor will obtain prior approval from landowners for temporary use of land for labor camp and construction yard, and before occupation shall agree on price, intended use, and duration, amount of clearing and excavation, and final waste disposal and reclamation. The occupation shall be only, after approval from the Environmental Specialist of the Management, Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC), and shall include appropriate documentation of the pre-utilization status including a photograph of the site, on date of occupation by the contractor. 1.5 All affected areas within the general subproject boundary shall be graded to their original elevation or to a gently sloping grade following completion. Machinery, equipment, structures contaminated earth and wastes or unused materials shall be removed and disposed of properly. 1.6 No fuel, oil, or parts cleaning fluids shall be spilled, wasted or disposed of at the project site. 1.7 Site Conditions, Quarries and Haul Routes. Opening of trenches and excavations in public right-of-ways, improvement of roadside drainage, removal and relocation of utilities shall be done in a manner to least inconvenience residents, shop owners and pedestrians of the area. Where blockage of homes and shops occurs the contractor is required to limit the period

Appendix 2 37

of time an excavation is left open, done by excavating only a short portion that can be completed and backfilled in a few days, and by providing walkways and bridging across excavated areas. 1.8 Excavations shall not be left in an incomplete state, but shall be backfilled as quickly as feasible and the surface finished, providing access and limiting the generation of airborne dust. 1.9 Selection of borrow pits and haul routes shall minimize noise and air pollution in the vicinity of the borrow pit, en route and at the construction sites; visual impacts in inhabited areas; impacts on land use, air and noise emissions along haul routes; and congestion in populated areas. 1.10 Quarry locations and haul routes will be approved in advance by the Site Engineer and PIU. Vehicles hauling dirt and fill materials, or spoil away from construction sites, are required to remove loose materials prior to entry onto public thoroughfares, and to cover loads with tarpaulins sufficient to suppress blowing dust, dirt and sand. 1.11 Archaeological and Cultural Relics. The Contractor must halt construction upon discovery of foreign objects of non-recent origin on the ground or below grade. Contractor must notify the Site Engineer and PIU, who will contact the Ministry of Cultural Affairs to investigate and undertake recovery. Work must remain halted at the specific location until recovery is complete. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES 2.1 The Contractor shall ensure that construction activities do not result in any contamination of land or water by polluting substances. 2.2 Unless otherwise provided in the specifications, the Contractor shall ensure that no trees or shrubs or waterside vegetation are felled or harmed except those required to be cleared for execution of the works. The Contractor shall protect trees and vegetation from damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2.3 The Contractor shall not use or permit the use of wood as a fuel for the execution of any part of the works and to the extent practicable, shall ensure that fuels other than wood are used for cooking and heating in all camps and living accommodations. Any wood so used must be harvested legally, and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the relevant permits, if required. 2.4 The Contractor shall consult with local residents and local government before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plant. The work camps shall not be located near settlements, near drinking water supply intakes, protected areas, or wildlife habitats. 2.5 In the conduct of cleaning activities and operation of equipment, the Contractor will utilize such practicable methods and devices as are reasonably available to control, prevent and otherwise minimize air/noise pollution. 3.0 NOISE AND AIR POLLUTION 3.1 All works will be carried out without unreasonable noise and air pollution. Subject and without prejudice to any other provision of the Contract and the law of the land and its obligation

38 Appendix 2

as applicable, the Contractor will take all precautions outlined in the EMP to avoid the air and noise pollution. 3.2 The Contractor shall monitor the environmental parameters periodically as specified in the monitoring plan and report to the Engineer. 3.3 The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer from and against any liability for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while carrying out the work, and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses, whatsoever, in regard or in relation to such liability. 4.0 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION 4.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the safety and health provisions specified in the EMP, provide workers with a safe and healthy working environment, in the work areas, through application of preventive and protective measures consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. The borrower/client will take steps to prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work by:





place.

5.0 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCE 5.1 On completion of work, wherever applicable, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the sites all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish, scaffoldings, and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the sites and works in a clean condition to the inspection and written clearance of the DMSC Environmental Specialist. 5.2 Construction camp sites post construction shall be cleared as specified in the EMP and handed over to the Owner. It will be ensured by the contractor that the site handed over is in line with the conditions of temporary acquisition signed by both parties.

Appendix 3 39

Environmental Management Plan (to be attached to the Bid Documents) A. Environmental Mitigation Plan 1. Table A3.1 shows the anticipated environmental impacts, mitigation measures, and responsible agency for implementation.

40 A

ppendix 3

Table A3.1: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Sl No Anticipated Impacts Duration /


1. Location Impacts 1.1 Land acquisition and

resettlement impacts Permanent Moderate Land acquisition impacts will be avoided through:

(i) design of cross-sections within the available right of way (ROW); and (ii) compensation of non-titleholders and hawkers/vendors (licensed and unlicensed) within the ROW will be carried out in accordance with the subproject Resettlement Plan.

PIU and MDSC

2. Design and Pre-construction Impacts 2.1 Alterations of drainage

pattern of the subproject area

Permanent Major Design of cross drainage structures will be carried considering 50-year return flood level to avoid overtopping of the roads and maintain natural drainage


2.2 Damage to roadside trees and clearance of trees

Permanent Moderate Removal of roadside trees is not anticipated. If removal of any tree is unavoidable: (i) Each tree along the proposed route will be identified and marked; (ii) A tree clearance approval from the Forest Department will be obtained for trees to be cut; and (iii) For trees within the construction area that will not be cut, all precautionary measures to protect the trees will be required to be implemented by the construction contractors. Measures include but not limited to placement of tree guards, avoidance of stockpiling of spoils and construction materials near trees, and prohibition on workers regarding damage to trees and other vegetations.



Permanent Moderate The MDSC, in consultation with the PIU, will: (i) Identify the line agencies responsible for each utility which will be affected by the civil works; (ii) ensure detailed engineering designs incorporate the existing utilities; (iii) Ensure detailed engineering design incorporate future plans of departments/agencies; and (iv) Utilities relocation plans are discussed with respective agencies and approved prior to finalization of detailed engineering designs.


2.4 Location of construction camps, and/or hot mix plants, storage areas,

Temporary Moderate The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be included in the detailed engineering design and locations will be determined using the following siting criteria:

Contractor and MDSC


Appe

ndix 3

41



stockpiles, and disposal areas

(i) at least 500 m away from residential and commercial areas, schools, places of worship, hospitals, and other

sensitive; (ii) Not in flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) Not in sensitive environmental resources such as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies; (iv) Not in areas that will cause inconvenience to the communities; and (v) Will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and/or drinking water supply systems. The contractor will be responsible for verifying the suitability of the suggested locations and obtaining approval from MDSC/PIU if other locations will be utilized.

2.5 Location of quarry sites and borrow pits

Permanent Moderate (i) MDSC and PIU will include in design specifications and plan drawings (a) a list of licensed quarries and other government-approved sources of materials; and (b) measures (such as silt fences) to control erosion control, sedimentation, and water pollution. (ii) The contractor will be responsible for (a) verifying the suitability/quality of the materials; (b) examining the legality of environmental clearances of the listed quarry sites; and (c) submitting environmental clearances to MDSC/PIU prior to sourcing of materials.

PIU, Contractor and MDSC


Temporary Moderate MDSC and PIU to prepare specific contract provisions relevant to (i) prevention of air, water and noise pollution; (ii) workers health and safety; (iii) prevention of diseases; and (iv) labor and construction camps operations

3. Construction Impacts 3.1 Stockpiling of

construction materials can cause (i) siltation and pollution of surface water resulting from uncontrolled runoff from storage piles; (ii) disturbance to private property: and (iii) community safety hazards



3.2 Quarry/borrow pits operations can result to

Permanent Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) Verify suitability of materials and legality of quarry sites

Contractor to implement mitigation

42 A

ppendix 3



disruption of natural land contours and

and/or borrow pits; (ii) Submit prior to sourcing of materials environmental

measures

vegetation resulting to accelerated erosion, landslides, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, siltation of surface waters, and water pollution.

clearances of quarry sites and or borrow pits; and (iii) Obtain approval of PIU if new quarries and/or borrow sites are necessary;






Permanent Moderate The construction contractor will be required to: (i) limit removal of topsoil to depth of 150 millimetres; (ii) store in stockpiles any removed topsoil; (iii) design stockpile such that its slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal) and height does not exceed 2m; (iv) prevent compaction and cover with gunny bags or tarpaulin; (v) prioritize use of stockpiled topsoil in restoring disturbed areas and cut slopes; (vi) undertake measures to control soil erosion, sedimentation, and siltation as defined in the design specifications and plan drawings; and (vii) consider construction and maintenance as incidental to earthwork and other items of work.



Permanent Moderate Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by PIU, the contractor will not use explosives. The contractor will be required to: (i) carry out use of explosive only upon approval of PIU; (ii) at all times take every possible precaution in the use of


Appe

ndix 3

43



explosives; (iii) comply with laws and regulations;

MDSC to prepare

relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives; and (iv) engage sufficient flagmen and warning signs during blasting operations; and keep records of operations and make available anytime for inspection.

monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU





Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) prepare, submit to PIU for approval and implement a Waste Management Plan; (ii) locate storage areas for fuels, oils, and lubricants in areas that will not drain into nearby surface waterbodies; (iii) locate vehicle cleaning area away from nearby surface waterbodies; (iv) provide oil interceptors at construction vehicle parking area, repair area, and workshops; (v) ensure that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to discharge; (vi) prevent siltation of nearby waterbodies by providing silt fences as identified in the design specifications and plan drawings; (vii) ensure disposal sites are approved by PIU; (viii) recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (ix) manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; (x) reuse bituminous waste to the maximum extent possible; (xi) utilize cut material generated as filling material and


44 A

ppendix 3



dispose to designated sites any remaining material; (xii) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures

(such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (xiii) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (xiv) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.

3.8 Increase in dust due to (i) movement of equipment, machineries, and vehicles; (ii) delivery and storage of construction materials; and (iii) disposal of spoils

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards; (ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.







Contractor to implement mitigation measures PIU to monitor implementation MDSC to prepare monthly progress

Appe

ndix 3

45



reports and submit to PMCU

3.11 Delivery of construction materials, removal of spoils and debris, and excavation works will result to increase in traffic, road

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) prepare a detailed Traffic Control Plan and submit to PIU for approval; (ii) provide information (such as signages, media information, print materials) 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of the road; (iii) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (iv) liaise with PIU in identifying high-risk

Contractor to implement mitigation measures PIU to monitor implementation MDSC to prepare

blockages, and slower movement of vehicles resulting to inconveniences to travelers, increased traffic, and safety hazards

(v) areas on route cards/maps; (vi) maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and (vii) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU


Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide protective footwear, masks, and goggles to workers engaged in mixing asphalt, bitumen, cement and other hazardous materials; (ii) provide welder’s protective eyeshield to workers engaged in welding works; (iii) provide protective goggles and clothing to workers engaged in stone-breaking and crushing activities; (iv) use hazardous chemicals and toxic substances according to manufacturers instruction; (v) implement all relevant provisions of Bangladesh Labor Act (2006) and National Building Code (2006); (vi) comply will all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress; (vii) provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (viii) provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction site and labor camp; (ix) employ a full-time medical staff; and (x) coordinate with hospitals/clinics within the subproject area as part of contingency planning in case of emergency and incidents.





46 A

ppendix 3



PIU to monitor

implementation MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU


Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide supply of potable water for drinking, cooking, and washing; (ii) provide sanitation facilities and coordinate with local sanitary authority for the disposal of wastes; provide waste bins and dispose solid wastes in approved disposal sites;


(iii) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (iv) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (v) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.

MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU

3.21 Archaeological chance find

Temporary Minor In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contractor will be required to: (i) prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts; (ii) report immediately to PIU of such discovery; (iii) stop all works within 100 m radius of the construction site; and (iv) carry out the Engineer’s instructions. PIU will coordinate with Department of Archaeology before instructing the contractor to continue work on the site.


4. Operations and Maintenance Impacts Interference with

vehicle travel during road maintenance works

Temporary Moderate Dhaka City Corporation (DCC) will: (i) provide information (such as signages, media information, print materials) 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of the road; (ii) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; and (iii) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous

DCC

Appe

ndix 3

47



conditions.

Unchecked growth of trees and plants can cover signals and signs, restrict motorist visibility, and fall onto the road and overhead power lines.

Temporary Moderate DCC will conduct regular maintenance of vegetation within road ROW.

Improved infrastructure will carry more traffic, possibly at higher speeds. Pedestrians and bicyclists

Permanent Moderate DCC will: (i) installation and maintain all signs, signals, markings, and other devices used to regulate traffic, including posted speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, or other special road conditions; (ii) set speed limits appropriate to the road and traffic conditions;

DCC

are at greatest risk of serious injury from collisions with moving vehicles. Children are generally the most vulnerable due to lack of experience and knowledge of traffic related hazards, their behavior while at play, and their small size making them less visible to motorists.

(iii) maintain road to prevent mechanical failure of vehicles due to road conditions; (iv) target the use of a real-time warning system with signage to warn drivers of congestion, accidents, adverse weather or road conditions, and other potential hazards ahead; and (v) install barriers (e.g. fencing, plantings) to deter pedestrian access to the roadway except at designated crossing points.

DCC

Solid waste generation during operation and maintenance activities may include road resurfacing waste (e.g. removal of the old road surface material); road litter, illegally dumped waste, or vegetation waste


DCC

48 A

ppendix 3



from ROW maintenance; and

sediment and sludge from stormwater drainage system maintenance.

Traffic noise is generated by vehicle engines, emission of exhaust, aerodynamic sources, and tire/pavement interaction. Traffic noise can be a significant nuisance and may be loud enough to interfere with normal conversation and can cause stress


DCC

Lack of implementation of development controls, including encroachment of the public ROW by hawkers and pedestrians leading to disruption of traffic flow

Permanent Moderate The DCC will: (i) ensure that mechanisms to maintain the ROW free of encroachments and hawkers are worked out; and (ii) strictly enforce traffic regulations.

DCC


Appendix 3 49

B. Environmental Monitoring Plan 2. Table A3.2 shows the proposed environmental monitoring plan for the subproject. It includes all relevant environmental parameters, description of sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, and responsible agencies. 3. Monitoring activities during the first year of implementation will from part of the baseline conditions of the subproject area and will be used as the reference for acceptance of restoration works by the contractors.

Table A3.2: Monitoring Plan for Banani Traffic Management Subproject Attributes Stage Parameters to be

Monitored Means of


























Visual inspection

nearby water bodies



50 Appendix 3


Means of Monitoring


Noise Levels Construction Stage


Noise meter (i) along the project roads; (ii) vicinity of sensitive receptors such as residences, schools, hospitals, and places of worship; and (iii) “quiet zones”.



(i) Government of Bangladesh Noise Level Standards; and (ii) complaints from stakeholders.


Visual inspection

Designated quarries

Monthly Contractor to monitor and

Activities shall be limited to

to ensure fill is only obtained from designated quarries

submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

designated areas only

Materials Storage Sites

Construction Compliance with requirements

Visual inspection

Designated areas



Construction Camp

Construction Waste management Visual inspection



Construction Camp

Construction Provision of water and sanitation facilities

Visual inspection



Construction Camp

Construction Site closure Visual inspection

Camps, storage areas, disposal


Contractor to request PIU PIU to verify

(i) site appearance restored; and (ii) MDSC’s

sites, Washing facilities

and issue certification that restoration works have been completed

report testifying restoration of site.


Construction (i) number of utilities to be removed/relocated; and (ii) number of complaints.

Visual inspection

Subproject area

On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU


Appendix 3 51


Means of Monitoring


Loss of Access

Construction Provision of walkways, concrete slabs, metal sheets for pedestrians

Visual inspection

Subproject area

On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Public participation

Construction (i) Consultations, and (ii) Information disclosure.

Consult with government and community groups along the alignment to monitor environmental concerns

Subproject area

On-going Contractor and PIU in coordination with MDSC

(i) Number of public consultations conducted; (ii) Recipients of project-related documents; and (iii) Number of complaints.

Traffic Management

Construction (i) number of complaints, and (ii) Number of traffic enforcers in-place, and (iii) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

(i) Visual inspection, and (ii) strict adherence to applicable environmental mitigation measures.

Subproject area

On-going Contractor in coordination with PIU and City Traffic and Safety Division

(i) number of complaints; (ii) Number of traffic enforcers in-place; and (iii) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

Workers safety

Construction (i) ratio of personal protective equipment to number of workers; (ii) usage of personal protective equipment; and (iii) number of work-related accidents.

Visual inspection

Subproject area

On-going Contractor to submit report to PIU


BOD = biological oxygen demand, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, RPM = respirable particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.

52 Appendix 4


















Appendix 4 53



















54 Appendix 4




(vi) Work in close co-ordination with the Social Safeguards officer of the PMCU and participate in the Grievance Redressal Mechanism for all grievances that are brought forward to the PMCU. Monitor on a continuous basis the effective functioning of the Grievance mechanisms at the PIU and Pourashava levels on all grievances related to environmental issues; and











Appendix 4 55















BAN: City Region Development Project—Narayanganj Solid Waste Management Subproject Prepared by the Local Government Engineering Department, Government of Bangladesh This IEE is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB — Asian Development Bank BOQ — bill of quantities CRDP — City Region Development Project DCC — Dhaka City Corporation DOE — Department of Environment EARF — Environmental Assessment Review Framework ECR — Environmental Conservation Rules EMP — Environmental Management Plan GRC — Grievance Redress Committee GRM — Grievance Redress Mechanism HDPE — High Density Poly-Ethylene IEE — Initial Environmental Examination LEL — lower explosive limit LGED — Local Government Engineering Department LGI — Local Government Institution MDSC — Management, Design and Supervision Consultant O&M — operation and maintenance PIU — Project Implementation Unit PMCU — Project Management Coordination Unit PPE — personal protective equipment REA — Rapid Environmental Assessment ROW — right of way SPS — Safeguard Policy Statement SWM — Solid Waste Management

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is prepared to comply with Government of Bangladesh (the Government) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements for the first phase1 of Narayanganj solid wastes management sub-project. The subproject includes the following components: (i) segregation of wastes at source and house-to-house primary collection within Narayanganj Pourashava; (ii) development of eight solid waste transfer stations; (iii) transportation of wastes from transfer stations to the landfill site; (iv) development of a sanitary landfill site at the 2 acre site within the existing dumping ground and development of a 40 tons per day compost plant; and (v) restoration of the dumpsite. In addition to the physical interventions, awareness campaigns to the communities on 3R (reduce, reuse, recycle) concepts and waste management, procurement of vehicles/equipments for waste collection and transportation, and landfill operation is proposed. 2. Potential negative impacts were identified in relation to the location, construction and operation of the infrastructure. Mitigation measures have been developed to ensure no negative adverse environmental impacts. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) includes design measures to minimize impacts on groundwater. Measures are included for leachate collection, methane gas collection etc., which shall be conformed to during the detailed designs of the landfill site. To ensure that environmental impacts due to the transfer stations are minimal, technical criteria for design of transfer stations have been defined in the IEE. Regardless of these and various other actions taken during the IEE process and in developing the subprojects, there will still be construction related impacts on the environment when the infrastructure is built and when it is operating. There are routine mitigation measures included to ensure no adverse environmental impacts. 3. During the restoration of the site, special precautions will be required to remove garbage from the landfill site, which has been used as a municipal dumpsite for the past 15 to 20 years and may therefore contain hazardous material. Other construction impacts mainly arise from the excavation and disposal of waste soil at the landfill site, including production of dust and changes in soil, topography, drainage, etc. These are common impacts of construction in and around urban areas, and there are well developed methods of mitigation. For all construction related impacts, environmental management measures to address the construction related impacts have been integrated into the IEE. 4. Impacts during operation of the proposed facilities shall result largely due to lack of adequate maintenance and non-conformance to the procedures laid down for the operation of the landfill site and compost plants. Capacity building of the officials of the Pourashava on management of landfill site and compost plant is part of the project. Therefore, no significant environmental impacts are envisaged during the operation stage. 5. The Narayanganj Pourashava shall be the implementing agency for this subproject and the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) shall be housed within the Pourashava. Capacity building and training of the Pourashava and the PIU officials towards implementation of the environmental provisions have been detailed in the IEE and costs included in the IEE budget.

1 The proposed vision for a sustainable solid waste management system for Narayanganj and the surrounding Local

Government Institutions (LGIs) is proposed to be implemented in two interlinked phases: Phase 1 – Upgrading and extending SWM practices in Narayanganj; and Phase 2 – Extending Integrated Solid Waste Management (SWM) practices incrementally into the areas of the adjoining Local Government Units and developing a Sub-Regional Landfill Site.

ii

The IEE includes plan for continued participation during project implementation, disclosure of information and mechanisms for redressal of grievances pertaining to environmental issues during the project implementation. An environmental monitoring plan to monitor the effectiveness of the mitigation and management measures is also part of the IEE. 6. The IEE carried out for the subproject show that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impacts can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject components; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The EMP provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redressal exist.

INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION: NARAYANGANJ

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Background

1. The City Region Development Project (CRDP) (the Project) emphasizes economic growth in Dhaka and Khulna city regions of Bangladesh through (i) creation of an enabling environment towards improved governance and capacity building of the local governments; and (ii) prioritized investments in infrastructure sectors in the two regions. The objectives of CRDP are: (i) to improve the regional economic and social context through long-term development plans and investment programs set within an institutional and regulatory context that will ensure implementation and review; (ii) to improve the capacity and mandate of local government to govern and to invest in improved economic activity at local level; (iii) to improve the economic context for sustainable commercial and industrial growth; and (iv) to improve the economic and social needs of the urban population. 2. The Project has been designed as a Project Loan using a sector approach and is formulated to provide opportunities for replication of the project in other Local Government Institutions1 (LGIs) within the identified city regions. The initial environmental examination (IEE) for the proposed Narayanganj solid waste management subproject prepared by the Narayanganj Pourashava is in line with the Environmental Assessment Review Framework (EARF)2 prepared for the CRDP. This IEE is prepared to comply with both the Government and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements. 3. The IEE was based on a review of subproject site plans and reports; field visits, collection of secondary data to characterize the environment and identify potential impacts; and interviews and discussions with stakeholders. An environmental management plan (EMP) outlining the specific environmental measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. During the detailed design stage, the IEE/EMP shall be further updated and stand-alone EMPs prepared for each of the procurement packages and appended to the contract document. This will enable integration of environmental provisions/management measures in the contract document.


4. This IEE has been prepared for the Phase I of the Narayanganj solid wastes management subproject, wherein the existing solid waste management practices in Narayanganj Pourashava shall be improved. The subproject shall include apart from improvement of the collection and transportation systems for solid wastes within the Narayanganj Pourashava, the development of a compost plant and landfill site at the existing solid waste dumping ground at Narayanganj. 1 LGIs include City Corporations, Pourashavas, Upazila and Union Parishads. 2 The sector approach requires preparation of the EARF to provide a comprehensive framework for environmental

management during the project implementation. The EARF is in accordance with Government of Bangladesh rules and ADB safeguard policies. The EARF reviews the types of subprojects anticipated under the project and summarizes potential environmental impacts. The EARF provides an overview of the regulations of the Government of Bangladesh and ADB related to environmental assessment, specifically concerning project environmental classification, review and approval requirements. Further, the EARF sets out specific procedures to be followed for subprojects, and for implementation of the project as a whole.

2

5. The proposed components will result in positive environmental impacts, as the proposed landfill site and compost plant shall minimize impacts of unmanaged waste on the surrounding communities and land uses in the vicinity of the dumping site. Given the magnitude of civil works, there would be typical construction related impacts, which can be mitigated by appropriate mitigation measures and adoption of good construction practices. Further, these will be of limited intensity and of short duration. None of the subproject interventions are proposed within locations in or near sensitive and valuable ecosystems, including protected areas and forests. During the operation of the landfill site and the operation of the improved collection and transportation systems for solid wastes, there will be positive impacts to the environment of the Pourashava, and the pollution impacts through direct disposal of wastes onto water bodies etc will be minimized. As per the EARF, the subproject has been categorized as ‘B’ and an IEE carried out.


6. Government of Bangladesh. The provisions for environmental protection and pollution control in Bangladesh are contained in the Environmental Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997. This legislation also provides the principal mechanism for assessing and mitigating the environmental impacts of projects, both existing and proposed. Projects are classified as green, orange, or red. Landfilling by industrial, household and commercial wastes is categorized as a Red category project, in accordance with Schedule 1 of the ECR. The requirements for the individual components proposed are provided in Table 1.

Table 1: Environmental Regulatory Compliance with ECR, 1997 Component Description

Applicability of ADB

guidelines

Category in accordance with

ECR of the Government

Regulatory Compliance

required

1. Solid waste collection improvements, transportation and development of secondary transfer stations

Category B Not covered under the ECR

-

2. Development of the landfill site at Narayanganj at the existing solid waste dumping site

Category B Red category - Land filling by industrial, household and commercial wastes

Feasibility Report and Initial Environmental Examination and Terms of Reference for Environmental Impact Assessment or Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan

ADB = Asian Development Bank, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules.

3

7. Asian Development Bank (ADB). The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 of the ADB stipulates addressing environmental concerns, if any, of a proposed activity in the initial stages of Project preparation. For this, ADB Guidelines categorizes the proposed components into categories (A, B or C) to determine the level of environmental assessment3 required to address the potential impacts. The subproject has been categorized as B as impacts are site specific and can be mitigated to avoid any adverse environmental impacts. Accordingly, this IEE is prepared to address the potential impacts, in line with the recommended IEE content and structure for Category B projects. Stakeholder consultation was an integral part of the IEE. An EMP outlining the specific environmental measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. 8. The methodology adopted for the IEE preparation is based on ADB and the Government standards and norms.

D. Report Structure

9. This IEE Report, in addition to an executive summary summarizing the key issues and findings of the IEE, includes the following sections: (i) introduction; (ii) description of project components; (iii) description of environment; (iv) screening of potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (v) institutional arrangement and responsibilities; (vi) public consultation and information disclosure; (vii) findings and recommendations; and (viii) conclusions.

II. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT COMPONENTS


10. The proposed solid waste project component is to ensure that the collection and disposal of solid waste is sustainable, protects public health and results in improved environmental conditions and practices. To achieve this vision the following objectives are proposed to ensure:

(i) The achievement of 100% solid waste collection for households and other land uses in Narayanganj and the surrounding local government units (LGUs) of Shidhirgonj, Tarabo, Kanchan, Araihazar and Sonargon;

(ii) Realization of the value of solid waste as a resource, through optimal implementation of 3R (reduce, reuse, recycle) (the 3R Strategy of the Government);

(iii) Optimization of the potential of solid waste management (SWM) as an income generating activity, for the project affected communities, the private sector and the stakeholders of the Government; and


Guidelines is as follows: (i) Category A. Subproject components with potential for significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts. (ii) Category B. Subproject components judged to have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree and/or significance than those for Category A projects. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report. (iii) Category C. Sub-components unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are still reviewed.

4

(iv) Optimization opportunities for cooperation across local government boundaries to achieve better SWM and economies of scale.

11. The proposed vision for a sustainable solid waste management system for Narayanganj and the surrounding LGIs is proposed to be implemented in two interlinked phases:4

(i) Phase 1. Upgrading and extending SWM practices in Narayanganj; and

(ii) Phase 2. Extending Integrated SWM practices incrementally into the areas of the adjoining Local Government Units and developing a sub-regional landfill site.

B. Description of Proposed Subproject

12. This IEE addresses Phase 1 components. Phase 1 is proposed to be implemented in the first year of the CRDP and comprises the following components.

1. Primary Collection

13. House-to-house primary collection will be implemented in Narayanganj Pourashava, geared to collecting up to 55 tons of domestic waste per day from all households. Separation of wastes at the household level shall be implemented in the project area, based on an extensive awareness campaign for the public. Private sector operators, licensed by the Pourashava, will collect waste from house-to-house using tricycle vans. Based on existing practice, about 200 tricycle vans would be needed to provide the waste collection services. Already 52 vans are in operation. An additional 150 vans would be required to cover the solid waste generated in Narayanganj Pourashava. Typically each tricycle van will have six plastic bins with lid to collect the refuse, which will be separated at source and divided into organic and non-organic waste. Based on the existing pattern of waste content it is anticipated that five of these will be filled with organic wastes, and one will be used to collect recyclable items. The inorganic waste will continue to be collected by the waste pickers/rag pickers, who sell to shops and businesses who then sell onto to the recycling industry. 14. The household service will be extended to the whole of Narayanganj Pourashava and including the markets and other commercial and community facilities and as stated above there will be an objective for 100% coverage of Narayanganj at the end of Phase 1 implementation.

2. Solid Waste Transfer Stations

15. Primary collectors will bring the pre-sorted solid waste to 8 numbers of Solid Waste Transfer Stations, where the waste will be transferred from the tricycles vans to conventional trucks, after which the trucks will transfer the waste to the planned landfill site. This will provide the means to achieve the transfer efficiently and without significant environmental impact. 16. Altogether eight solid waste transfer stations are recommended to serve the whole of Narayanganj Pourashava. Each transfer station will require a dedicated land area of 30 feet to 50 feet in length and 20 feet to 30 feet in width (area ranging from 60 sq.m. to 150 sq.m.) and

4 The reason for the two phase approach is to respond to both land and resource issues. At the time of writing it has

not been possible to identify land for a sub-regional landfill site, and until this has been found then it will not be possible to develop a “fully fledged” sub-regional approach to SWM. It is therefore recommended to commence with Phase 1 in Narayanganj, where the existing dump site can be extended and properly managed as a composting and landfill area for Narayanganj in the short-term (4.5 years) to serve the Pourashava.

5

located to minimize nuisance to residential and other sensitive environments. While the design of the transfer stations shall be done at the detailed design stage, based on the land availability at the individual locations, it shall include a 5m high building of reinforced cement concrete, with two roller shutter access points from the road. One or two pits in the floor to accommodate metal bins, into which waste are tipped by primary collectors. 17. The transfer stations can be as small as 60m2 and the general layout modified to site-specific situations. During detailed design the sizing and placement of transfer stations components within the facility (e.g., number of bins and pits, drain locations, hoist, etc.) will be finalized based on the outline design and site-sensitive features (e.g., distance to road, physical features such as walls, etc.) to maximize efficiency with limited environmental impacts. Collection schedules will be designed to match waste generation at each transfer station and coordinated by the Pourashava. Internal and external drainage will be designed to direct all run-off (and run-on) from the site to the city drainage system, as well as be designed to prevent storm water from entering the site. The internal area will be sloped as to collect run-off including from washing activities (the area around the pits is the general wash area). Leachate is not expected to be an issue as routine collection, covered bins, and storm water prevention from outside the facility will mitigate potential contaminated run-off from the site. However, sumps located at the foot of the bins are included in the site design, and if the sump catches leachate, it will be collected and disposed of under the guidance of Pourashava Conservancy Department. Protective health and safety equipment for all SWM staff includes gloves, protective clothing, goggles, and masks.

3. Secondary Collection and Transport

18. The design and preparation work regarding the most cost-effective collection routes will be fed into the implementation of the secondary collection and transport system. To enhance operational efficiencies of the transfer station, and to ensure that the transfer station does not get overloaded, a schedule for collection shall be worked out from the transfer stations to the landfill site. Towards management of the transport to landfill site, there will be operational options explored, including: (i) operation and management by Narayanganj Pourashava; or (ii) contracting out to the private sector, either as an independent operation, or as part of a larger public-private partnership including landfill operations and solid waste transfer station operations.

4. Landfill

19. During Phase 1, maximum use will be made of vacant land at the existing dump site in Narayanganj for composting and landfill. The dumpsite for Narayanganj Pourashava, known as Ponchoboti, is located about 2.5 km from the town centre. Largely uncontrolled dumping is practiced in a situation where the site is located close to residential and commercial areas, and in proximity to water bodies. It is therefore a threat to public health and a source of environmental pollution. The Project will improve the site. Until recently the site was 3.6 hectares, but part of this site is now earmarked for an alternative commercial use. It is understood the area remaining for use as disposal site is around 2 acres, which is not large enough for long-term use or to serve other LGIs in the surrounding areas, where a new and larger dedicated landfill is required. It will however be adequate for a first phase (U.S. year period) where focus will be to improve the SWM process and create awareness for primary and secondary collection systems/procedures in Narayanganj Pourashava.

6

20. The proposed site for conversion to a landfill is about 2 acres. About 1.5 acres of land is available with no wastes while the remaining 0.5 acres has wastes dumped onto it. The conversion of the site to a sanitary landfill will be taken up in phases, and the site divided into cells. Cells constructed in lands that are currently free of wastes will be utilized for disposal of wastes from the existing dumpsite. The buried waste at the proposed site is in various levels of decomposition, and the excavated soil will contain much decomposed waste appropriate for landfill cover, bund construction or road grading activities. However, the soil will also contain some non-decomposed materials (plastics, metals, etc.) with some potentially hazardous waste (metals) that will need to be disposed of at membrane lined cell developed within the site for this purpose. 21. While the landfill design shall be carried out based on a topographic survey of the site, it is envisaged, based on the preliminary assessments that the landfill will be 2 m deep and waste cells will extend 2 m above ground level when full, and the floor will be sealed with a 2 mm layer of high density poly-ethylene (HDPE) sheet on a 400 mm layer of compacted clay. Floor gradients will be designed to direct leachate into perforated HDPE pipes located in a protective covering of 20 mm to 30 mm gravel. These will drain into treatment ponds where sludge will settle and liquid will gradually evaporate, after which the sludge will be returned to the landfill. Open concrete storm drains will carry rainwater runoff to the municipal drainage system alongside the nearby highway and will be designed with sufficient capacity to handle the heaviest monsoon rains. The landfill area will be divided into four cells, each of which will be used for around 1 year before being sealed by covering with layers of clay, sand and topsoil. The composting area will be re-paved with concrete slabs or brick and provided with improved drainage, and the whole site will be enclosed by a wire-link fence. 22. A description of the proposed composting and landfill is provided below in Table 2.

Table 2: Landfill Characteristics (Narayanganj – New Site) Total Areas for Various Uses Area (square feet)

1 Control Building with Weigh Bridge 500 2 Road Passage 3,400 3 Surface Drain 1,800 4 Unloading Platform (concrete) 2,500 5 Leachate Pond 1,600 6 Composting Plant 36,000 Total 45,800

Remaining Areas for Landfill 40,600 1 Landfill – Up to 15ft high (i.e., 40,600 sq.ft. x 5) 609,000 2 Land for Slope 10,000 3 Land Available for Conventional Landfill 599,000 (19,999 cu m) 4 Capacity (assuming 500 kgs of waste per cubic

metre) 9,983 tons (9,983,333 kgs)

Note: Total Area of the Land Fill Site = 86,400 sq.ft. (2 acres).

23. It is estimated that Narayanganj Pourashava is generating 55 tons of waste per day, where 48 tons of waste is organic. At present, 6 tons to 8 tons are being taken by Waste Concern, Inc. every day. It is estimated that 50% of the inorganic waste will be collected by the waste collectors and recycled. So, the remaining 4 tons will be managed in the landfill site in a controlled manner and 40 tons will be composted. The landfill site can accommodate total approximately 9,983 tons of waste. As per the estimate, 4 tons will be filled everyday such that the landfill site can be used for up to 1,663 days or around 4.5 years at existing use rates.

7

5. Dumpsite Restoration

24. During the course of Phase 1, it is also proposed to review the operation of the existing dump site, with a view to stabilizing any adverse environmental impacts. Given the age and uncertain composition of the garbage on the existing dump site, it will need to be treated as potentially hazardous, particularly as it could contain waste from hospitals and industry, Precautions will therefore be needed to protect workers and the public from contact with the material during both handling and disposal and such measures are often employed at earthworks involving potentially contaminated land. The dump site will be fully restored to cater for appropriate reuse.

III. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 25. Narayanganj Pourashava is located 17 km southeast of Dhaka City at the confluence of Shitalakhya and Buriganga rivers. It is an important river port and commercial hub. It has an area of 10.40 km2 and a current population of around 254,000. The district lies between 23°33´and 23°57´north latitude and between 90°26´ and 90°45´ east longitude. The total area of Narayanganj Sadar Upazila is 100.75 sq km. Narayanganj is bounded by River Shitalakhya to the east and Buriganga river at the west.



26. Narayanganj is located in the Meghna flood plain sub region comprised of inter-stream alluvial flood plain deposits that are described as alluvial silts. Alluvial silt is generally deposited in flood basin and inter-stream areas. Soils are typical of areas that are commonly flooded. The most abundant clay mineral within these soils is illite (Allam 1990). 27. Geologically, the area lies on the edge of the Madhupur tract and the Holocene floodplain deposits form the aquifer. 28. The terrain in the Pourashava is generally flat with very little changes in elevation, with an average elevation of approximately four meters above mean sea level. The river bank slopes gently to the Shitalakhya river, with a more abrupt bank along the edge of the Akkha Canal. In its current condition, the low elevation and flat topography of the project site make it susceptible to flooding, particularly in the wet season when Shitalakhya River water levels are high.

2. Climate

29. The climate of the project area is average tropical monsoon with alternating dry/wet seasons. Including the pre-rainy season, there are three marked seasons:

(i) November to February. The dry (winter) season is the coolest and driest period. Monthly average temperatures are below 290C with a minimum at 130C. Rainfall is very rare during this period (below 30 mm/month). Winds are predominantly blowing from the Northwest but with a high frequency of calm wind situations.

(ii) March and April. In the pre-rainy season (summer) and the early months of the

west seasons, the highest temperatures are reached. The monthly average temperature can rise up to 340C. During this period, air becomes more humid,

8

rainfall increases, and heavy rains with thunderstorm occur. This period is locally called as “Kalbaaishakhi”. Sometimes the rain falls with hail.

(iii) May to October. In the west season (“monsoon period”) more than 85% of the

total annual rainfall occurs. Monthly average temperatures remain high with a maximum of 330C. The period of periodic heavy thunderstorms lasts until June. June to mid September to early November is the transitional period with decreasing rainfall, often thunder. During the wet season, the winds are predominantly blowing from the South. Monsoon rains are generally not stormy, but downpours of 50 mm to 75 mm per day are not uncommon and rainfall with more than 250mm per day is occasionally experienced.

30. With an average annual rainfall of about 2100 mm, the annual rainfall varies from 1800 mm to 2400 mm, and is unevenly distributed, with peak falls occurring in July and August. About 75% of the total annual rainfall occurs during the monsoon period.

3. Flood Plains

31. Most of Dhaka region, including Narayanganj, is in the natural floodplain of the various rivers in the area, and would have functioned as an important breeding ground for many aquatic species in the past. This function is still evident in the seasonal flooding that affects large parts of the city. The floodplain function has been further degraded by the construction of embankments to protect the city from flooding, and particularly from infilling to reclaim land, which reduces the water retention capacity of these areas and increasing flooding both upstream and downstream.

4. Surface Water Quality

32. The river Shitalakhya is situated at the east side of Narayanganj Pourashava. The river is mainly used for navigation purposes. The river is only water-route for the Chittagong ports activities. Beneficial water uses are primarily for fishing and irrigation. It is also widely used for industrial water supply. Regarding pollution load concern, Shitalakhya River receives discharge from all the industries situated on the upstream and downstream that include textiles, tannery, detergent, glass factory etc. A few of them have effective treatment plant. Besides, the industrial pollution, the domestic effluent from the Dhaka metropolitan area is also discharged into the Shitalakhya. The river Shitalakhya though not a fishing zone, still contains various species of fishes and a number of fisherman earn their livelihood by fishing in this river. Active fishing prevails near the river mouth demonstrating the movement of migratory fishes. 33. Water quality of the river Shitalakhya near the project side has been analyzed and it appears the physical properties of river Shitalakhya are within the permissible standards indicating dilution of the pollutants received upstream.

Table 3: Water Quality of Shitalakhya River (Selected Parameters) Parameters Sample of River

Water Sample of Drinking

Water Bangladesh Standard

pH 6.4 6.8 6.5-8.5

TDS 166 53 2100mg/I

DO 6.1 mg/l 6.1mg/l 4.5-8.0 mg/l BOD5 3.2 mg/l 4.2 mg/l <50 mg/l

9

COD 8.0 mg/l 5.6 mg/l <200 mg/l BOD = biological oxygen demand, DO = dissolved oxygen, COD = chemical oxygen demand, TDS = total dissolved solids. Source: EIA report of Shah Cement Plant, Narayanganj, 2005.

5. Ground Water Resources

34. There are three main aquifers in the central region of Bangladesh, where the Dhaka city region is located:


(ii) A middle (main) aquifer of fine to heavy sands, which is generally 10m to 60 m thick and in most areas is hydraulically connected with the composite aquifer above; and


35. In Dhaka region, 80% of the domestic water supply is obtained from the middle aquifer, extracted by tube-wells throughout the city. Recent studies have shown that water levels have fallen dramatically (20 m over the past six years) and suggest that the aquifer may be changing from a confined to an unconfined condition, which could make it vulnerable to contamination. There is already evidence of pollution by leaking underground tanks at petrol stations and chemical plants, and seepage from sewers, septic tanks and pit latrines. 36. Water quality monitoring surveys show that iron and arsenic in the groundwater is below the World Health Organization and National standards for consumption. The quality of the ground water from a tube well 2km from the solid waste site is given in Table 4.

Table 4: Ground Water Quality in the Project Area Sl No Parameter Result Bangladesh Standard*

01 PH 7.15 6.5-8.5 02 Total Dissolved Solids 280 mg/l 1000 mg/l 03 Alkalinity 66 mg/l - 04 Hardness 82 mg/l 200-500 mg/l

05 Chloride 12 mg/l 150-600 mg/l

06 Iron 0.65 mg/l 0.3-1.0 mg/l

07 Arsenic 0 mg/l 0.05 mg/l

Source: EIA report of Shah Cement Plant, Narayanganj, 2005.

6. Air Quality

37. While there are no major air polluting industries within the Narayanganj urban area, there are small and medium industries including various textiles dyeing and other industries which are polluting sources outside the Pourashava boundaries. The Ambient Air Quality results carried out for the setting of a cement plant in the periphery of Narayanganj urban area (about 8 km from the urban area), indicates that the concentrations are within the permissible limits for the key air pollutant parameters. (Table 5)

10

Table 5: Ambient Air Quality Location Date of

Experiment Duration (Hours)

Ambient Air Pollution Concentration (in micro gram/cubic meter)

PM10 SPM SO2 NOX

North Side 17/12/2004 6 89 287 31.43 17.57 Standard as per ECR 1997 in Bangladesh 150 500 120 100 ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, SPM = suspended particulate matter. Source: EIA report of Shah Cement Plant, Narayanganj, 2007.


38. As the project area is far away from coastal region, there remains less risk of cyclone. The project area lies adjacent to two large rivers named Dhaleshwari and Shitalakhya, and is vulnerable to flooding. Narayanganj is located in the seismic zone II which is vulnerable for earthquake. In the medium risk zone, shocks of moderate intensity are possible, with a probable maximum magnitude of 6 to 7 on the Richter scale. 39. The National Seismic Zoning Map produced by the Geological Survey of Bangladesh divides the country into three regions: a high risk zone between Mymensingh and Sylhet in the north and north-east; a medium risk zone stretching diagonally from Rajshahi in the north-west through Dhaka and Comilla to Chittagong and Cox’s Bazar in the south-east; and a low-risk zone in the south and south-west, around Khulna and Barisal. 40. Seismic events in Bangladesh are relatively infrequent but historically have been severe, such as the earthquakes of 1930 and 1950 that caused widespread damage throughout the country, and the earthquake in 2004 that damaged large parts of Dhaka City.


41. Within Narayanganj Pourashava, there are no natural terrestrial habitats, because in most cases vegetation was cleared many years ago to provide land for development, and for agriculture in the suburbs. The project area is similar to the character to many areas of alluvial delta in Bangladesh with mixed crop vegetation. Rice, other grains and seasonal vegetables are the main crops in this area. Other than monoculture tree plantations, no forestland is involved in this area. Terrestrial plants are now mainly limited to trees, shrubs and flowers grown alongside roads and in parks and gardens, and the crops and fruit trees planted in agricultural areas. The composition of plant community includes low growing grasses and herbaceous vegetation as well as other flora. No wild animals inhabit and endangered species are present in this area. The common birds like crow, sparrow, mayna etc and some domestic cattle, no other wild animals inhabit the area. The common types of reptiles found in the area, in the rural areas of the district include water snake, house lizard, soft-shell, turtle etc. In terms of amphibians, mostly toads and frogs-two species are prominent. These include fruit bat, squirrel, field and house mousses, and flying fox. No major mammal species of national significance are present in this area—a number of those including common kingfishers, crow, sparrow, little fern etc. 42. Fishes are still reasonably available in the area, especially in the two major rivers. The fish include catfish (magura and shing), major carps (katla, rui, and mrigal), minor carps (puti), other (Tengra, Boal, Mola, Shol). Also prawn, particularly the popular small prawns, locally known as Ichha. Small fishes are available, particularly during early monsoon and pre-winter season.

11


43. The 2001 census population was 230,294. During the period 1991 and 2001 population of Narayanganj Pourashava grew only 0.99% per annum, in comparison to the national trend of 3.27%. Agriculture and manufacturing are the two major economic sectors in the project area. The main crops grown here are paddy, jute, peanut, onion, garlic, chilli and other vegetables. The main fruits cultivated here are jackfruit, mango, olive, papaya, guava, kamranga, berry and banana. Manufacturing facilities include textile mills, printing and dying factory, beverage industry, press and publication, garments industry, foot ware, jute mills, oil dipo, automobile industry, biscuit and bread factory, pharmaceutical industry, soap factory, brick field, cold storage, welding, plant nursery, etc. Adamzee Export Processing Zone is located in Narayanganj. The town has developed as the major center for textile, garments, cement, pulp and paper, chemical, plastic and shipbuilding (river vessel) industries.

IV. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


44. While the proposed landfill development is proposed within the lands belonging to the Narayanganj Pourashava, there are non-titleholders occupying a portion of the site proposed for the landfill development. The 8 secondary transfer stations, while are proposed within the available public right of way (ROW), some of these identified locations have certain non-titleholders in terms of commercial squatters. The impacts on these affected persons are being addressed in accordance with the Resettlement Framework of the project, through a Resettlement Plan.



45. The site is located within the urban area of Narayanganj; there are communities in the vicinity of the site. Given that the site is currently used for dumping of solid wastes without any treatment or processing of wastes, the nuisance impacts are significant and the proposed interventions including the conversion of the site to a sanitary landfill shall improve the environmental conditions of the site. The detailed design shall include measures to ensure that the impacts on the surrounding communities are minimized. 46. To minimize any potential impacts due to leachate and pollution of the water table, adequate measures including leachate control and collection systems, provision of a drainage system at the site etc shall be worked out as part of the design. Further the design shall include clear plans for disposal of wastes during the construction period and provide clear access to the waste collection vehicles and the proposed site shall not be contaminated with the municipal wastes. 47. Given the amount of rain during the monsoon, and the pollution of land and water that can occur if a landfill is subjected to flooding, the design should ensure that:

(i) Surface water drains at the site are adequate to dispose of the heaviest rains; and

12

(ii) Operation and maintenance (O&M) procedures require drains to be kept in working order at all times and checked regularly and cleared of any sediment or other debris.

48. The fact that there are ponds in the vicinity of the landfill presents a problem in spite of the good water-retention capacity of the soil, as there is a risk that over the long term the site could be subjected to seepage of water from surrounding ponds. The design consultant should therefore ensure that the topography at the margins of the site is designed so that any water seeping from adjacent ponds (and vice-versa) is intercepted by the peripheral drains. 49. A detailed plan for restoring the dump site including the disposal of wastes from the dumpsite in the proposed landfill shall be worked out as part of the detailed designs. The proposed site for conversion to a landfill is about 2 acres. About 1.5 acres of land is available with no wastes while the remaining 0.5 acres has wastes dumped onto it. The conversion of the site to a landfill will be taken up in phases, and the site divided into cells. Cells constructed in lands that are currently free of wastes will be utilized for disposal of wastes from the existing dumpsite. The buried waste at the proposed site is in various levels of decomposition, and the excavated soil will contain much decomposed waste appropriate for landfill cover, bund construction or road grading activities. However, the soil will also contain some non-decomposed materials (plastics, metals, etc.) with some potentially hazardous waste (metals) that will need to be disposed of at the landfill cell developed within the site. 50. While the 8 transfer stations shall be identified on existing lands belonging to the Government, the finalization of the locations shall be based on conformance to the location and design criteria outlined in Appendix 2.


51. The impacts during construction shall include generic construction related impacts associated with construction activities. These are not expected to be significant, and can be addressed through adoption of good engineering and construction practices and construction methods. The mitigation measures for the various impacts are outlined in the table below, and are summarized in the following sub-sections. 52. Air and Noise Pollution. Emission from construction vehicles, equipment and machinery used for excavation and construction would induce impacts on the air pollution in the construction site. Given that the site is within an inhabited area, suppression of dust during construction stage shall be required. Use of construction machinery in the construction site would generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures in the settlements. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and would be of limited duration. 53. Safety During Construction: Appropriate measures during construction, especially on health and safety of workers during construction shall be worked out by the Environmental Specialist of the Management, Design and Supervision Consultant (MDSC). 54. Site Clearance and Restoration of Construction Camps. Post construction clearance of sites temporarily utilized for construction activities, including borrow areas, construction camps etc, if not adequate, would result in a poor environmental quality, increased water logging etc apart from loss of aesthetic quality of the site.

13

3. O&M Impacts

55. Overall, the improved waste collection and treatment systems shall result in significant environmental benefits to the residents of Narayanganj, in terms of reduced pollution, improved environmental conditions and reduced waste inflow into water bodies and natural courses. However, the adverse impacts shall be significant during the operations stage in the event of non-conformance to the good practices of maintenance and operation of landfill sites and waste collection systems including the transfer stations and waste transportation vehicles. 56. Table 6 provides the potential environmental impacts and the mitigation measures including the responsibilities for implementing the same.

14


Sl No Environmental Issues Duration / Extent6


1 Location Impacts

1.1 Land acquisition and resettlement impacts required for siting of secondary transfer stations and impacts on non-titleholders at the dumping ground.

Permanent Moderate Land acquisition impacts are not envisaged. Impacts on non-titleholders occupying the current dumpsite and the proposed transfer station locations are being addressed in line with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework for CRDP. A resettlement Plan has been prepared to address these impacts.

PIU and MDSC

1.2 Loss of amenity, aesthetics, property values to neighbors due to location solid waste processing and landfill facility

Permanent Moderate Given that the site is already being used for disposal of wastes, the impacts shall not be significant. A physical barrier and visual screen in the form of greenbelt shall be developed around the site

PIU and MDSC


2.1 Contamination of groundwater by leaching of leachate and runoff from landfill area

Permanent Major Provide proper leachate collection and treatment system. Design of landfill cells as impermeable units to arrest the leaching (Clay and HDPE liner at base of landfill). Design topography of boundary to ensure that all water enters peripheral drains. Storm drains surrounding the landfill are designed to withstand the heaviest monsoon rainfall (10-year storm) and direct storm water to municipal drains. Earth bunds constructed along ponds to protect from spillover. Landfill design to include effective sealing of the entire site and adequate internal drainage to direct all leachate to treatment ponds. The system to include collection of leachate into leachate pond. Gradients will be designed to direct leachate into perforated HDPE pipes located in a protective covering of 20 mm to 30 mm gravel. These will drain into the treatment pond where sludge will settle and liquid will gradually evaporate, after which the sludge will be returned to the landfill.


2.2 Impact due to methane gas emissions from landfill.

Permanent Major The design of the landfill to include HPDE pipes to collect gas. Suitable probes are to be installed in the soil at the property boundary to detect gases migrating away from the landfill site. Explosive gases are to be monitored for concentrations above the lower explosive limit.


2.3 Impacts due to dumping of wastes during construction and development of the land fill site and compost plant

Permanent Major To ensure that there is no disposal of wastes within the area identified for the development of the landfill site and compost plant, the MDSC in consultation with the PIU shall work out a plan towards disposal of wastes to allow construction to occur. This shall include demarcation of the site for disposal of the wastes, including provision of vehicular access to the demarcated area, and prevention of any vehicles carrying wastes into the construction area.


6 Duration of magnitude level assumes impact without mitigation.



2.4 Construction Camps, storage areas, stockpiles, and disposal areas – Location, Selection, Design and Layout

Temporary Moderate The construction camps, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be located as per the following siting criteria: (i) these will be at least 500m away from habitations; (ii) area selected will be away from flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) will be away from sensitive environmental resources as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies. At these locations, the Contractor will work out layouts adhering to the air and water standards prescribed by DOE; (iv) sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems; and (v) the disposal areas will not be located at areas that will cause inconvenience the communities. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings.

Contractor and MDSC


3.1 Improper stockpiling of construction materials can cause impacts starting from obstruction of drainage, disturbance/safety hazard to local population, traffic blockage, etc.

Temporary Moderate Due consideration will be given for material storage and construction sites such that it doesn’t cause any hindrance to daily traffic movement. The contractor will (i) consult with implementing agency on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the rainy season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; and (iv) protect surface water bodies from any source of contamination such as oily wastes, debris, and spoils that will degrade its quality.

Contractor and MDSC

3.2 Quarry/Borrow pits Operations Permanent Moderate Mitigation measures include requiring construction contractor to: (i) store stripped materials as not to disrupt natural drainage and will be protected to prevent erosion and migration of soil particles into surface waters; (ii) provide temporary ditches and/or settling basins to collect runoff water and to prevent erosion and contamination of surface water; (iii) exposed areas will be planted with suitable vegetation at the earliest opportunity. Prevent ponding of water through temporary drains discharging to natural drainage channels; (iv) restore sites after construction activities by stabilizing contours and slopes, spreading of stripped materials to promote percolation and re-growth of vegetation, and draining of any standing water. Land utilized for quarry sites access roads will also be restored; and (v) adequate safety precautions will be ensured during transportation of quarry material from quarries to the construction site. Vehicles transporting the material will be covered to prevent spillage.

Contractor and MDSC

3.3 Impacts on surrounding communities and ground water quality during excavation of wastes from the existing dumpsite

Temporary Significant Most excavation is likely to be conducted in the dry season to avoid the difficult conditions that can occur when earthworks are carried out during rain. There will therefore be a risk of producing dust. Given that the site is located within an urban area, precautions will nevertheless be needed to reduce dust to provide a suitable and safe environment for workers.

Contractor and MDSC

15

16



Contractors should therefore be required to: (i) remove waste rapidly by loading material onto trucks as soon as it is excavated and deposited at the proposed site; garbage is covered during transportation and buried immediately at the new site; (ii) garbage is only handled mechanically and workers to wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) (masks, goggles, gloves, boots, helmets and protective clothing); (iii) cover or damp down working areas and stockpiled soil in dry, windy weather; (iv) use tarpaulins to cover loose material during transportation to and from the site; and (v) water that may have been in contact with garbage is stored in temporary ponds and transferred to leachate treatment ponds when built. Moreover, a natural clay barrier is found at the site, which can be used as an appropriate barrier to protect groundwater during civil works.

3.4 Disposal of decomposed waste, earth etc during the restoration of the existing dump site

Permanent Moderate As the restoration of the site involves the removal and disposal of a large quantity of solid waste, the main action will be to avoid adding significantly to the waste burden of the project by finding beneficial uses for as much of the excavated soil and stone as possible. The contractor should therefore be required to: (i) re-use as much excavated material in this project as possible (for example in creating the bunds and widening the road embankment as outlined above); (ii) retain suitable soil in stockpiles for use when the landfill is operating, to cover waste periodically and for the final covering when each cell is full; (iii) transport other soil and subsoil to the final disposal site of the removed garbage, for use in covering this material; and (iv) liaise with the Pourashava to find beneficial uses for any remaining waste in other projects, for example raising the level of land prior to construction of roads or buildings, or to fill previously excavated areas such as brickworks.

Contractor and MDSC

3.5 Handling of garbage containing potentially hazardous materials during the restoration of the existing dump site

Temporary Significant The contractor should therefore be required to ensure that: (i) Garbage is only handled mechanically, by bucket excavator, bulldozer, trucks, etc; (ii) All operators of the equipment/vehicles/machinery wear appropriate PPE, including eye protection, facemasks, gloves and overalls; (iii) Tarpaulins are used to securely cover all material that is carried offsite; and (iv) Material is disposed of by immediate burial beneath soil at a municipal dumpsite.

Contractor and MDSC

3.6 Use of explosive materials Permanent Moderate Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer and after consultation with the Pourashava, the Contractor will not use explosives. The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen. The use of explosive materials will be carried out by the Contractor, only after obtaining written approval of the procedures to be followed by the Engineer.

Contractor and MDSC

3.7 Generation of Dust Temporary Moderate The contractor will (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards;

Contractor and MDSC



(ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.


Temporary Moderate All vehicles, equipments and machinery used for construction will be regularly maintained to ensure that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirements of DOE. Copies of conformance will be submitted regularly to the Engineer.

Contractor and MDSC


Temporary Moderate The contractor should ensure (i) Regular maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery to keep noise from these at a minimum. (ii) All vehicles and equipment used for construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers. During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found to be defective will be replaced.

Contractor and MDSC

3.10 Material Handling at Site Temporary Minor All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, concrete etc., will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in welding works, would be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields. Workers engaged in stone breaking activities will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals. The use of any toxic chemical will be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Contractor and MDSC


Temporary Moderate All relevant provisions of the Bangladesh Labor Act, 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006 will be adhered to pertaining to provision of adequate safety measures during construction. The contractor will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

Contractor and MDSC

3.12 Risk caused by Force Majure Temporary Minor All reasonable precaution will be taken to prevent danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood, drowning, etc. Specifically, the contractor (i) will provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (ii) will provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction camp site and will employ a full-time medical staff, and (iii) will provide access to hospitals/clinics within the project site that can be accessed in case of emergency by arranging necessary transport for safe carriage of the injured.

Contractor and MDSC

3.13 Malaria Risk Temporary Minor The Contractor will, at his own expense, conform to all anti-malaria instructions given to him by the Engineer.

Contractor and MDSC

3.14 First Aid Temporary Minor At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material and appliances will be provided as per the Bangladesh Labor Act, 2006. Suitable transport will be provided to

Contractor and MDSC

17

18



facilitate transfer of injured or ill person(s) to the nearest hospital. At every workplace and construction camp, equipment and nursing staff will be provided.

3.15 Hygiene Temporary Minor All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. Safe drinking water in sufficient quantity for the work force will be provided in the construction site as well as at the construction camps.

Contractor and MDSC

Garbage bins must be provided in the camps and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, the local medical health or municipal authorities will make arrangement for disposal of excreta. On completion of the works, all such temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta tank and other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.


Temporary Minor In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contract will prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts and will, immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work will be stopped 100 m all directions from the site of discovery. The Engineer will seek direction from the Department of Archaeology before instructing the Contractor to recommence work on the site.

Contractor and MDSC


Temporary Major Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the Engineer. The plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization. On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

Contractor and MDSC

4 O&M Impacts 4.1 Environmental Conditions Permanent Moderate The Narayanganj Pourashava with support from LGED will undertake

seasonal monitoring of air, water, leachate and compost quality through an approved monitoring agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored will be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared.

Narayanganj Pourashava

4.2 Nuisance to surrounding areas and groundwater contamination due to runoff from the landfill

Permanent Major Ensure proper maintenance of the drainage system. Direct runoff shall not enter the natural drainage network. Ensure proper maintenance of leachate collection and treatment system. Further, the treated leachate for land




area. disposal shall meet the appropriate standards laid down by the DOE. 4.3 Pollution of agricultural lands

and entering of heavy metal traces into food chain due to application of compost with heavy metal concentration.

Permanent Major Compost (final product) exceeding the concentration limits (as prescribed by the DOE) shall not be used for food crops. However, it may be utilized for purposes other than growing food crops.


4.4 Bird menace at the waste disposal facility.

Temporary Moderate Poorly-managed landfills can cause negative impacts by allowing the development of large colonies of scavenging birds, rodents and other vermin, which can then be a nuisance and a health hazard in any nearby communities. Apart from regular covering of wastes, the Officials of the Pourashava will also routinely monitor the incidence of pests at the site so that controlling action can be taken if necessary. Avoid open dumping of waste including in and around the site premises. Provide inert/soil cover over the waste spread immediately. In case of breakdown or maintenance of compost plant, waste intake shall be stopped and be diverted to the landfill; pre-process and post-process rejects shall be removed from the processing facility or regular basis and shall not be allowed to pile at the site.


4.5 Nuisance due to waste collection residue and waste spillage during transportation and dust generation

Temporary Moderate Ensure regular waste collection. Bio-degradable waste shall be collected daily. Waste shall be disposed directly into the container and ensure no spillage in the surrounding area.


4.6 Nuisance to surrounding areas due to operation of transfer stations.

Temporary Moderate Ensure containers are water tight and closeable to prevent rain from entering or leachate from exiting. Ensure regular collection schedule design to prevent waste from sitting for more than 24 hours. Include sumps to collect leachate. Train all transfer station staff in leachate handling and disposal including use of mechanized system (i.e., pumps and sealed containers and transfer to landfill sites/leachate treatment ponds).


4.7 Impacts on operation of the transfer station due to non removal of wastes from transfer stations.

Temporary Moderate While the wastes shall not remain for more than 8 to 12 hours at the transfer station, in abnormal situations where waste is kept for longer than 24 hours, the staff will ensure doors are closed so as to prevent rain from entering, therefore preventing leachate. All transfer stations are to be monitored regularly by the Pourashava Conservancy Department, and occupational and operational standards are to be maintained.


4.8 Impacts due to methane gas emissions from landfill.

Permanent Major Avoid disposal of biodegradable waste as far as possible. Ensure that the concentration of methane gas generated at landfill site shall not exceed 25% of lower explosive limit (LEL); and, landfill gas shall be burnt (flared) and shall not be allowed to directly escape to the atmosphere.


19

20



4.9 Health and safety hazards to workers during waste collection, transportation and at compost and disposal site.

Permanent Major Occupational Health and Safety Plan shall be prepared by the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to include safety of workers during the operation of the landfill and compost plant. The plan shall include :

(i) exclusion of the public from the site; (ii) provision and use of appropriate PPE by all workers

and visitors; (iii) health and Safety Training for all site personnel; (iv) documented procedures to be followed for all site

activities; and (v) accident reports and records; etc.

The Pourashava will be responsible to ensure the implementation of the safety plan.


4.10 Survival of trees planted in the landfill site

Permanent Moderate Proper care shall be taken to increase survival rate of saplings like regular watering, pruning, provision of tree guards, manure for better nourishment, etc. including timely replacement of perished saplings.


CRDP = City Region Development Project, DOE = Department of Environment, HDPE = High Density Poly-Ethylene, LEL = lower explosive limit, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, O&M = operation and maintenance, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PPE = Personal Protective Equipment.

21

V. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Project Management Coordination Unit (PMCU)

57. Local Government Engineering Division (LGED) will be the executing agency responsible for overall guidance and project implementation. The PMCU, headed by a Project Director will be responsible7 for planning, management, coordination, supervision and progress monitoring of the CRDP in the two city regions. Guided by a National Committee on City Region Development, there shall be CRDP Steering Committee will be responsible for progress review, coordination, and decisions required for the Project. The PMCU has the responsibility of fulfilling environmental requirements of the Government and conducting required level of environmental assessment as per ADB guidelines. To ensure effective implementation of the environmental aspects, two full time environmental safeguard officers are proposed, including one Environmental officer primarily responsible for the compliance to the Statutory and legal requirements of the Government and the other an Environmental Engineer responsible for implementation of the environmental management provisions in the IEE/EMPs for the subprojects. The MDSC will assist the PMCU in this regard.

B. Project Implementation Units

58. The PIUs will be responsible for conducting feasibility studies including environmental assessment. The PIU will apart from technical expertise, include expertise on environment and social safeguards, and will be responsible for day-to-day monitoring of the project progress, including the implementation of the environmental provisions in the project. An Environmental support staff (or facilitator) shall be appointed within each PIU and shall be responsible for the effective implementation of the IEE/EMP for the subproject and ensure compliance to the Government and ADB requirements for environment. The PIU will prepare progress reports on all aspects concerning environmental assessment, management, and monitoring and report to the PMCU.

C. Management, Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC)

59. The MDSC team shall include the following environmental safeguards expertise to effectively implement the EARF/IEE provisions for the subprojects (i) an international Environmental Safeguards Specialist (with intermittent inputs), and (ii) a national environmental specialist (for duration of implementation). These personnel will provide technical support to the PMCU/PIU including implementation of the environmental and resettlement requirements, according to ADB requirements, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The MDSC safeguards specialists will support environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to environmental management plans, assisting in preparing IEEs, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The consultants will also provide needed training and capacity building support to the PMCU and PIUs. 60. Independent monitoring (for Category A projects) will be undertaken through an academic or research institutions with experience in environmental assessment, engaged by the

7 PMCU responsibilities shall include management of (i) Local Government Grant facility, (ii) Investment components

under the CRDP, and (iii) Institutional Strengthening and Capacity building of the local governments. The CRDP PMCU will be advised by a Technical Advisory and Selection Committee and an Urban Management Support unit.

22

executing agency to carry out external monitoring of the environmental assessment and management for the Program. Reports will be submitted to the executing agency and ADB for review. 61. During construction, monitoring will be undertaken by contractors. Mitigation measures identified through IEE/EIA and EMPs which are implemented by the contractor, shall form part of the contract documents. PIUs will monitor contractor’s environmental performance. During the operation stage, monitoring will be the responsibility of the executing agency and the respective PIUs. 62. Table 7 shows the institutional roles and responsibilities. The Terms of Reference for project environmental personnel is provided in Appendix 3.

Table 7: Institutional Roles and Responsibilities PMCU PIU ADB Pre-Construction Stage Environmental Officer of the PMCU, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the MDSC to conduct Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) for each subproject using checklists available on ADB’s website. Based on the REA, categorize the project based on ADB’s SPS. Submit all categorization forms to ADB.

MDSC will assist the PIU environmental support staff and conduct IEE or update existing IEE based on detailed design or any changes in scope or design for all Category B subprojects, which will include an EMP. PIU with assistance from the Environmental Officer of the PMCU and the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to carry out public consultation during IEE process and incorporate consultation findings into project designs and IEE.








23

PMCU PIU ADB Construction stage PMCU to review the PIU monthly monitoring reports to ensure that the all mitigation measures are implemented. PMCU to consolidate the monthly reports and submit semi-annual reports to ADB for review. Corrective actions to be taken.

Contractors to conduct environmental monitoring and implement EMPs. PIU with support of the Environmental Specialist(s) of MDSC to (i) review and approve the contractors’ implementation plan for the environmental provisions in the EMP, and (ii) monitor the implementation of mitigation measures by contractor. The MDSC with PIU to prepare monthly progress reports including a section on implementation of the mitigation measures and submit to PMCU for review.

ADB to review the semi-annual monitoring reports and provide necessary advice/guidance needed to the PMCU.


ADB = Asian Development Bank, DOE = Department of Environment, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, EIA = Environment Impact Assessment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, NOC = no objection certificate, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit, REA = Rapid Environmental Assessment, SPS = Safeguard Policy Statement.


63. Environmental monitoring will be done during construction in three levels; namely monitoring development of project performance indicators done by the environmental support staff of the PIU, environmental Specialist of the MDSC, monitoring implementation of mitigation measures done by the Contractor; and overall regulatory monitoring of the environmental issues done by Environmental Safeguards Officer of the PMCU. The environmental monitoring plan for the project is presented in Table 8. The proposed monitoring of all relevant environmental parameters, with a description of the sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards and responsible agencies are presented. The monitoring of the environmental attributes in the first season (first year of implementation) shall be carried out prior to the start of implementation works at site, and shall form a baseline for the environmental parameters. The costs for monitoring of the environmental parameters is not covered in the bill of quantities (BOQs) and are included in the EMP budget, and will be part of the project costs.

Table 8: Monitoring Plan for Narayanganj Subproject Sl. No.



1 Air Quality

Construction Stage Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM, Sulphur dioxide, Methane, Ammonia (24 hour average) and Carbon monoxide (1hour average)

At the landfill site Once in a season (except monsoons) for the entire construction period


2 Perimeter soil monitoring

Construction pH, Chlorides, Sulphate (as SO4), Zinc, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Cyanide, Lead, Mercury, Nickel, Nitrate (as NO3), Iron

Boundary of the landfill site. Twice a year (pre monsoon and post monsoon) for the entire period of construction


3 Ground water quality Construction stage pH, Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Chlorides, Dissolved solids, Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), Sulphate (as SO4), Zinc, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Cyanide, Lead, Mercury, Nickel, Nitrate (as NO3), Iron

At the landfill site, and at residential areas within 100m from the site, (4nos)



4 Ground water quality Operation stage pH, Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Chlorides, Dissolved solids, Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH),




24

Sl. No. Attributes Stage

Parameters to be Monitored


Sulphate (as SO4), Zinc, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Cyanide, Lead,

Mercury, Nickel, Nitrate (as NO3), Iron

5 Quality of compost produced

Operation stage Arsenic Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Lead, Mercury, Nickel, Zinc, C/N ratio, pH

At the compost plant Once in three months



Operation stage Leachate quality, TDS, TSS, pH, Hardness, BOD, Faecal Coli form

At the landfill site Twice a year, before, during and after the monsoons



Operation Stage Survival Rate At the site Twice a year for two years


BOD = biological oxygen demand, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.

25

26


1. Target Audience

64. The Environmental Specialist of the MDSC will provide the basic training required for environmental awareness followed by specific aspects of infrastructure improvement Projects along with environmental implications for projects. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of the members of the Training Program and the requirements of the project. The entire training would cover basic principles of environmental assessment and management; mitigation plans and programs, implementation techniques, monitoring methods and tools. The proposed training program along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 9 below.

Table 9: Training Modules for Environmental Management Program Description Participants Form of

Training Duration Trainer /

Agency Introduction and sensitisation to environment issues

Sensitisation on environmental concerns Environmental impacts of urban

infrastructure - water supply , sanitation, drainage, and road improvement projects

Environmental issues associated with waste management

Environmental regulations of the Government

ADB/multilateral/ bilateral environmental regulations

Pourashava engineers, officials responsible for implementing project, and other PIU staff as interested

Workshop One day workshop


Coordination between departments for

implementation of environmental issues

EMP implementation Implementation of environment EMP Identification of environment impacts Monitoring and reporting for EMP Public interactions and consultations Coordination for consents and with

various departments Monitoring formats filling and review of

impacts

Pourashava engineers, officials responsible for implementing project and other PIU staff as interested


Two day session

MDSC Environmental Specialist / PMCU


Guidance for conformance to DoE requirements

Pourashava engineers, officers of, LGED – Narayanganj Division, and other PIU staff as interested

Lectures Two day session


ADB = Asian Development Bank, DOE = Department of Environment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, MDSC = Management Design Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

27

28


65. As part of good engineering practices in the subproject, there have been several measures as leachate collection, site drainage, erosion prevention, provision of temporary drains, etc the costs for which will be included in the design costs of the subprojects. Therefore, these items of costs have not been included in the IEE budget. The IEE costs include monitoring and capacity building costs. The costs for training proposed include the costs incurred towards the site visits, travel to the training program by the participants, printing of training materials and other logistic arrangements. The costs involved towards preparation of training material and imparting of training are covered in the Consultancy Budget for the MDSC. The budget for the environmental management costs for the subproject is presented in Table 10 below.

Table 10: Environmental Budget Sl. No.

Particulars Stages Unit Total

number Rate (BDT)

Cost (BDT)

A Monitoring Measures

Air quality monitoring Construction Per location 3x3x2 6,000 108,000

Soil quality monitoring Construction Per sample 2x3x2 15,000 120,000 Ground Water quality Construction / Per sample 5x3x2 20,000 600,000

Sub -Total (A) 828,000 B Capacity Building

1 Sensitization Workshop Pre-Construction L.S 350,000 2 EMP implementation Construction L.S 500,000

3

Environmental management of industrial clusters Construction

400,000

Sub-Total (B)

1,250,00

0

Total (A+B), Taka

2,078,00

0 BDT = Bangladesh Taka, LS = lump sum.

VI. PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE


66. During Project preparation, consultations have been held with the officials / elected representatives of the Narayanganj Pourashava, apart from the communities in the subproject locations. The issues covered during these consultations included selection of subprojects and identification of key issues including addressing the current gaps in provision of basic services and improvement of urban environment conditions in the Narayanganj urban area. These consultations (Table 11) provided inputs in identification of the felt needs of the communities, and the relevant stakeholders.

29

Table 11: Consultations with Stakeholders

S.No. Place Date Number of

ParticipantsParticipants Issues discussed

Incorporation into IEEs and

Project Design A Narayanganj 12th

May 2010

8 Executive engineer, Narayanganj Pourashava, and other staff of Pourashava

Assessment of the environment safeguard capacities of the Pourashava, understanding of the externally

Capacity building program, for training on environmental aspects to the Pourashava engineers, as part

funded projects implemented till date, key issues pertaining to environmental management

of the project.

B Narayanganj 12th June 2010

12 Communities in the vicinity of the solid waste dumping site

Environmental issues due to the ongoing solid waste disposal, including smoke, smell etc

The proposed designs include measures to address the environmental impacts, The measures to address these impacts during the operation of the landfill facility is integrated in the EMP.

C Narayanganj 23rd June 2010

15 Mayor, Narayanganj Pourashava, elected representatives, Mayors of 5 adjoining Pourashavas

Need for the development of a regional landfill site, identification of a suitable site, that can be utilized as a regional landfill site, Need for introduction of better waste management practices in all the LGIs

A potential land for the regional landfill site identified, and is to be taken up for implementation in the Phase 2 of CRDP. Capacity building programs, including training and pilot programs on solid waste management including 3R concepts to be introduced in all the Pourashavas to participate in the regional landfill site.

CRDP = City Region Development Project, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, LGI = Local Government Institution.


67. To ensure continued public participation, provisions to ensure regular and continued stakeholder participation, at all stages during the project design and implementation is

30

proposed. This participatory process will ensure that all views of the people are adequately reviewed and suitably incorporated in the design and implementation process. Further, to ensure an effective disclosure of the project proposals to the stakeholders and the communities in the vicinity of the subproject locations, an extensive project awareness campaigns will be carried out. 68. The implementing agency will submit to ADB the following documents for disclosure on ADB’s website: (i) the final IEE; (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project implementation, if any; and (iii) the environmental monitoring reports. 69. For the benefit of the community the Summary of the IEE will be translated in Bangla and made available at: (i) Office of the PMCU; and, (ii) Office of the Narayanganj Pourashava same. Hard copies of the IEE will be available in the PMCU/PIU, and accessible to citizens as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. On demand, the person seeking information can obtain a hard copy of the complete IEE document at the cost of photocopy from the office of the PMCU/PIU, on a written request and payment for the same to the Project Director. Electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of the LGED and the website of ADB after approval of the documents by Government and ADB. The PMCU will issue notification on the disclosure mechanism in local newspapers, ahead of the initiation of implementation of the project, providing information on the project, as well as the start dates etc. The notice will be issued by the PMCU in local newspapers one month ahead of the implementation works. This will create awareness of the project implementation among the public. Posters designed to mass campaign the basic tenets of the IEE will be distributed to libraries in different localities that will be generating mass awareness.

C. Grievance Redress Mechanisms

70. A grievance redress mechanism (GRM) shall be set up in the Narayanganj Pourashava PIU office to register grievances of the people regarding technical, social and environmental aspects. The process will designed to be transparent, gender responsive, culturally appropriate and commensurate to the risks and adverse impacts of the project, as well as readily accessible to all segments of the affected people. The project GRM will not supersede any legal government grievance procedures. Affected people are to be informed about the mechanism through media and public outlets. This participatory process shall ensure that all views of the people are adequately reviewed and suitably incorporated in the design and implementation process. The GRM will be implemented in three levels. 71. The first level and most accessible and immediate venue for the fastest resolve of grievances is the PIU, chiefly through the resettlement safeguards officer and Project Manager, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the MDSC. The contact phone number will be posted in the project areas. Grievances will be resolved through continuous interactions with affected persons and the PIU will answer queries and resolve grievances regarding various issues including EMP implementation, land acquisition, structures acquisition, livelihood impacts, entitlements, and assistance. Corrective measures will be undertaken at the field-level itself within seven days. All grievances will be documented with full information of the person and issue. 72. Should the grievance remain unresolved, the PIU's Project Manager, will activate the second level of the GRM by referring the issue (with written documentation) to the local Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) of the Pourashava, who will, based on review of the grievances, address them in consultation with the Safeguards Officer of the PIU and PMCU, and affected persons. A hearing will be called, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concern/issues. The process will promote conflict resolution through mediation.

31

The local GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Chief Executive Officer of the Pourashava (GRC Chair); (ii) representative of the mayor of the Pourashava; (iii) representative of the affected persons; (iv) official of the land registry department; (v) official of the Department of Environment (DOE) divisional office; (vi) town planner of the Pourashava; and (vii) Environmental/Social Safeguards Officer of the PIU. The local GRC shall meet twice a month, unless the Project Director of the PIU informs that there are no grievances to address, or they shall meet as needed as per the severity of the grievance. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign responsibilities for implementing its decisions. 73. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) provide support to affected persons on problems arising from land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and assistance; (ii) record grievances of APs, categorize and prioritize them and provide solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and decisions of the GRC. 74. Should the grievance still remain unresolved, the PIU Project Manager, will activate the third level of the GRM by informing the PMCU Project Director who will, based on review of the local GRC minutes and consultation with the PIU Project Manager, activate the PMCU level GRC. This committee shall comprise the following representatives:(i) Project Director PMCU; (ii) Environmental / Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU; (iii) representative from Land Ministry, (iv) representative from DOE; (v) representative of the affected persons; and (vi) Environmental / Social Safeguards officer of the PIU. 75. The GRC at the PMCU level shall meet based on the receipt of grievances, and the meeting shall be convened within 7 days of receipt of the grievance by the PMCU, and grievances redressed with 15 days. The Environmental / Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the PMCU GRC, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and taking follow up action to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out. 76. In the event that a grievance is not addressed by the PIU, local GRC, or the PMCU GRC, the affected persons can seek legal redress of the grievance in the appropriate Courts (fourth level of GRM). Figure 1 illustrates the GRM.

Figure 1: Grievance Redress Mechanism

DSMC = Design Supervision and Management Consultant, GRC = Grievance Redress Committee, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

32

D. Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

77. A stand alone EMP document, providing guidance to the contractor on the implementation of the environmental measures, has been prepared for the subproject and available in Appendix 5. The same shall be integrated as part of the Contract Document for the subproject.

VII. FINDINGS & RECOMMENDATIONS 78. The proposed interventions as part of the Narayanganj solid wastes management subproject, shall improve the environmental conditions in the project area. There are no environmentally sensitive areas or features in the project area that shall be impacted adversely due to the proposed interventions. The proposed subproject will conform to all the regulations, policies, and standards of the Government and ADB, including all necessary government permits and clearances. 79. The significance of the environmental impacts will be more due to the construction related impacts. It is to be noted that the resultant potential impacts from these proposals can be offset through provision of proven mitigation measures during the design and adoption of good engineering practices during construction and implementation. The specific management measures laid down in the IEE will effectively address any adverse environmental impacts due to the subproject. The effective implementation of the measures proposed will be ensured through the building up of capacity towards environmental management within the PMCU supplemented with the technical expertise of a Safeguards Specialist as part of the MDSC Consultants. Further, the environmental monitoring plans provide adequate opportunities towards course correction to address any residual impacts during construction or operation stages.

VIII. CONCLUSIONS 80. The IEE carried out for the subproject show that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impact can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The EMP provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redressal in terms of environmental safeguards exist.

Appendix 1 33

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST

SCREENING QUESTIONS Ye

s No REMARKS

A. PROJECT SITING IS THE PROJECT AREA…

DENSELY POPULATED? Proposed site is an existing urban dumpsite to be remediated with the remaining land to be converted into a sanitary landfill site with compost facility. The current project is chiefly targeting environmental improvement of the existing dumpsite. A regional landfill facility will be identified in later project phase under the sector approach.

HEAVY WITH DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES?

The area is within the urban area boundary of the local municipality.

ADJACENT TO OR WITHIN ANY ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS?

CULTURAL HERITAGE SITE

No sensitive ecological or cultural sites in the project area.

PROTECTED AREA

WETLAND

MANGROVE

ESTUARINE

BUFFER ZONE OF PROTECTED AREA

SPECIAL AREA FOR PROTECTING BIODIVERSITY

BAY

B. POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS WILL THE PROJECT CAUSE…

Solid Wastes Management

34 Appendix 1

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes

No REMARKS

impacts associated with transport of wastes to the disposal site or treatment facility

Primary household collection and secondary transfer facilities to be coordinated to ensure efficient transport of waste to final disposal site.

impairment of historical/cultural monuments/areas and loss/damage to these sites?

degradation of aesthetic and property value loss?

The project will have positive impacts over the existing situation.

nuisance to neighboring areas due to foul odor and influx of insects, rodents, etc.?

The project will have positive impacts over the existing situation.


Not significant. To be addressed in RP.

public health hazards from odor, smoke from fire, and diseases transmitted by flies, insects, birds and rats?

deterioration of water quality as a result of contamination of receiving waters by leacheate from land disposal system?

Landfill design to follow good management practices including use of impermeable membrane and leachate treatment.

contamination of ground and/or surface water by leach ate from land disposal system?

land use conflicts?

This is an identified land use consistent with the local Pourashava plan. The project will improve the existing dumpsite into a sanitary landfill to remove public health hazards due to an existing incompatible land use

pollution of surface and ground water from leachate coming form sanitary landfill sites or methane gas produced from decomposition of solid wastes in the absence of air, which could enter the aquifer or escape through soil fissures at places far from the landfill site?

Landfill design to follow best design practices including use of impermeable membrane and leachate treatment to protect surrounding environment.

inadequate buffer zone around landfill site to alleviate nuisances?

social conflicts between construction workers from other areas and community workers?

Appendix 1 35

SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes

No REMARKS

road blocking and/or increased traffic during construction of facilities?

noise and dust from construction activities?

temporary silt runoff due to construction?

hazards to public health due to inadequate management of landfill site caused by inadequate institutional and financial capabilities for the management of the landfill operation?

Capacity building support and/or private sector participation to ensure proper landfill management.

emission of potentially toxic volatile organics from land disposal site?

surface and ground water pollution from leach ate and methane gas migration?

Landfill design to follow best design practices including use of impermeable membrane and leachate treatment to protect surrounding environment.

loss of deep-rooted vegetation (e.g. tress) from landfill gas?

explosion of toxic response from accumulated landfill gas in buildings?

Compost plant to reduce organic inputs into landfill to avoid methane gas build up.

contamination of air quality from incineration?

public health hazards from odor, smoke from fire, and diseases transmitted by flies, rodents, insects and birds, etc.?

Occupational Health and Safety Plan to be developed by the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC.

health and safety hazards to workers from toxic gases and hazardous materials in the site?

36 Appendix 2

TECHNICAL SITING CRITERIA FOR WASTE TRANSFER STATIONS

1. Technical siting criteria for waste transfer stations should address the following issues:

(i) Central location to collection routes – to maximize waste collection efficiency, transfer stations should be located centrally to waste collection routes. As a rule of thumb transfer stations should be no more than 10 miles away from the end of all collection routes. Beyond that distance, collection routes might need to be altered to enable refuse to be collected and deposited at the transfer station within one operating shift.

(ii) Access to major transportation routes – the transfer station should have direct

and convenient access to truck routes, major arterials, and highways. It is preferable to avoid routing traffic through residential areas because traffic generated by transfer stations contributes to congestion; increased risk to pedestrians; increased air emissions, noise, and wear on roads; and might contribute to litter problems.

(iii) Site size requirements – area required for specific transfer stations varies

significantly, depending on the volume of waste to be transferred, rates at which waste will be delivered, the functions to be carried out at the site, and the types of customers the facility is intended to serve. Locating a site of sufficient size is critical to operating efficiencies and minimizing impacts on the surrounding community. Engineering input can establish preliminary size criteria based on a conceptual design.

(iv) Sufficient space for onsite roadways, queuing, and parking – to move vehicles

around various parts of the transfer site. Also, the site will need space for parking transfer vehicles and to allow incoming and outgoing traffic to form lines without backing up onto public roads.

(v) Vehicles and traffic compatibility – transfer stations often receive surges of traffic

when collection vehicles have finished their routes. Transfer station traffic varies locally, but tends to peak twice a day. The first peak is often near the middle of the day or shift, and the second at the end of the day or shift. Therefore, the best sites for transfer stations are located away from areas that have midday traffic peaks and/or school bus and pedestrian traffic.

(vi) Ability for expansion – when selecting a site, consider the potential for

subsequent increase in the daily tonnage of waste the facility will be required to manage, or added processing capabilities for recycling and diversion. It is frequently less expensive to expand an existing transfer station than to develop a new site due to the ability to use existing operations staff, utility connections, traffic control systems, office space, and buildings.

(vii) Space for recycling, composting, and public education – a transfer station could

be sited in areas also conducive to recycling or composting activities. Many transfer stations are designed to enable residents and businesses to drop off recyclables and yard waste in addition to trash. Some transfer stations incorporate education centers or interpretive trails focusing on waste prevention. These types of facilities offer increased utility to the community.

Appendix 2 37

(viii) Buffer space – To mitigate impact on the surrounding community, a transfer station should be located in an area that provides separation from sensitive adjoining land uses such as residences. Buffers can be natural or constructed and can take many forms, including open spaces, fences, sound walls, trees, berms, and landscaping.

(ix) Gently sloping topography – Completely flat sites need ramps. Sites with steep

slopes might require extra costs associated with earthmoving and retaining walls. (x) Access to utilities – transfer stations generally require electricity to operate

equipment, such as balers and compactors; lighting; water for facility cleaning, restrooms, and drinking; and sanitary sewer systems for waste-water disposal. Some smaller transfer stations use wells for water supply, and some, especially in more rural settings, use septic systems or truck their waste water for offsite treatment.

(xi) Zoning designations and requirements – zoning ordinances frequently classify

transfer stations as industrial uses, which limits their siting to areas zoned for industry usually in conjunction with a special use permit. Exclusive use of predetermined land use criteria, however, might result in locating transfer stations in areas already overburdened with industries or clustering of these types of facilities in areas adjacent to poor and minority communities. If local zoning ordinances are so restrictive that they disallow facility siting outside pre-established industrial zones, substantial engineering and architectural design must be incorporated into the facility to minimize impacts on the surrounding community.

38 Appendix 3


















Appendix 3 39



















40 Appendix 3


(iv) Provide support and assistance to the Government Agencies and the Asian Development Bank to supervise the implementation of the IEE during the construction as well as operation stage of the project;











environmental performance of the project through an assessment of the periodic environmental monitoring reports submitted by the DSC; provide a summary of the same to the Project Director, and initiate necessary follow-up actions.


Appendix 3 41













42 Appendix 4

Contract Clauses to be Integrated into Bid Documents

1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of environmental provisions outlined in the EMP, in addition to adhering to all environmental provisions in the applicable specifications for the works will be adhered to as part of good engineering practices. 1.2 All works undertaken towards protection of environmental resources as part of the EMP and as part of good engineering practices while adhering to relevant specifications will be deemed to be incidental to works being carried out and no separate payment will be made unless otherwise specified explicitly. The costs towards environmental management as per EMP unless otherwise provided as a separate head, will be deemed to be part of the BOQ of the project. The scope of works of the contractor towards the implementation of the environmental provisions shall be as follows:

(i) Abide by all existing Environmental regulations and requirements of the

Government of Bangladesh, during implementation. (ii) Compliance with all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements set out in

the EMP. (iii) Submission of a method statement detailing how the subproject EMP will be

complied with. This shall include methods and schedule of monitoring. (iv) Monitoring of project environmental performance and periodic submission of

monitoring reports. (v) Compliance of all safety rules at work, and Provision of adequate health and

safety measures such as water, food, sanitation, personal protective equipment, workers insurance, and medical facilities.

1.3. The detailed provisions for specific environmental issues shall be as outlined in the EMP table on impacts and mitigation measures. Key clauses are outlined in the following sections. 1.4 Occupation of and temporary use of Land for Construction Purposes. The contractor will obtain prior approval from landowners for temporary use of land for labor camp and construction yard, and before occupation agree on price, intended use and duration, amount of clearing and excavation, and final waste disposal and reclamation. The occupation shall be only after approval from the Environmental Personnel of the Supervision Consultant (Engineer), and shall include appropriate documentation of the pre-utilization status including a photograph of the site, on date of occupation by the contractor. 1.5 All affected areas within the general project boundary shall be graded to their original elevation or to a gently sloping grade following completion. Machinery, equipment, structures contaminated earth and waste or unused materials shall be removed and disposed of properly. 1.6 No fuel, oil, or parts cleaning fluids shall be spilled, wasted or disposed of at the project site. 1.7 Site Conditions, Quarries and Haul Routes. Opening of trenches and excavations in public right-of-ways, towards laying/ rehabilitation / repair of pipelines, improvement of roadside drainage etc shall be done in a manner to least inconvenience residents, shop owners and pedestrians of the area. Where blockage of homes and shops occurs the contractor is required to limit the period of time an excavation is left open, done by excavating only a short portion that can be completed and backfilled in a few days, and by providing walkways and bridging across excavated areas.

Appendix 4 43

1.8 Excavations shall not be left in an incomplete state, but shall be backfilled as quickly as feasible and the surface finished, providing access and limiting the generation of airborne dust. 1.9 Selection of borrow pits and haul routes shall minimize noise and air pollution in the vicinity of the borrow pit, en route and at the construction sites; visual impacts in inhabited areas; impacts on land use, air and noise emissions along haul routes; and congestion in populated areas. 1.10 Quarry locations and haul routes will be approved in advance by the Site Engineer and PIU. Vehicles hauling dirt and fill materials, or spoil away from construction sites, are required to remove loose materials prior to entry onto public thoroughfares, and to cover loads with tarpaulins sufficient to suppress blowing dust, dirt and sand. 1.11 Archaeological and Cultural Relics. The Contractor must halt construction upon discovery of foreign objects of non-recent origin on the ground or below grade. Contractor must notify the site engineer and PIU, who will contact the Ministry of Cultural Affairs to investigate and undertake recovery. Work must remain halted at the specific location until recovery is complete. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES 2.1 The Contractor shall ensure that construction activities do not result in any contamination of land or water by polluting substances. 2.2 Unless otherwise provided in the specifications, the Contractor shall ensure that no trees or shrubs or waterside vegetation are felled or harmed except those required to be cleared for execution of the works. The Contractor shall protect trees and vegetation from damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2.3 The Contractor shall not use or permit the use of wood as a fuel for the execution of any part of the works and to the extent practicable, shall ensure that fuels other than wood are used for cooking and heating in all camps and living accommodations. Any wood so used must be harvested legally, and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the relevant permits, if required. 2.4 The Contractor shall consult with local residents and local government before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plant. The work camps shall not be located near settlements, near drinking water supply intakes, protected areas, or wildlife habitats. 2.5 In the conduct of cleaning activities and operation of equipment, the Contractor will utilize such practicable methods and devices as are reasonably available to control, prevent and otherwise minimize air/noise pollution. 3.0 NOISE AND AIR POLLUTION 3.1 All works will be carried out without unreasonable noise and air pollution. Subject and without prejudice to any other provision of the Contract and the law of the land and its obligation as applicable, the Contractor will take all precautions outlined in the EMP to avoid the air and noise pollution. 3.2 The Contractor shall monitor the environmental parameters periodically as specified in the monitoring plan and report to the Engineer.

44 Appendix 4

3.3 The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer from and against any liability for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while carrying out the work, and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses, whatsoever, in regard or in relation to such liability. 4.0 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION 4.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the safety and health provisions specified in the EMP, provide workers with a safe and healthy working environment, in the work areas, through application of preventive and protective measures consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. The borrower/client will take steps to prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work by





place.

5.0 COMMUNITY HEALTH DURING CONSTRUCTION 5.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the safety and health provisions specified in the EMP, undertake preventive and protective measures to minimize adverse impacts on the community health in the vicinity of the proposed landfill site, consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. 6.0 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCE 6.1 On completion of work, wherever applicable, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the sites all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish, scaffoldings, and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the sites and works in a clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.2 Construction camp sites post construction shall be cleared as specified in the EMP and handed over to the Owner. It will be ensured by the contractor that the site handed over is in line with the conditions of temporary acquisition signed by both parties.

Appendix 5 45

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (To be included in Contract Documents)

I. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


1. There is no land acquisition required for this subproject and its components. The subproject will affect 17 households who are considered to be temporarily displaced and are taken as economically displaced households. These are hawkers and vendors operating small shops on government land. The structures are temporary in nature. Of the 17 displaced households, 11 are considered vulnerable (e.g., 1 women headed, and 10 below the poverty line). Vulnerable households are entitled to additional assistance under this resettlement plan.



2. The site is located within the urban area of Narayanganj; there are communities in the vicinity of the site. Given that the site is currently used for dumping of solid wastes without any treatment or processing of wastes, the nuisance impacts are significant and the proposed interventions including the conversion of the site to a sanitary landfill shall improve the environmental conditions of the site. The detailed design shall include measures to ensure that the impacts on the surrounding communities are minimized. 3. To minimize any potential impacts due to leachate and pollution of the water table, adequate measures including leachate control and collection systems, provision of a drainage system at the site etc shall be worked out as part of the design. Further the design shall include clear plans for disposal of wastes during the construction period and provide clear access to the waste collection vehicles and the proposed site shall not be contaminated with the municipal wastes. 4. Given the amount of rain during the monsoon, and the pollution of land and water that can occur if a landfill is subjected to flooding, the design should ensure that:

(i) Surface water drains at the site are adequate to dispose of the heaviest rains; and

(ii) O&M procedures require drains to be kept in working order at all times and checked regularly and cleared of any sediment or other debris.

5. The fact that there are ponds in the vicinity of the landfill presents a problem in spite of the good water-retention capacity of the soil, as there is a risk that over the long term the site could be subjected to seepage of water from surrounding ponds. The design consultant should therefore ensure that the topography at the margins of the site is designed so that any water seeping from adjacent ponds (and vice-versa) is intercepted by the peripheral drains. 6. A detailed plan for restoring the dump site including the disposal of wastes from the dumpsite in the proposed landfill shall be worked out as part of the detailed designs. The proposed site for conversion to a landfill is about 2 acres. About 1.5 acres of land is available with no wastes while the remaining 0.5 acres has wastes dumped onto it. The conversion of the site to a landfill will be taken up in phases, and the site divided into cells. Cells constructed in

46 Appendix 5

lands that are currently free of wastes will be utilized for disposal of wastes from the existing dumpsite. The buried waste at the proposed site is in various levels of decomposition, and the excavated soil will contain much decomposed waste appropriate for landfill cover, bund construction or road grading activities. However, the soil will also contain some non-decomposed materials (plastics, metals, etc.) with some potentially hazardous waste (metals) that will need to be disposed of at the landfill cell developed within the site. 7. While the 8 transfer stations shall be identified on existing lands belonging to the Government, the finalization of the locations shall be based on conformance to the location and design criteria outlined in Appendix 2.


8. The impacts during construction shall include generic construction related impacts and are not expected to be significant, and can be addressed through adoption of good engineering practices and construction methods. The mitigation measures for the various impacts are outlined in the Table below, and are summarized in the following sub-sections. 9. Air and Noise Pollution. Emission from Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery used for excavation and construction would induce impacts on the air pollution in the construction site. Given that the site is within an inhabited area, suppression of dust during construction stage shall be required. Use of construction machinery in the construction site would generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures in the settlements. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and would be of limited duration. 10. Safety during Construction. Appropriate measures during construction, especially on health and safety of workers during construction shall be worked out by the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC. 11. Site Clearance and Restoration of Construction Camps. Post construction clearance of sites temporarily utilized for construction activities, including borrow areas, construction camps etc, if not adequate, would result in a poor environmental quality, increased water logging etc apart from loss of aesthetic quality of the site.

3. O&M Impacts

12. Overall, the improved waste collection and treatment systems shall result in significant environmental benefits to the residents of Narayanganj, in terms of reduced pollution, improved environmental conditions and reduced waste inflow into water bodies and natural courses. However, the adverse impacts shall be significant during the operations stage of the landfill facility in the event of non-conformance to the good practices of maintenance and operation of landfill sites and waste collection systems including the transfer stations and waste transportation vehicles. 13. Table A5.1 provides the potential environmental impacts and the mitigation measures including the responsibilities for implementing the same.


Sl No Environmental Issues Duration /


1 Location Impacts

1.1 Land acquisition and resettlement impacts required for siting of secondary transfer stations and impacts on non-titleholders at the dumping ground.

Permanent Moderate Land acquisition impacts are not envisaged. Impacts on non-titleholders occupying the current dumpsite and the proposed transfer station locations are being addressed in line with the provisions of the Resettlement Framework for CRDP. A resettlement Plan has been prepared to address these impacts.

PIU and MDSC

1.2 Loss of amenity, aesthetics, property values to neighbors due to location solid waste processing and landfill facility

Permanent Moderate Given that the site is already being used for disposal of wastes, the impacts shall not be significant. A physical barrier and visual screen in the form of greenbelt shall be developed around the site

PIU and MDSC


2.1 Contamination of groundwater by leaching of leachate and runoff from landfill area

Permanent Major Provide proper leachate collection and treatment system. Design of landfill cells as impermeable units to arrest the leaching (Clay and HDPE liner at base of landfill). Design topography of boundary to ensure that all water enters peripheral drains. Storm drains surrounding the landfill are designed to withstand the heaviest monsoon rainfall (10-year storm) and direct storm water to municipal drains. Earth bunds constructed along ponds to protect from spillover. Landfill design to include effective sealing of the entire site and adequate internal drainage to direct all leachate to treatment ponds. The system to include collection of leachate into leachate pond. Gradients will be designed to direct leachate into perforated HDPE pipes located in a protective covering of 20-30 mm gravel. These will drain into the treatment pond where sludge will settle and liquid will gradually evaporate, after which the sludge will be returned to the landfill.


2.2 Impact due to methane gas emissions from landfill.

Permanent Major The design of the landfill to include HPDE pipes to collect gas. Suitable probes are to be installed in the soil at the property boundary to detect gases migrating away from the landfill site. Explosive gases are to be monitored for concentrations above the lower explosive limit.


2.3 Impacts due to dumping of wastes during construction and development of the land fill site and compost plant

Permanent Major To ensure that there is no disposal of wastes within the area identified for the development of the landfill site and compost plant, the MDSC in consultation with the PIU shall work out a plan towards disposal of wastes to allow construction to occur. This shall include demarcation of the site for disposal of the wastes, including provision of vehicular access to the demarcated area, and prevention of any vehicles carrying wastes into the construction area.


8 Duration of magnitude level assumes impact without mitigation.

Appe

ndix 547



2.4 Construction Camps, storage areas, stockpiles, and disposal areas – Location, Selection, Design and Layout

Temporary Moderate The construction camps, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be located as per the following siting criteria: (i) these will be at least 500m away from habitations; (ii) area selected will be away from flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) will be away from sensitive environmental resources as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies. At these locations, the Contractor will work out layouts adhering to the air and water standards prescribed by DOE; (iv) sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and/or drinking water supply systems; and (v) the disposal areas will not be located at areas that will cause inconvenience the communities. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings.

Contractor and MDSC


3.1 Improper stockpiling of construction materials can cause impacts starting from obstruction of drainage, disturbance/safety hazard to local population, traffic blockage, etc.

Temporary Moderate Due consideration will be given for material storage and construction sites such that it doesn’t cause any hindrance to daily traffic movement. The contractor will (i) consult with implementing agency on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the rainy season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; and (iv) protect surface water bodies from any source of contamination such as oily wastes, debris, and spoils that will degrade its quality;

Contractor and MDSC

3.2 Quarry/Borrow pits Operations

Permanent Moderate Mitigation measures include requiring construction contractor to: (i) store stripped materials as not to disrupt natural drainage and will be protected to prevent erosion and migration of soil particles into surface waters; (ii) provide temporary ditches and/or settling basins to collect runoff water and to prevent erosion and contamination of surface water; (iii) exposed areas will be planted with suitable vegetation at the earliest opportunity. Prevent ponding of water through temporary drains discharging to natural drainage channels; (iv) restore sites after construction activities by stabilizing contours and slopes, spreading of stripped materials to promote percolation and re-growth of vegetation, and draining of any standing water. Land utilized for quarry sites access roads will also be restored; and (v) adequate safety precautions will be ensured during transportation of quarry material from quarries to the construction site. Vehicles transporting the material will be covered to prevent spillage.

Contractor and MDSC

3.3 Impacts on surrounding communities and ground water quality during excavation of wastes from the existing dumpsite

Temporary Significant Most excavation is likely to be conducted in the dry season to avoid the difficult conditions that can occur when earthworks are carried out during rain. There will therefore be a risk of producing dust. Given that the site is located within an urban area, precautions will nevertheless be needed to reduce dust to provide a suitable and safe environment for workers. Contractors should therefore be required to: (i) remove waste rapidly by loading material onto trucks as soon as it is excavated and deposited at the

Contractor and MDSC

48 A

ppendix 5



proposed site; garbage is covered during transportation and buried immediately at the new site; (ii) garbage is only handled mechanically and workers to wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) (masks, goggles, gloves, boots, helmets and protective clothing); (iii) cover or damp down working areas and stockpiled soil in dry, windy weather; (iv) use tarpaulins to cover loose material during transportation to and from the site; and (v) water that may have been in contact with garbage is stored in temporary ponds and transferred to leachate treatment ponds when built. Moreover, a natural clay barrier is found at the site, which can be used as an appropriate barrier to protect groundwater during civil works.

3.4 Disposal of decomposed waste, earth etc during the restoration of the existing dump site

Permanent Moderate As the restoration of the site involves the removal and disposal of a large quantity of solid waste, the main action will be to avoid adding significantly to the waste burden of the project by finding beneficial uses for as much of the excavated soil and stone as possible. The contractor should therefore be required to: (i) re-use as much excavated material in this project as possible (for example in creating the bunds and widening the road embankment as outlined above); (ii) retain suitable soil in stockpiles for use when the landfill is operating, to cover waste periodically and for the final covering when each cell is full; (iii) transport other soil and subsoil to the final disposal site of the removed garbage, for use in covering this material; and (iv) liaise with the Pourashava to find beneficial uses for any remaining waste in other projects, for example raising the level of land prior to construction of roads or buildings, or to fill previously excavated areas such as brickworks.

Contractor and MDSC

3.5 Handling of garbage containing potentially hazardous materials during the restoration of the existing dump site

Temporary Significant The contractor should therefore be required to ensure that: (i) Garbage is only handled mechanically, by bucket excavator, bulldozer, trucks, etc; (ii) All operators of the equipment/vehicles/machinery wear appropriate PPE, including eye protection, facemasks, gloves and overalls; (iii) Tarpaulins are used to securely cover all material that is carried offsite; and (iv) Material is disposed of by immediate burial beneath soil at a municipal dumpsite.

Contractor and MDSC

3.6 Use of explosive materials Permanent Moderate Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer and after consultation with the Pourashava, the Contractor will not use explosives. The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen. The use of explosive materials will be carried out by the Contractor, only after obtaining written approval of the procedures to be followed by the Engineer.

Contractor and MDSC

3.7 Generation of Dust Temporary Moderate The contractor will (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards; (ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated

Contractor and MDSC

Appe

ndix 549



materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.


Temporary Moderate All vehicles, equipments and machinery used for construction will be regularly maintained to ensure that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirements of DOE. Copies of conformance will be submitted regularly to the Engineer.

Contractor and MDSC


Temporary Moderate The contractor should ensure (i) Regular maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery to keep noise from these at a minimum. (ii) All vehicles and equipment used for construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers. During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found to be defective will be replaced.

Contractor and MDSC

3.10 Material Handling at Site Temporary Minor All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, concrete etc., will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in welding works, would be provided with welder’s protective eye-shields. Workers engaged in stone breaking activities will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals. The use of any toxic chemical will be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Contractor and MDSC


Temporary Moderate All relevant provisions of the Bangladesh Labour Act, 2006 and Bangladesh National Building Code, 2006 will be adhered to pertaining to provision of adequate safety measures during construction. The contractor will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

Contractor and MDSC

3.12 Risk caused by Force Majure Temporary Minor All reasonable precaution will be taken to prevent danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood, drowning, etc. Specifically, the contractor (i) will provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (ii) will provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction camp site and will employ a full-time medical staff, and (iii) will provide access to hospitals/clinics within the project site that can be accessed in case of emergency by arranging necessary transport for safe carriage of the injured.

Contractor and MDSC

3.13 Malaria Risk Temporary Minor The Contractor will, at his own expense, conform to all anti-malaria instructions given to him by the Engineer.

Contractor and MDSC

3.14 First Aid Temporary Minor At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material and appliances will be provided as per the Bangladesh Labor Act, 2006. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate transfer of injured or ill person(s) to the nearest hospital. At every workplace and construction camp, equipment and nursing staff will be provided.

Contractor and MDSC

3.15 Hygiene Temporary Minor All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing.

Contractor and MDSC

46



Safe drinking water in sufficient quantity for the work force will be provided in the construction site as well as at the construction camps. Garbage bins must be provided in the camps and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, the local medical health or municipal authorities will make arrangement for disposal of excreta. On completion of the works, all such temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta tank and other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.


Temporary Minor In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contract will prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts and will, immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work will be stopped 100 m all directions from the site of discovery. The Engineer will seek direction from the Department of Archaeology before instructing the Contractor to recommence work on the site.

Contractor and MDSC


Temporary Major Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the Engineer. The plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization. On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense. The site will be restored to pre-project conditions through removal of all extraneous material on site.

Contractor and MDSC

4 O&M Impacts 4.1 Environmental Conditions Permanent Moderate The Narayanganj Pourashava with support from LGED will undertake seasonal

monitoring of air, water, leachate and compost quality through an approved monitoring agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored will be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared.


4.2 Nuisance to surrounding areas and groundwater contamination due to runoff from the landfill area.

Permanent Major Ensure proper maintenance of the drainage system. Direct runoff shall not enter the natural drainage network. Ensure proper maintenance of leachate collection and treatment system. Further, the treated leachate for land disposal shall meet the appropriate standards laid down by the DOE.


4.3 Pollution of agricultural lands and entering of heavy metal traces into food chain due to application of compost with

Permanent Major Compost (final product) exceeding the concentration limits (as prescribed by the DOE) shall not be used for food crops. However, it may be utilized for purposes other than growing food crops.


Appe

ndix 5

51



heavy metal concentration. 4.4 Bird menace at the waste

disposal facility.

Temporary Moderate Poorly-managed landfills can cause negative impacts by allowing the development of large colonies of scavenging birds, rodents and other vermin, which can then be a nuisance and a health hazard in any nearby communities. Apart from regular covering of wastes, the Officials of the Pourashava will also routinely monitor the incidence of pests at the site so that controlling action can be taken if necessary. Avoid open dumping of waste including in and around the site premises. Provide inert/soil cover over the waste spread immediately. In case of breakdown or maintenance of compost plant, waste intake shall be stopped and be diverted to the landfill; pre-process and post-process rejects shall be removed from the processing facility or regular basis and shall not be allowed to pile at the site.


4.5 Nuisance due to waste collection residue and waste spillage during transportation and dust generation

Temporary Moderate Ensure regular waste collection. Bio-degradable waste shall be collected daily. Waste shall be disposed directly into the container and ensure no spillage in the surrounding area.


4.6 Nuisance to surrounding areas due to operation of transfer stations.

Temporary Moderate Ensure containers are water tight and closeable to prevent rain from entering or leachate from exiting. Ensure regular collection schedule design to prevent waste from sitting for more than 24 hours. Include sumps to collect leachate. Train all transfer station staff in leachate handling and disposal including use of mechanized system (i.e., pumps and sealed containers and transfer to landfill sites/leachate treatment ponds).


4.7 Impacts on operation of the transfer station due to non removal of wastes from transfer stations.

Temporary Moderate While the wastes shall not remain for more than 8 to 12 hours at the transfer station, in abnormal situations where waste is kept for longer than 24 hours, the staff will ensure doors are closed so as to prevent rain from entering, therefore preventing leachate. All transfer stations are to be monitored regularly by the Pourashava Conservancy Department, and occupational and operational standards are to be maintained.


4.8 Impacts due to methane gas emissions from landfill.

Permanent Major Avoid disposal of biodegradable waste as far as possible. Ensure that the concentration of methane gas generated at landfill site shall not exceed 25% of lower explosive limit (LEL); and, landfill gas shall be burnt (flared) and shall not be allowed to directly escape to the atmosphere.


4.9 Health and safety hazards to workers during waste collection, transportation and at compost and disposal site.

Permanent Major Occupational Health and Safety Plan shall be prepared by the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to include safety of workers during the operation of the landfill and compost plant. The plan shall include :

(i) exclusion of the public from the site; (ii) provision and use of appropriate PPE by all workers and


52 A

ppendix 5



visitors; (iii) health and Safety Training for all site personnel; (iv) documented procedures to be followed for all site

activities; and (v) accident reports and records; etc.

The Pourashava will be responsible to ensure the implementation of the safety plan.

4.10 Survival of trees planted in the landfill site

Permanent Moderate Proper care shall be taken to increase survival rate of saplings like regular watering, pruning, provision of tree guards, manure for better nourishment, etc. including timely replacement of perished saplings.


CRDP = City Region Development Project, DOE = Department of Environment, HDPE = High Density Poly-Ethylene, LEL = lower explosive limit, LGED = Local Government Engineering Department, MDSC = Management, Design and Supervision Consultant, O&M = operation and maintenance, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PPE = Personal Protective Equipment.

Appe

ndix 5

53

54 Appendix 5

Table A5.2: Monitoring Plan for Narayanganj Subproject Sl. No.



1 Air Quality

Construction Stage

Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM, Sulphur dioxide, Methane, Ammonia (24 hour average) and Carbon monoxide (1hour average)

At the landfill site Once in a season (except monsoons) for the entire construction period


2 Perimeter soil monitoring

Construction pH, Chlorides, Sulphate (as SO4), Zinc, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Cyanide, Lead, Mercury, Nickel, Nitrate (as NO3), Iron

Boundary of the landfill site.



3 Ground water quality

Construction stage

pH, Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Chlorides, Dissolved solids, Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), Sulphate (as SO4), Zinc, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Cyanide, Lead, Mercury, Nickel, Nitrate (as NO3), Iron




4 Ground water quality

Operation stage

pH, Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Chlorides, Dissolved solids, Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), Sulphate (as SO4), Zinc, Arsenic, Cadmium,




Appendix 5 55

Sl. No.



Chromium, Copper, Cyanide, Lead,

Mercury, Nickel, Nitrate (as NO3), Iron

5 Quality of compost produced

Operation stage

Arsenic Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Lead, Mercury, Nickel, Zinc, C/N ratio, pH

At the compost plant Once in three months



Operation stage


At the landfill site Twice a year, before, during and after the monsoons



Operation Stage

Survival Rate At the site Twice a year for two years


BOD = biological oxygen demand, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.



BAN: City Region Development Project—Shakhari Bazaar Urban Renewal Subproject Prepared by the Local Government Engineering Department, Government of Bangladesh This IEE is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank BOD – biological oxygen demand CRDP – City Region Development Project DCC – Dhaka City Corporation DOE – Department of Environment ECR – Environmental Conservation Rules EMP – Environmental Management Plan GRC – Grievance Redress Committee GRM – Grievance Redress Mechanism IEE – initial environmental examination LGED – Local Government Engineering Department LGI – local government institutions MDSC – Management, Design, and Supervision Consultant PIU – Project Implementation Unit PMCU – Project Management Coordination Unit ROW – right of way SPS – Safeguard Policy Statement

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. The Shakhari Bazaar Urban Renewal Subproject proposes economic revitalization and urban renewal of the heritage area of Shakhari Bazaar in the old city of Dhaka. The first phase of Shakhari Bazaar Subproject (the Subproject), includes (i) detailed plan preparation for the urban renewal of the subproject area; (ii) restoration and improvement of two historic buildings in the Shakhari Bazaar as a demonstration project; (iii) the improvement of public space, wherein the improvement of the road surface, ducting of the utilities, and provision of drains along the road; and (iv) strengthening of the parking area at the entrance to the subproject area. An initial environmental examination (IEE) is prepared to comply with both Government of Bangladesh (the Government) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements. 2. Shakhari Bazaar is a notified heritage area by the Dhaka City Corporation (DCC) and the subproject designs and interventions the project designs will be carried out to ensure compliance with Dhaka’s Metropolitan Building Construction Rules (2007) and any guidelines/requirements as notified by DCC for heritage areas. Assessment of the subproject’s potential environmental impacts reveals that the impacts are largely generic construction-related associated with road constructions and with removal and relocation of utility lines. In addition to the generic construction impacts, potential impacts due to restoration of heritage buildings will be related to stability of structures to be restored as well as adjoining structures. These potential environmental impacts can be managed by implementing mitigation measures and adoption of good construction practices. Further, these impacts will be of limited intensity and of short duration. Thus the subproject has been categorized as “B” in accordance to ADB's Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009. 3. Environmental management measures to address adverse significant impacts have been integrated into the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). An environmental monitoring plan, as part of the EMP, has been worked out to monitor the effectiveness of the proposed environmental management and mitigation measures. The EMP also provides for suggested contract clauses to cover environmental provisions to be part of the civil works contracts. 4. The proposed subproject has been consulted with the stakeholders and the IEE has taken into account the stakeholders’ views and issues raised during the consultations. This IEE will be made available to the public by (i) translating into local language and posting in the subproject locations; and (ii) submitting to ADB for disclosure in its website. 5. A grievance redress mechanism will be set-up to register grievances of the people. The process will be designed to be transparent, responsive, culturally-appropriate, and commensurate to the risks and adverse impacts of the project. It will be readily accessible to all segments of the affected people, which will be informed about the mechanism through media and public outlets. 6. The DCC will be the implementing agency for this subproject and the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) will be housed within the DCC. Capacity building and training of the DCC and the PIU officials in the implementation of the EMP have been detailed in the IEE. The costs for implementing the mitigation measures and monitoring activities are also in the EMP budget. The IEE includes plan for continued participation, disclosure of information, and mechanisms for redress of environment-related grievances during the subproject implementation.

INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXAMINATION: SHAKHARI BAZAAR

I. INTRODUCTION A. Background 1. The City Region Development Project (CRDP) emphasizes economic growth in Dhaka and Khulna city regions of Bangladesh through (i) creation of an enabling environment towards improved governance and capacity building of the local governments; and (ii) prioritized investments in infrastructure sectors in the two regions. The objectives of CRDP are: (i) to improve the regional economic and social context through long-term development plans and investment programs, set within an institutional and regulatory context that will ensure implementation and review; (ii) to improve the capacity and mandate of local government to govern and to invest in improved economic activity at local level; (iii) to improve the economic context for sustainable commercial and industrial growth; and (iv) to improve the economic and social needs of the urban population, as an inclusive aspect of the CRDP. 2. The Project has been designed as a Project loan using a sector approach and is formulated to provide opportunities for replication of the project in other Local Government Institutions1 (LGIs) within the identified city regions. 3. The first phase of Shakhari Bazaar Subproject (the Subproject), includes (i) detailed plan preparation for the urban renewal of the subproject area; (ii) restoration and improvement of two historic buildings in the Shakhari Bazaar as a demonstration project; (iii) the improvement of public space, wherein the improvement of the road surface, ducting of the utilities, and provision of drains along the road; and (iv) strengthening of the parking area at the entrance to the subproject area. The proposed components will result in net positive environmental impacts for the residents of Shakhari Bazaar by providing: (i) improved access to utilities; (ii) the trigger for larger conservation and urban renewal efforts which can be taken up in subsequent project phases or with other funding sources; and (iii) opportunities for replication of urban renewal interventions in the other urban areas in the two city regions. B. Purpose of the IEE 4. This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared by the Dhaka City Corporation (DCC) for the proposed subproject to comply with both the Government and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) requirements. It assesses the subproject’s environmental impacts and specifies measures towards addressing the adverse significant impacts. The IEE was based on a review of the subproject site plans and reports; field visits, collection of secondary data to characterize the environment and identify potential impacts; and interviews and discussions with stakeholders. An environmental management plan (EMP) outlining the specific environmental management measures to be adhered to during implementation of the subproject has been prepared. During the detailed design stage, the IEE/EMP will be further updated and stand-alone EMPs will be prepared for each of the procurement packages and will be appended to the contract documents to ensure integration of environmental provisions/management measures.

1 LGIs include City Corporations, Pourashavas, Upazillas and Union Parishads.

2

C. Environment Regulatory Compliance 5. Government of Bangladesh. The provisions for environmental protection and pollution control in Bangladesh are contained in the Environmental Conservation Rules (ECR) 1997. This legislation also provides the principal mechanism for assessing and mitigating the environmental impacts of projects, both existing and proposed. Under the ECR projects are classified as green, orange, or red to determine the level of environmental assessment and requirements involved. According to ECR Schedule 1, the subproject is categorized as “Orange Category B” project because it involves construction, reconstruction, and extension of feeder roads and local roads. Preparation of an IEE and EMP is required and to be submitted to the Department of Environment (DOE) for approval. 6. Shakhari Bazaar has been declared as a heritage area by DCC. There are no conservation guidelines2 or Code of Practice for interventions in these notified heritage areas. However, the subproject designs shall be carried out to ensure compliance to any guidelines/requirements as notified by DCC for heritage areas. 7. Asian Development Bank. The Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) (2009) stipulates addressing environmental concerns, if any, of a proposed activity in the initial stages of Project preparation. For this, ADB Guidelines categorizes the proposed components into categories (A, B or C) to determine the level of environmental assessment3 required to address the potential impacts. The sub-project has been categorized as B. Accordingly, this IEE is prepared to address the potential impacts, in line with the recommended IEE content and structure for Category B projects. Stakeholder consultation was an integral part of the IEE. An EMP outlining the specific environmental measures to be adhered to during implementation of the sub-project has been prepared. 8. Table 1 shows the summary of environmental regulatory compliance required for the subproject.

Table 1: Environmental Regulatory Compliance–Sub-project Component Description Government of Bangladesh ADB Detailed design and project preparation for urban renewal – both buildings and public area Upgrade of public spaces: (i) relocation of utilities and services along the Shakhari Bazaar including telephone lines, electricity lines, lined drains, and water supply pipelines;

Category in accordance with ECR Orange Category – B

Environmental Review IEE and EMP

Category in accordance with SPS Category B

Environmental Review IEE

2 In the absence of comprehensive legislative conservation policy and practice in Bangladesh, the Heritage Area has been realised within the terms of the Building Construction Act 1952 (as amended under the Dhaka Metropolitan Building Construction Rules, 2007).

3 Level of environmental assessment required for each category of Project, as per ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines is as follows: (i) Category A. Sub-project components with potential for significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts; (ii) Category B. Sub-project components judged to have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree and/or significance than those for Category A projects. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report; and (iii) Category C. Sub-components unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are still reviewed.

3

Component Description Government of Bangladesh ADB (ii) resurfacing/strengthening of the existing pavement of the street after relocation of utilities, and provision of street furniture; (iii) improvement to the existing parking east of the Shakhari Bazaar, traffic management etc Restoration of two (2) buildings in Shakhari Bazaar heritage area: (i) structural improvements; (ii) provision of basic amenities; (iii) restoration of architectural elements (internal courtyards, building façades); and (iv) other improvements, such as new internal plastering.

ADB = Asian Development Bank, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, SPS = Safeguard Policy Statement.

D. Report Structure 9. The IEE Report, in addition to an executive summary summarizing the key issues and findings of the IEE, includes the following sections: (i) introduction; (ii) description of the subproject components; (iii) description of the environment; (iv) screening of potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (v) information disclosure, public consultation and participation; (vi) grievance redress mechanism; (vii) environmental management plan; (viii) institutional arrangement and responsibilities; (ix) findings and recommendations; and (x) conclusions.

II. DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT COMPONENTS A. Key Issues and Project Need 10. From the evidence of discussions and a site visit with representatives of DCC Corporation and the CRDP Study Group, the following significant problems have been identified in Shakhari Bazaar,

(i) The loss of buildings of architectural and historic importance to redevelopment, which is incompatible in nature, scale, detailing and use of materials with the original vernacular architecture and the public area in general. In this regard the desire of extended families to remain in Shakhari Bazaar has increased the pressure for buildings of six stories more (often illegal), which is out of keeping with the traditional two- to three-storey form of the original buildings;

(ii) A lack of building maintenance by both the Government and the private sector, leading to buildings of architectural and historic significance being in a poor state of repair, and which to varying degrees may be structurally unsound. To this extent there have been previous surveys of structural condition, the most recent of which identified some 12 buildings in Shakhari Bazaar as structurally unsound;

(iii) Buildings of architectural and historic significance where the original exteriors, internal layout and decoration have been badly affected by poorly designed and constructed extensions;

4

(iv) Complex ownership situations4 acting as a constraint to public and private investment in revitalising the area;

(v) The lack of basic services, including public water supply and effective sewerage, in many of the properties. It is understood this is at least partly due to a lack of clarity regarding ownership issues;

(vi) The potentially attractive appearance of the public area (street) is damaged by a multitude of power cables and telecommunications wires attached to the buildings, solid waste dumped at the street edge and unattractive street surfacing; and

(vii) The vitality and potential attraction of a predominantly pedestrian environment is damaged by the excessive penetration by rickshaws and motorcycles, the majority of which do not appear to have an origin or destination in Shakhari Bazaar.

B. Vision and Objectives 11. The vision of the Shakhari Bazaar urban renewal subproject is to ensure its long-term sustainability, its culture and its history through a range of actions to upgrade its buildings and spaces, optimizing the potential for the partnership(s) between Government, the community and the private sector. 12. To achieve this vision the following four objectives are proposed to ensure:

(i) the retention of the area’s historically-important buildings and to improve the appearance of adjacent buildings (which do not blend well with the nature and scale of traditional architectural forms);

(ii) improvements to the visual appearance and pedestrian environment of the street/public area for the enjoyment of visitors and the local community;

(iii) the needs and aspirations of the community affected by the Project Component should be incorporated into the proposed revitalisation of Shakhari Bazaar; and

(iv) that the economic value of Shakhari Bazaar should be optimised as an attractive environment for private sector investment in the area’s conservation.

C. Proposed Subproject Components

13. The project component covers the whole of Shakhari Bazaar and the associated parking and servicing area immediately to its east.

4 The ownership situation in Shakhari Bazaar is complex, and there are three main types: (i) Vested Properties–these are properties in the ownership of absentee landlords, whilst their ongoing administration is exercised by the Government, which has let the buildings by various leasehold and rental formulae. There may be several leases and tenancies within each building: it is understood that the vested properties make up around 60% of the buildings in Shakhari Bazaar. It is also understood that the Government is now reviewing the status of the vested properties, with the possibility of returning them to the original owners; (ii) Endowed Properties–these properties are properties given over by Hindu religious interests for individual/family occupancy; and (iii) Private Ownership–private ownership properties are typically occupied by various family interests, such that they may be divided up amongst an extended family and ownership may extend across more than one building.

5

1. Detailed Design and Project Preparation

14. This section will cover all the detailed design and project preparation activities required to progress the implementation of this Project Component.

a. General 15. Review the heritage status of Shakhari Bazaar and heritage buildings, including adjustments and additions to the list of heritage Buildings, and where appropriate making recommendations to amend the regulatory context for the conservation of architecturally and historically important buildings and spaces in the area; 16. Identify additional sources of funding for the conservation of Shakhari Bazaar and its heritage buildings from relevant conservation related agencies; 17. Review the details of funding mechanisms and financial and other incentives to secure the active participation of the community and private investors in the conservation of Shakhari Bazaar; and 18. Review the details of the socio-economic status of Shakhari Bazaar, including active small-scale businesses.

b. Buildings 19. Review the validity and results of previous structural surveys of buildings in Shakhari Bazaar in the context of the conservation objectives for the area; 20. Prepare detailed designs and costs for the restoration of the heritage buildings, (including the provision of utilities services) to be included as part of this Project Component; and 21. Prepare a set of Design Guidelines and Restoration Advice for use by government agencies, property owners, advisory groups and those members of the community likely to be affected by the project component through the restoration and upgrading of buildings and the construction of new buildings in Shakhari Bazaar.

c. Public Area 22. Review the status and condition of utility services (covering water supply, sewerage, power and telecommunications) in Shakhari Bazaar and prepare detailed designs for their upgrading and/or replacement; 23. Prepare detailed designs for the re-surfacing of the public area/street, in materials appropriate to the conservation context of Shakhari Bazaar; and 24. Prepare detailed designs and a management plan to control access by motorized transport and rickshaws into Shakhari Bazaar in order to enable a sustainable pedestrian environment. This should include consideration of access-time restrictions, except for emergency purposes.

6

2. Upgrading the Public Area a. Upgrading the Public Area–Reconstruction and Re-location of

Utilities Services 25. This activity will include opening the surface of the public area in Shakhari Bazaar for the placement of new utilities services and (where required) the removal of the existing utilities services. The work will include the provision of connections to the adjoining properties. It will also include the underground relocation within impermeable conduits of all the overhead power and telecommunication equipment currently situated in the public area.

b. Upgrading the Public Area–Re-surfacing of the Street (and Parking Area immediately to the east of Shakhari Bazaar)

26. On completing the reconstruction and relocation of the utilities services the street will need to be re-surfaced in materials appropriate to the environment of the Heritage Area, along with any additional hard and soft street furniture and lighting. Here the parking area immediately to the east of Shakhari Bazaar lends itself to the use of soft landscaping to frame the entrance to the Heritage Area. The new surfacing should be to standards capable of accommodating emergency vehicles.

c. Upgrading the Public Area–Traffic Management 27. Access controls on motorized vehicles and rickshaws at specified periods of the day would be enforced by adjustable traffic barriers and blocks, to be installed during the re-surfacing activity.

3. Upgrading the Building Fabric a. Restoration of Buildings with Heritage Status 28. Two buildings shall be identified for conservation and restoration as part of the first phase, as a sample demonstration project. 29. Restoration works will vary in accordance with the conditions of those buildings with Heritage Status and through agreement with owners and occupiers. In most cases the internal layouts will remain intact and the restoration works will respect this. However, where the structural condition is particularly bad, the building frontage will be restored but the interiors will be re-built and alternative internal layouts can be considered. 30. Restoration may include: (i) structural improvements; (ii) provision of basic amenities such as toilets; (iii) restoration of significant features (such internal courtyards, building façades and detailing); and (iv) other cosmetic improvements, such as new internal plastering.

b. Upgrading the Design and Provision of Utilities to Other Buildings 31. For buildings which do not have Heritage Status the emphasis will be on providing technical guidance and incentives to secure: (i) improvements to building façades such that they are more in keeping with the traditional architecture of Shakhari Bazaar; and (ii) provision of basic amenities, such as toilets.

7

32. The proposed Design Guidelines and Restoration Advice (see above) will serve as a context for action in the restoration of all buildings in Shakhari Bazaar, and in particular for action to improve and/or redevelop private property.

III. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 33. Shakhari Bazaar is located in Kotwali Thana, Dhaka. The subproject area is one of the oldest mohallas (a traditional neighborhood) in Puran Dhaka (Old Dhaka). The subproject area is located near the intersection of Islampur Road and Nawabpur Road which are the two main arteries of the old city and only a block away from the Buriganga River. Shakhari Bazar stretches along a narrow lane lined with thin slices of richly decorated brick buildings. A. Physical Environment

1. Topography, Soil and Geology 34. Madhupur Clay of the Pleistocene age and alluvial deposits of recent age are the two characteristic geological units covering the subproject area and its surroundings. The major geomorphic units are: (i) high land or the Dhaka terrace, (ii) low lands or floodplains and depressions, and (iii) abandoned channels. Low lying swamps and marshes located in and around the subproject area are other major topographic features. The southern part of the subproject area is composed of the alluvium soil of the Bangshi and Dhalashwari rivers.

2. Climate 35. The climate is average tropical monsoon type with alternating dry/wet seasons. There are three marked seasons:

(i) November to February. The dry (winter) season is the coolest and driest period. Monthly average temperatures are below 290C with a minimum at 130C. Rainfall is very rare during this period (below 30 milimeters (mm) per month). Winds are predominantly blowing from the Northwest but with a high frequency of calm wind situations.


(iii) May to October. In the west season (“monsoon period”) more than 85% of the total annual rainfall occurs. Monthly average temperatures remain high with a maximum of 330C. The period of periodic heavy thunderstorms lasts until June. June to mid September to early November is the transitional period with decreasing rainfall, often thunder. During the wet season, the winds are predominantly blowing from the South. Monsoon rains are generally not stormy, but downpours of 50 mm to 75 mm per day are not uncommon and rainfall with more than 250 mm per day is occasionally experienced.

36. With an average annual rainfall of about 2,100 mm, the annual rainfall varies from 1,800 mm to 2,400 mm, and is unevenly distributed, with peak falls occurring in July and august. About 75% of the total annual rainfall occurs during the monsoon period.

8

3. Flood Plains 37. Dhaka city, where the subproject area is located, is surrounded by Buriganga River on the south, Turag River on the west, Tongi khal on the north, and Balu River on the east. Dhaka is in the natural floodplain of these rivers which is evident in the seasonal flooding that affects large parts of the city. The floodplain function has been degraded by the construction of embankments to protect the city from flooding, particularly from infilling to reclaim land, which reduces the water retention capacity thus increasing flooding of both upstream and downstream of the city.

4. Surface Water Resources 38. The surface water area of Dhaka city is about 10% to 15% of its total land area. This includes four rivers, four major canals, four lakes, and several small ponds. There are more than 40 canals within the city that were originally catering to the drainage function of the city area. Due to encroachment of these canals, and disposal of wastes including solid and liquid wastes onto these canals, several areas of the city have become vulnerable to water logging. 39. All the rivers, receive huge amount of untreated sewage, industrial liquid wastes, and municipal wastes being discharged by the three major canal systems as well as direct disposal. Water quality parameters such as dissolved oxygen, biological oxygen demand (BOD), chemical oxygen demand (COD), and pH exceed the permissible limits. Moreover, the presence of excess amount of concentration of heavy metals including aluminum (Al), cadmium (Cd), chromium (Cr), lead (Pb), and mercury (Hg) confirm the chemical contamination of water.

5. Groundwater Resources 40. The three main aquifers in the central region of Bangladesh, where the Dhaka city is located are:

(i) An upper (composite) aquifer, which can reach depths of 50 meters (m) and is covered with an upper silty clay layer of less than 20 m;



41. In Dhaka region, 80% of the domestic water supply is obtained from the middle aquifer, extracted by tube-wells throughout the city. Recent studies have shown that water levels have fallen dramatically (20 m over the past six years) and suggest that the aquifer may be changing from a confined to an unconfined condition, which could make it vulnerable to contamination. There is already evidence of pollution by leaking underground tanks at petrol stations and chemical plants, and seepage from sewers, septic tanks and pit latrines. 42. The groundwater quality is slightly acidic with high nitrate content exceeding the permissible limit of the environmental quality standards of the Government.

6. Air Quality

9

43. The ambient air quality monitoring and analysis carried out by the DOE, as part of Dhaka City State of the Environment (2005) indicate deterioration in air quality which is largely attributed to settlements growth, brick fields, and motor vehicles. Within the subproject area, the sources of air pollution are the industries in Tejgaon and vehicular traffic. 44. The carbon monoxide and lead in air have improved, due to banning of two-stroke three-wheelers in 2003, banning of buses older than 20 years and trucks older than 25 years, introducing unleaded gasoline in 1999, and using of compressed natural gas fueled vehicles. 45. The air quality data for Dhaka from DOE’s Continuous Air Monitoring Station indicates that the main pollutant of concern is particulate matter. Both PM10 and PM2.5 are above the air quality standards of the Government

7. Floods and Disasters 46. Cyclones. The subproject area is not located in the coastal region thus there is less risk of cyclone occurrences. 47. Earthquakes. Dhaka is located in Seismic Zone II5 which is vulnerable to earthquakes. Shocks of moderate intensity are possible, with a probable maximum magnitude of 6 to 7 on the Richter scale. Seismic events in Bangladesh are relatively infrequent but historically have been severe, such as the earthquakes of 1930 and 1950 that caused widespread damage throughout the country, and the earthquake in 2004 that damaged large parts of Dhaka City. B. Biological Resources 48. The subproject is within the Dhaka urban limits. There are no natural terrestrial habitats because vegetation was cleared many years ago to provide land for development and for agriculture in the suburbs. Terrestrial plants are mainly limited to trees, shrubs, and flowers grown alongside roads and in parks and gardens. No wild animals nor endangered species are present in the subproject area. C. Economic Development

1. Economic Situation

49. Shakhari Bazaar is a 300-meter (m) street lined by shop houses, many of which are still occupied by traditional craft workshops. It is part of a wider area which provided the foundations for the development of urban Dhaka. The area dates back to the pre-Mughal period (as early as the 16th century).6 The traditional buildings are typically two or three stories tall, mostly around 100 to 200 years old, with a few even older. Many of house in the ground floors are older,

5 The National Seismic Zoning Map produced by the Geological Survey of Bangladesh, divides the country into three regions: a high-risk zone (Zone I) between Mymensingh and Sylhet in the north and north-east; a medium-risk zone (Zone II) stretching diagonally from Rajshahi in the north-west through Dhaka and Comilla to Chittagong and Cox’s Bazar in the south-east; and a low-risk zone (Zone III) in the south and south-west, around Khulna and Barisal.

6 The name of Shakhari Bazaar is derived from the decorated bangle crafted from conch shells, which has religious importance to the Hindu Community.

10

between 200 to 300 years. Typically, the traditional houses are long and narrow and may contain courtyards opening onto open top-floors. 50. Shakhari Bazaar has strong Hindu tradition and founded on houses and small businesses specializing in time-honored musical instruments, traditional Hindu sculptures, decorated bangles, paper crafts, and ceremonial accessories for Hindu weddings. 51. There are over 100 buildings (covering 142 building lots), including several vacant lots where buildings have been demolished. Lots are typically long and narrow, with widths mainly between 3 m to 4 m. Building heights vary between 2 to 6 stories but 72% of the total number of buildings is 3 to 4 stories. 79% of the buildings were built before the 1900s and only few have been completed in recent years. The original Mughal architecture is often embellished by surface decorations and carvings but has been influenced by colonial architecture over time. Extensions built in British colonial architecture and other European influences add to the unique characteristic of the area. Figures 1 and 2 shows typical building in Shakhari Bazaar.

52. Unfortunately the environment has deteriorated dramatically in recent year and some buildings are already structurally unsound causing disruption to public spaces. The majority of the remaining buildings of architectural and historic interest are at risk because of neglect. In spite of this Shakhari Bazaar (and the adjoining streets) remains remarkably vibrant. 53. Shakhari Bazaar is not yet a major tourist attraction, but within the context of current tourist numbers to Bangladesh, the area regularly attracts visitors. The area is identified as an attraction in many of the international tourism publications about Bangladesh. Therefore, the conservation and restoration of Shakhari Bazaar will enhance visitor potential.

2. Population

54. Approximately 2,500 people live in the area and average building occupancy is around 27 persons, reflecting a traditional pattern of multiple-occupancy by extended families. The majority of the owners are over 50 years old and there is also much multiple ownership. Most buildings (including the vested properties) are split between two owners (54%), and single-ownership buildings account for only about 25% of the total with the remainder as multiple-ownership with between three and six owners per property.

Figure 1: A historic façade near the eastern end of Shakhari.

Figure 2: A narrow street congested with rickshaws and darkened by tangles of telecom and electric wires.

11

IV. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES A. Land Acquisition and Resettlement Impacts 55. There is no land acquisition envisaged. The restoration of two pilot buildings will result in temporary impacts to building tenants through short-term relocation. There will be a total of 18 households temporarily relocated by the subproject. Of affected households, 13 are considered to be residential owners followed by 2 commercial owners, 2 residential tenants and 1 commercial tenant. Each will be ensured a guaranteed return to their original residence after works are completed through agreements between the owners/tenants and the DCC. There are a total 15 vulnerable households and they earn incomes below the poverty line. Improvements to the public realm will cause minimal temporary disturbance to local shops and street vendors during construction. These are to be mitigated through good construction practices (e.g., night works, maintaining access, etc.) to minimize disturbance. B. Environmental Impacts 56. The potential environmental impacts are discussed in the succeeding paragraphs while the mitigation measures and responsible agencies in implementing and monitoring these measures are identified in Table 2.

1. Location and Design Impacts 57. Heritage Sites. Shakhari Bazaar has been notified as a heritage area7 by the DCC, in terms of its cultural and architectural significance. Location impacts are not likely to be significant as the proposed interventions will improve the current conditions of the heritage area. 58. Another major impact would result from use of contemporary designs in this heritage area setting. Designs to be worked out in such a manner that exposed steel and concrete structures are avoided and will be in line with the architectural heritage and character of the area. Selection of materials and construction technologies, if not carefully chosen, will adversely impact the aesthetic appeal as well as the structural stability of the buildings in heritage area. 59. Utilities. Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water and sewer lines within the existing road right of way (ROW) will be removed. To address adverse impacts due to relocation of the utilities, utility ducts will be integrated to the proposed road designs. Locations and operators of these utilities will also be identified and included in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction phase. The construction contractors will also be required to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services. 60. Drainage. There are stretches along the roads which have been subject to water logging, especially during the monsoon. Provisions of drainage facilities and connection to an outfall that drains off the runoff into nearby bodies, if not adequately designed, will cause change in the drainage character of the subproject area and aggravate the current water logging. The drainage system will be designed to collect stormwater runoff from the roadway

7 In the absence of any development control regulations for preservation and management of heritage areas, the DCC currently has imposed a ban on modification to the structures. Modifications to structures are permitted only on approval of the designs by DCC.

12

surface and ROW, convey it along and through the ROW, and discharge it to an adequate receiving body without causing adverse on- or off-site impacts. 61. Structural Stability. Impacts on structural stability of buildings to be restored and adjoining buildings will be a significant impact. Assessment of existing building foundations will be conducted during the detailed engineering design stage. Engineering measures to protect the buildings such as shoring and sheet piles will be included in the design specifications and the costs to be incurred will be part of the subproject costs to ensure that these will be implemented.

2. Construction Impacts 62. Environmental impacts during construction are generic construction-related impacts associated with (i) road construction, and (ii) removal and relocation of utility lines. These impacts are not expected to be significant, and can be managed through adoption of good engineering practices and undertaking specific mitigation measures. 63. Safety of adjoining buildings. Construction works on the 2 buildings may cause damage to adjacent buildings. Unplanned work hours can disrupt businesses, residents and users of other buildings. 64. Spoils and construction debris. Stockpiles of spoils and construction debris if left unattended in the subproject roads will not only cause inconvenience to businesses and residents, disruption to the traffic, but will also block the roadside drains and result in water logging. Spillage of oil, lubricants, and other chemicals also mix with the runoff and can contaminate water bodies. 65. Air pollution. Emissions from construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery used for excavation and construction will induce impacts on the air quality in the construction site as well on the surrounding settlements. Anticipated impacts include dust and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides and hydrocarbons. 66. Noise and vibration. Health centers, schools, and prayer halls are the sensitive receptors while residential areas, in general, are the major receptors. Use of heavy construction machinery will generate vibrations and affect the adjacent structures. Noise generated during construction is however intermittent and of limited duration but will affect the construction workers in case of unprotected prolonged exposure. 67. Disruption of services. Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water and sewer lines within the existing road ROW will be removed thus there is anticipated disruption of service during construction. 68. Temporary loss of income. Excavation along ROWs will cause loss of income to business located along the subproject roads. 69. Traffic and accessibility. Delivery of construction materials, removal of spoils and debris, and excavation works will result to increase in traffic, road blockages, and slower movement of vehicles resulting to inconveniences to travelers.

13

70. Construction camps, hot mix plants, storage area, stockpiles, and disposal area. These are important locations that have significant impacts such as health and safety hazards on local resources and infrastructures of nearby communities. The majority of the workforce (especially the semi-skilled and skilled) is expected to be recruited from out-station areas and hence temporary accommodation will be provided at adjacent areas. These facilities may disturb a substantial area that will be required to house buildings and other facilities. Therefore the occupancy of lands outside of the ROW can result in land resources infringement and payment of inequitable compensation. The potential implications associated with housing the workforce include adverse water quality impacts arising from discharge of partially treated sewage and refuse, public health impacts through the possible introduction of diseases not prevalent in the surrounding areas and promotion of disease vector habitats within the temporary housing areas, social-cultural conflicts arising from religious, cultural and behavioral discords between immigrants and local residents, and promotion of un-aesthetic practices. 71. Workers safety. Storage and use of petrol, diesel, oil and lubricants, bitumen, and solvents pose (i) workers health and safety hazards; and (ii) fire hazards. 72. Community safety. Construction worksites may place stresses on resources and infrastructure of nearby communities. This may lead to antagonism between residents and workers. 73. Sources of materials. Operation of quarries/borrow pits may cause disruption of natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, landslides, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, siltation of surface waters, and water pollution. Extraction of rocks and material from river beds may cause general scouring of river beds resulting in endangerment of bridges and continuous degradation of river regime.

3. Operation and Maintenance Impacts 74. Increased tourism. As discussed in the previous section, Shakhari Bazaar has started to attract local and international tourists. With the proposed improvements, increased tourist inflow will have positive impact to the community because of improved aesthetic appeal and increased economic activities. 75. Increased traffic and pedestrian flow. Improved infrastructure will carry more traffic which can cause increased vehicular and pedestrian movements along the subproject area. Pedestrians and bicyclists are at greatest risk of serious injury from collisions with moving vehicles. Children are generally the most vulnerable due to lack of experience and knowledge of traffic-related hazards, their behavior while at play, and their small size making them less visible to motorists. 76. Heritage buildings maintenance. Adverse impacts during the operation stage shall result in the event of non-conformance to development controls leading to non-maintenance of the restored heritage structures. 77. Drain blockages. Solid waste generation during operation and maintenance activities may include road litter, illegally dumped waste, or vegetation waste from ROW maintenance; and sediment and sludge from stormwater drainage system maintenance. Noise. Noise generated by pedestrians and vehicle engines can be a significant nuisance and may be loud enough to interfere with normal conversation and can cause stress.

14

Table 2: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environmental Issues Duration/


1. Location Impacts 1.1 Land acquisition and resettlement required

due to the proposed subproject interventions

Permanent Moderate (i) land acquisition is not necessary since all improvements are in the public area and within the available ROW; (ii) compensation of non-titleholders and hawkers/vendors (licensed and unlicensed) within the ROW will be carried out in accordance with the subproject Resettlement Plan; (iii) For the two historic buildings to be taken up for restoration, the temporary relocation of the occupants – tenants, owners will be taken up in accordance with the provisions of the subproject Resettlement Plan; and (iv) No construction activities will commence unless occupants of the 2 buildings are satisfactorily relocated.

Project Implementing Unit (PIU) and Management, Design, and Supervision Consultants (MDSC)

1.2 Impacts due to complex ownership of structures to be taken up for restoration

Permanent Significant The selection of buildings for conservation will be finalized by DCC after consultations with the stakeholder. The selection of buildings will be (i) in line with the subproject selection criteria outlined in the Environmental Assessment Review Framework (Annex 1); and (ii) buildings with complex ownership or outstanding litigation will not be taken up for restoration.

PIU and MDSC

2. Design and pre-construction impacts 2.1 Selection of materials and construction

technologies, if not carefully chosen, will adversely impact the aesthetic appeal as well as the structural stability of the buildings in heritage area

Permanent Significant (i) designs to be worked out in such a manner that exposed steel and concrete structures are avoided; and (ii) usage of construction machinery within the heritage buildings will be disallowed, except for handheld equipments, to the practical extent possible.

PIU and MDSC

2.2 Lack of sufficient planning to assure long term sustainability of the improvements and ensure protection of the heritage site

Permanent Significant Design philosophy will be (i) worked out in a manner that the authenticity and the original fabric of the site are maintained, and (ii) in line with the conservation/preservation plans prepared by DCC.

PIU and MDSC


Permanent Moderate The MDSC, in consultation with the PIU, will: (i) identify the line agencies responsible for each utility which will be affected by the civil works; (ii) ensure detailed engineering designs incorporate the existing utilities; (iii) ensure detailed engineering design incorporate future plans of departments/agencies; and (iv) utilities relocation plans are discussed with respective agencies and approved prior to finalization of detailed engineering designs.


2.4 Impacts on structural stability and foundations of adjoining buildings,

Permanent Significant (i) Structural stability of buildings to be restored and the adjoining buildings will be assessed prior to design of structural modifications; (ii) Costs for structural stabilization will be included in the project costs; and (iii) Design specifications and plan drawings will include engineering measures such as shoring and sheet piles to protect adjoin buildings.



15

Environmental Issues Duration/ Extent8


2.5 Conformance to the Government of Bangladesh (the Government) building standards and safety norms

Permanent Significant (i) Designs of the 2 buildings to be restored will include fire exits and other safety measures (such as access, ventilation, and lighting) as required by Government of Bangladesh National Building Code (2006); (ii) As specified in the National Building Code, even in case of partial changing of a building, fire resistance shall be ensured and all provisions with greater public safety shall be applied to the entire building structure; (iii) Further, renovations/modifications to existing buildings shall comply with all National Building Code requirements for new constructions; and (iv) Finalization of the designs for any structure, either in part or full, will be carried out after consultations with the occupants.


2.6 Location of construction camps, and/or hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles, and disposal areas

Temporary Moderate The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be included in the detailed engineering design and locations will be determined using the following siting criteria: (i) at least 500 m away from residential and commercial areas, schools, places of worship, hospitals, and other sensitive; (ii) not in flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) not in sensitive environmental resources such as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies; (iv) not in areas that will cause inconvenience to the communities; and (v) will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and/or drinking water supply systems; The contractor will be responsible for verifying the suitability of the suggested locations and obtaining approval from MDSC/PIU if other locations will be utilized.

PIU, MDSC, and Contractor

2.7 Location of quarry sites and borrow pits Permanent Moderate (i) MDSC and PIU will include in design specifications and plan drawings (a) a list of licensed quarries and other government-approved sources of materials; and (b) measures (such as silt fences) to control erosion control, sedimentation, and water pollution; and (ii) The contractor will be responsible for (a) verifying the suitability/quality of the materials; (a) examining the legality of environmental clearances of the listed quarry sites; and (b) submitting environmental clearances to MDSC/PIU prior to sourcing of materials.



Temporary Moderate MDSC and PIU to prepare specific contract provisions relevant to (i) prevention of air, water and noise pollution; (ii) workers health and safety; and (iii) prevention of diseases; and (iv) labor and construction camps operations


3. Construction Impacts 3.1 Damage to properties and adjoining

buildings if structural stability measures are not implemented

Permanent Significant The contractor will be required to: (i) prior to commencement of construction activities, obtain clearance from PIU for the structural stability soundness of adjoin buildings and adjacent properties; (ii) carry out protection measures as identified in the design specifications and plan drawings; (iii) stop civil works in the event of damage to any property, adjoining, and/or adjacent buildings; and (iv) continue work only upon verification and issuance of clearance by PIU/MDSC.

Contractor to implement mitigation measures PIU to (i) issue clearance for structural stability soundness of adjoin buildings and adjacent properties; and (ii) monitor implementation MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU

16



PIU/MDSC to: (i) designate a safety personnel who will be available on-site at all times during building modification works; and (ii) issue clearance to continue work upon assessment and rectification of damage to any property, adjoining, and/or adjacent buildings.

3.2 Stockpiling of construction materials can cause (i) siltation and pollution of surface water resulting from uncontrolled runoff from storage piles; (ii) disturbance to private property: and (iii) community safety hazards



3.3 Quarry/borrow pits operations can result to disruption of natural land contours and vegetation resulting to accelerated erosion, landslides, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, siltation of surface waters, and water pollution.

Permanent Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) verify suitability of materials and legality of quarry sites and/or borrow pits; (ii) submit prior to sourcing of materials environmental clearances of quarry sites and or borrow pits; and (iii) obtain approval of PIU if new quarries and/or borrow sites are necessary.






Permanent Moderate The construction contractor will be required to: (i) limit removal of topsoil to depth of 150 millimeters; (ii) store in stockpiles any removed topsoil; (iii) design stockpile such that its slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal) and height does not exceed 2 m; (iv) prevent compaction and cover with gunny bags or tarpaulin; (v) prioritize use of stockpiled topsoil in restoring disturbed areas and cut slopes; (vi) undertake measures to control soil erosion, sedimentation, and siltation as defined in the design specifications and plan drawings; and (vii) consider construction and maintenance as incidental to earthwork and other items of work.



Permanent Moderate Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by PIU, the contractor will not use explosives.


17



The contractor will be required to: (i) carry out use of explosive only upon approval of PIU; (ii) at all times take every possible precaution in the use of explosives; (iii) comply with laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives; (iv) engage sufficient flagmen and warning signs during blasting operations; and (v) keep records of operations and make available anytime for inspection.






Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) prepare, submit to PIU for approval and implement a Waste Management Plan; (ii) locate storage areas for fuels, oils, and lubricants in areas that will not drain into nearby surface water bodies; (iii) locate vehicle cleaning area away from nearby surface water bodies; (iv) provide oil interceptors at construction vehicle parking area, repair area, and workshops; (v) ensure that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to discharge; (vi) prevent siltation of nearby water bodies by providing silt fences as identified in the design specifications and plan drawings; (vii) ensure disposal sites are approved by PIU; (viii) recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (ix) manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; (x) reuse bituminous waste to the maximum extent possible; (xi) utilize cut material generated as filling material and dispose to designated sites any remaining material; (xii) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (xiii) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (xiv) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.


3.9 Increase in dust due to (i) movement of equipment, machineries, and vehicles; (ii) delivery and storage of construction

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards;


18



materials; and (iii) disposal of spoils (ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.












Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide protective footwear, masks, and goggles to workers engaged in mixing asphalt, bitumen, cement and other hazardous materials; (ii) provide welder’s protective eye shield to workers engaged in welding works; (iii) provide protective goggles and clothings to workers engaged in stone-breaking and crushing activities; (iv) use hazardous chemicals and toxic substances according to manufacturers instruction; (v) implement all relevant provisions of Bangladesh Labor Act (2006) and National Building Code (2006); (vi) comply will all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress; (vii) provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (viii) provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction site and labor camp; (ix) employ a full-time medical staff; and


19



(x) coordinate with hospitals/clinics within the subproject area as part of contingency planning in case of emergency and incidents.





Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide supply of potable water for drinking, cooking, and washing; (ii) provide sanitation facilities and coordinate with local sanitary authority for the disposal of wastes; (iii) provide waste bins and dispose solid wastes in approved disposal sites; (iv) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (v) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (vi) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.


3.16 Archaeological chance find Temporary Minor In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contractor will be required to: (i) prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts; (ii) report immediately to PIU of such discovery; (iii) stop all works within 100 m radius of the construction site; and (iv) carry out the Engineer’s instructions. PIU will coordinate with Department of Archaeology before instructing the contractor to continue work on the site.


4. Operations and maintenance impacts 4.1 Interference with vehicle travel during

drainage maintenance works Temporary Moderate DCC will:

(i) provide information (such as signages, media information, print materials) 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of the road; (ii) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; and (iii) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

DCC

4.2 Improved infrastructure will carry more traffic, possibly at higher speeds. Pedestrians and bicyclists are at greatest risk of serious injury from collisions with moving vehicles. Children are generally the most vulnerable due to lack of experience and knowledge of traffic related hazards, their behavior while at play, and their small size making them less visible to motorists.

Permanent Moderate DCC will: (i) installation and maintain all signs, signals, markings, and other devices used to regulate traffic, including posted speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, or other special road conditions; (ii) set speed limits appropriate to the road and traffic conditions; (iii) maintain road to prevent mechanical failure of vehicles due to road conditions; (iv) target the use of a real-time warning system with signage to warn drivers of congestion, accidents, adverse weather or road conditions, and

DCC

20



other potential hazards ahead; and (v) install barriers (e.g. fencing, plantings) to deter pedestrian access to the roadway except at designated crossing points.

4.3 Solid waste generation during operation and maintenance activities may include road litter, illegally dumped waste, and sediment and sludge from stormwater drainage system maintenance.


DCC

4.4 Noise is generated by pedestrians and vehicles can be a significant nuisance and may be loud enough to interfere with normal conversation and can cause stress.


DCC

4.5 Lack of implementation of development controls, alteration of the structural fabric of the area, introduction of modern materials in the buildings, encroachment of the public ROW by hawkers and encroachers etc

Permanent Significant DCC will: (i) enforce strict implementation of development controls, including monitoring of any changes in the structures that have been restored, conformance of the facades to the original architectural character; and (ii) carry out regular efforts to ensure that the ROW is not encroached.

DCC

4.4 Lack of awareness of the residents in the buildings restored, leading to non-maintenance of the architectural heritage

Permanent Significant DCC will: (i) conduct awareness campaigns to educate communities on the significance of Shakhari Bazaar’s architectural heritage; (ii) undertake regular monitoring of the restored sites; and (iii) provide building maintenance guidance to residents and business owners.

DCC


21

V. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION 78. Consultations have been held with the officials of DCC, residents, and other stakeholders in the Shakhari Bazaar area. Records of the consultations are summarized in Table 3.

Table 3: Summary of Public Consultations

Item Place Date Number of

participants Participants Issues discussed

Incorporation into IEEs and Project

design A Kaali

temple, Shakhari Bazaar

12th June 2010

15 Residents of Shakhari Bazaar, Members of the Shakhari Bazaar Panchayat committee, shopkeepers, and residents

Understanding of the heritage status of the area, profile of the communities inhabiting the Shakhari Bazaar, Access to infrastructure services, key issues pertaining to environment – including lack of sanitation facilities, waste collection mechanisms and flooding during rains Willingness of communities to participate in restoration of the area, including buildings conservation.

A detailed design of the project area shall be prepared, in consultation with the communities, and shall include plans for infrastructure improvement. All utilities and services currently within the ROW shall be accommodated within the ducts on the road surface, to improve the visual appeal of the area Support to DCC in framing up the guidelines for heritage management Enforcement mechanisms by the DCC to avoid any adverse impacts including unplanned development in heritage areas and protection of the ROW

B Banani, DCC office

1s July 2010

3 Executive engineer – DCC, Town planner DCC, Zonal Executive officer (DCC) - Banani

Overview of the Safeguards policies Environmental impacts due to project, including selection of buildings for restoration, enforcement of development controls in heritage areas.

DCC = Dhaka City Corporation, IEE = initial environmental examination, ROW = right of way.

A. Plan for Continued Public Participation 79. DCC will submit to ADB the following documents for disclosure on ADB’s website: (i) the final IEE; (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project implementation, if any; and (iii) the environmental monitoring reports. 80. For the benefit of the community, the summary of the IEE will be translated in Bangla and made available at: (i) Office of the Project Management Coordinating Unit (PMCU); and (ii) Nagar Bhavan Office of the DCC. Hard copies of the IEE will be available in the PMCU/PIU, and accessible to citizens as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. On demand, the person seeking information can obtain a hard copy of the complete IEE document at the cost of photocopy from the office of the PMCU/PIU, on a written request and payment for the same to the Project Director. Electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of the LGED and the website of ADB after approval of the

22

documents by the Government and ADB. The PMCU will issue notification on the disclosure mechanism in local newspapers, ahead of the initiation of implementation of the project, providing information on the project, as well as the start dates etc. The notice will be issued by the PMCU in local newspapers one month ahead of the implementation works. This will create awareness of the project implementation among the public. Posters designed to mass campaign the basic tenets of the IEE will be distributed to libraries in different localities that will be generating mass awareness.

VI. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 81. A grievance redress mechanism (GRM) shall be set up in the DCC PIU office to register grievances of the people regarding technical, social and environmental aspects. The process will designed to be transparent, gender responsive, culturally appropriate and commensurate to the risks and adverse impacts of the project, as well as readily accessible to all segments of the affected people. The project GRM will not supersede any legal government grievance procedures. Affected people are to be informed about the mechanism through media and public outlets. This participatory process shall ensure that all views of the people are adequately reviewed and suitably incorporated in the design and implementation process. The GRM will be implemented in three levels. 82. The first level and most accessible and immediate venue for the fastest resolve of grievances is the PIU, chiefly through the resettlement safeguards officer and Project Manager, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the Management Design Supervision Consultant (MDSC). The contact phone number will be posted in the project areas. Grievances will be resolved through continuous interactions with affected persons and the PIU will answer queries and resolve grievances regarding various issues including EMP implementation, land acquisition, structures acquisition, livelihood impacts, entitlements, and assistance. Corrective measures will be undertaken at the field-level itself within seven days. All grievances will be documented with full information of the person and issue. 83. Should the grievance remain unresolved, the PIU's Project Manager, will activate the second level of the GRM by referring the issue (with written documentation) to the local Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) of the City Corporation, who will, based on review of the grievances, address them in consultation with the Safeguards Officer of the PIU and PMCU, and affected persons. A hearing will be called, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concern/issues. The process will promote conflict resolution through mediation. The local GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Chief Executive Officer of the City Corporation (GRC Chair); (ii) representative of the mayor of the City Corporation; (iii) representative of the affected persons; (iv) official of the land registry department; (v) official of the DOE divisional office; (vi) town planner of the City Corporation; and (vii) Environmental / Social safeguards Officer of the PIU. The local GRC shall meet twice a month, unless the Project Director of the PIU informs that there are no grievances to address, or they shall meet as needed as per the severity of the grievance. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign responsibilities for implementing its decisions. 84. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) provide support to APs on problems arising from land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and assistance; (ii) record grievances of APs, categorize and prioritize them and provide solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and decisions of the GRC.

23

85. Should the grievance still remain unresolved, the PIU Project Manager, will activate the third level of the GRM by informing the PMCU Project Director who will, based on review of the local GRC minutes and consultation with the PIU Project Manager, activate the PMCU level GRC. This committee shall comprise the following representatives:(i) Project Director PMCU, (ii) Environmental/Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU; (iii) representative from Land Ministry, (iv) representative from DOE; (v) representative of the affected persons; and (vi) Environmental/Social Safeguards officer of the PIU. 86. The GRC at the PMCU level shall meet based on the receipt of grievances, and the meeting shall be convened within 7 days of receipt of the grievance by the PMCU, and grievances redressed with 15 days. The Environmental / Resettlement Safeguards Officer of the PMCU will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the PMCU GRC, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and taking follow up action to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out. 87. In the event that a grievance is not addressed by the PIU, local GRC, or the PMCU GRC, the AP can seek legal redress of the grievance in the appropriate Courts (fourth level of GRM). Figure 3 illustrates the GRM.

Figure 3: Grievance Redress Mechanism

DSMC = Design Supervision and Management Consultant, GRC = Grievance Redress Committee, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

VII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 88. A stand-alone EMP document, providing guidance to the contractor on the implementation of the environmental measures, has been prepared for the subproject. This is

24

located in Appendix 4. The same shall be integrated as part of the Contract Document for the subproject.

VIII. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT AND RESPONSIBILITIES A. Project Management Coordination Unit 89. LGED will be the executing agency responsible for overall guidance and project implementation. The PMCU, headed by a Project Director will be responsible9 for planning, management, coordination, supervision and progress monitoring of the CRDP in the two city regions. Guided by a National Committee on City Region Development, there shall be CRDP Steering Committee will be responsible for progress review, coordination, and decisions required for the Project. The PMCU has the responsibility of fulfilling environmental requirements of the Government and conducting required level of environmental assessment as per ADB guidelines. To ensure effective implementation of the environmental aspects, two full time environmental safeguard officers are proposed, including one Environmental officer primarily responsible for the compliance to the Statutory and legal requirements of the Government and the other an Environmental Engineer responsible for implementation of the environmental management provisions in the IEE/EMPs for the subprojects. The MDSC will assist the PMCU in this regard. B. Project Implementation Units 90. The PIUs will be responsible for conducting feasibility studies including environmental assessment. The PIU will apart from technical expertise, include expertise on environment and social safeguards, and will be responsible for day-to-day monitoring of the project progress, including the implementation of the environmental provisions in the project. An Environmental support staff (or facilitator) shall be appointed within each PIU and shall be responsible for the effective implementation of the IEE/EMP for the subproject and ensure compliance to the Government and ADB requirements for environment. The PIU will prepare progress reports on all aspects concerning environmental assessment, management, and monitoring and report to the PMCU. C. Management, Design and Supervision Consultants (MDSC) 91. The MDSC team shall include the following environmental safeguards expertise to effectively implement the EARF/IEE provisions for the subprojects (i) an international Environmental Safeguards Specialist (with intermittent inputs), and (ii) a national environmental specialist (for duration of implementation). These personnel will provide technical support to the PMCU/PIU including implementation of the environmental and resettlement requirements, according to ADB requirements, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The MDSC safeguards specialists will support environmental management functions including updating subproject IEEs in respect to environmental

9 PMCU responsibilities shall include management of (i) Local Government Grant facility, (ii) Investment components under the CRDP, and (iii) Institutional Strengthening and Capacity building of the local governments. The CRDP PMCU will be advised by a Technical Advisory and Selection Committee and an Urban Management Support unit.

25

management plans, assisting in preparing IEEs, and assist in monitoring impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The consultants will also provide needed training and capacity building support to the PMCU and PIUs. 92. Independent monitoring (for Category A projects) will be undertaken through an academic or research institutions with experience in environmental assessment, engaged by the executing agency to carry out external monitoring of the environmental assessment and management for the Program. Reports will be submitted to the executing agency and ADB for review. 93. During construction, monitoring will be undertaken by contractors. Mitigation measures identified through IEE/EIA and EMPs which are implemented by the contractor, shall form part of the contract documents. PIUs will monitor contractor’s environmental performance. During the operation stage, monitoring will be the responsibility of the executing agency and the respective PIUs. 94. The institutional roles and responsibilities are in Table 4. The Terms of Reference for project environmental personnel is provided in Appendix 2.

Table 4: Institutional Roles and Responsibilities PMCU PIU ADBPre-construction stage Environmental Officer of the PMCU, with assistance from the Environmental Specialist(s) of the MDSC to conduct Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) for each subproject using checklists available on ADB’s website. Based on the REA, categorize the project based on ADB’s SPS. Submit all categorization forms to ADB.

MDSC will assist the PIU and conduct IEE (or update existing IEE) for all Category B subprojects, which will include an EMP. PIU with assistance from the Environmental Officer of the PMCU and the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to carry out public consultation during IEE process and incorporate consultation findings into project designs and IEE.





Environmental Officer of PMCU to provide guidance to the PIU to ensure conformance of all subprojects to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with regard to environment. This shall include guidance in preparation of the documents as required under the ECR, submission of application forms, and liaison with agencies towards obtaining clearances from the DOE. Environmental officer of PMCU shall notify the ADB on the obtaining of clearances, including the conditions specified if any in the clearances, and integration of these into the contracts/EMP.



26

PMCU PIU ADBConstruction stage PMCU to review the PIU monthly monitoring reports to ensure that the all mitigation measures are implemented. PMCU to consolidate the monthly reports and submit quarterly reports to ADB for review. Corrective actions to be taken.

Contractors to conduct environmental monitoring and implement EMPs. PIU with support of the Environmental Specialist(s) of MDSC to (i) review and approve the contractors’ implementation plan for the environmental provisions in the EMP, and (ii) monitor the implementation of mitigation measures by contractor. The MDSC with PIU to prepare monthly progress reports including

ADB to review the reports and provide necessary advice/guidance needed to the PMCU.

a section on implementation of the mitigation measures and submit to PMCU for review. PMCU to submit semi-annual monitoring report to ADB.


ADB = Asian Development Bank, DOE = Department of Environment, ECR = Environmental Conservation Rules, EIA = Environmental Impact Assessment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management, Design, and Supervision Consultant, NOC = no objection certificate, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit, REA = Rapid Environmental Assessment, SPS = Safeguard Policy Statement.

D. Environmental Mitigation Plan 95. Table 2 (Section on Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation measures) shows that most mitigation activities during construction stage are responsibility of the contractors while during operation stage, DCC is responsible for the conduct of maintenance or repair works. To ensure implementation of mitigation measures during construction period, contract clauses (Appendix 3) for environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Contractors’ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction will be carefully monitored by PIU and MDSC. 96. A separate EMP (Appendix 4) has been prepared to facilitate inclusion in bid documents for civil works. This EMP will be further reviewed and updated during detailed engineering design. E. Environmental Monitoring Plan 97. Environmental monitoring will be done during construction in three levels, namely: (i) project performance indicator monitoring by MDSC Environmental Specialist; (ii) monitoring of mitigation measures implementation by the contractor; and (iii) overall environmental regulatory monitoring by PMCU Environmental Specialist. 98. Table 5 shows the proposed environmental monitoring plan for the subproject. It includes all relevant environmental parameters, description of sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, and responsible agencies. 99. Monitoring activities during the first year of implementation will from part of the baseline conditions of the subproject area and will be used as the reference for acceptance of restoration works by the contractors.

27

Table 4: Monitoring Plan for Shakhari Bazaar Urban Renewal Subproject Attributes Stage Parameters to be

Monitored Means of



Damage to properties, adjoining and/or adjacent buildings

Pre-construction and Construction

Compliance with requirement

Visual inspection Subproject area Prior to construction, to be determined during detailed engineering design During construction, on-going

MDSC prior to construction MDSC/PIU and contractor during construction

(i) damage to structure (ii) number of complaints
























Visual inspection nearby water bodies Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


28


Means of Monitoring


Noise Levels Construction Stage Equivalent Day & Night Time Noise Levels

Noise meter (i) along the project roads; (ii) vicinity of sensitive receptors such as residences, schools, hospitals, and places of worship; and (iii) “quiet zones”




Vibrations Construction (i) Compliance with requirements (Table 5 of IEE); (ii) designated areas; (iii) schedule of work; and (iv) equipments used.

Visual inspection (i) along the project roads; and (ii) vicinity of sensitive receptors such as residences, schools, hospitals, and places of worship.



Complaints from stakeholders


Visual inspection to ensure fill is only obtained from designated quarries

Designated quarries Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

Activities shall be limited to designated areas only

Materials Storage Sites Construction Compliance with requirements

Visual inspection Designated areas Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Construction Camp Construction Waste management Visual inspection Camps Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Construction Camp Construction Provision of water and sanitation facilities

Visual inspection Camps Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


29


Means of Monitoring


Construction Camp Construction Site closure Visual inspection Camps, storage areas, disposal sites, Washing facilities


Contractor to request PIU PIU to verify and issue certification that restoration works have been completed

(i) site appearance restored. (ii) MDSC’s report testifying restoration of site.



Visual inspection Subproject area On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU


Loss of Access Construction Provision of walkways, concrete slabs, metal sheets for pedestrians

Visual inspection Subproject area On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Public participation Construction (i) Consultations, and (ii) Information disclosure.


Subproject area On-going Contractor and PIU in coordination with MDSC

(i) Number of public consultations conducted; (ii) Recipients of project-related documents; and (ii) Number of complaints.

Traffic Management Construction (i) number of complaints; (ii) number of traffic enforcers in-place; and (iii) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

(i) Visual inspection; and (ii) strict adherence to applicable environmental mitigation measures

Subproject area On-going Contractor in coordination with PIU and city Traffic and Safety Division

(i) number of complaints; (ii) number of traffic enforcers in-place; and (iii) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

Workers safety Construction (i) ratio of personal protective equipment to number of workers; (ii) usage of personal protective equipment; and (iii) number of work-related accidents.

Visual inspection Subproject area On-going Contractor to submit report to PIU


BOD = biological oxygen demand, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management Design Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, RPM = respirable particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.

30

F. Capacity Building

1. Target Audience 100. The Environmental Specialist of MDSC will provide the basic training required for environmental awareness, specific aspects of infrastructure improvement involved in the subproject, and environmental mitigation and monitoring. Specific modules customized for the available skill set will be devised after assessing the capabilities of DCC and PIU vis-a-vis mitigation and monitoring requirements of the subproject. The description, target participants, duration, and estimated costs for the proposed training program are presented in Table 6.

31

Table 5: Training Modules for Environmental Management Program Description Participants Duration Trainer / Agency Costs (BDT)Introduction and sensitisation to environment issues

Sensitisation on environmental concerns Environmental impacts of roads/urban infrastructure projects Government of Bangladesh environmental regulations ADB/multilateral/bilateral environmental regulations Coordination between departments for implementation of environmental issues


One day workshop


275,000

EMP implementation Implementation of environment EMP Identification of environment impacts Monitoring and reporting for EMP Public interactions and consultations Coordination for consents and with various departments Monitoring formats filling and review of impacts


Two day session MDSC Environmental Specialist/ PMCU

300,000


Guidance for conformance to DOE requirements Environmental aspects in urban roads, including management of air quality and noise impacts, road safety measures etc.


Two day session MDSC Environmental Specialist/ PMCU

400,000

ADB = Asian Development Bank, BDT = Bangladesh Taka, DCC = Dhaka City Corporation, DOE = Department of Energy, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, MDSC = Management, Design, and Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit.

32

G. Environmental Budget 101. As part of good engineering practices in the sub-project, there have been several measures as leachate collection, site drainage, erosion prevention, provision of temporary drains, etc the costs for which will be included in the design costs of the subprojects. Therefore, these items of costs have not been included in the IEE budget. The IEE costs include monitoring and capacity building costs. The costs for training proposed include the costs incurred towards the site visits, travel to the training program by the participants, printing of training materials and other logistic arrangements. The costs involved towards preparation of training material and imparting of training are covered in the consultancy budget for the MDSC. The budget for the environmental management costs for the subproject is presented in Table 7 below.

Table 6: Estimated Mitigation and Monitoring Costs

Item Particulars Stages Unit Total

number Rate

(BDT) Cost (BDT)


1 Silt Fencing Construction

Per running meter 50 2,000 100,000

Sub -Total (A) 100,000B. Monitoring Measures

Air quality monitoring Construction Per location 2*3*3 6,000 108,000

Noise Levels – silence zones

Construction Per location 2*3*3 5,000 90,000

Drainage Construction Per year 3 50,000 150,000 Sub -Total (B) 348,000C Capacity Building

1 Sensitization Workshop Pre-Construction L.S

275,000

2 EMP implementation Construction L.S 300,000

3 Environmental management of urban streets, noise impacts etc Construction

400,000

Sub-Total (C) 975,000 Total (A+B+C), Taka 1,423,000BDT = Bangladesh Taka, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, LS = lumpsum.

IX. FINDINGS & RECOMMENDATIONS 102. The proposed interventions as part of the Shakhari Bazaar urban renewal subproject, shall improve the environmental conditions in the project area. There are no environmentally sensitive areas or features in the project area that shall be impacted adversely due to the proposed interventions. The proposed subproject will conform to all the Government and ADB regulations, policies, and standards including all necessary government permits and clearances. 103. The significance of the environmental impacts will be more due to the construction related impacts. It is to be noted that the resultant potential impacts from these proposals can be offset through provision of proven mitigation measures during the design and adoption of good engineering practices during construction and implementation. Further, the specific management measures laid down in the IEE will effectively address any adverse environmental impacts due to the subproject. The effective implementation of the measures proposed will be ensured through the building up of capacity towards environmental management within the PMCU supplemented with the technical expertise of safeguards specialist as part of the MDSC.

33

Further, the environmental monitoring plans provide adequate opportunities towards course correction to address any residual impacts during construction or operation stages.

X. CONCLUSIONS 104. The IEE carried out for the subproject show that the proposed sub-components will result in net environmental benefits, and that any adverse environmental impact can be addressed through proper location, planning, and design of the proposed subproject; control of construction activity and mitigation measures. The EMP provides for mitigation of all identified impacts and the contract clauses for the environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Further, the proposed subproject elements have been consulted with the stakeholders and no significant issues requiring redress in terms of environmental safeguards exist.

34 Appendix 1

ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA FOR SUBPROJECT SELECTION IN URBAN RENEWAL AND HERITAGE AREAS

Component CriteriaOverall Selection Criteria

(i) Comply with all requirements of relevant national laws, including the Environmental Conservation Act (1995), Environmental Conservation Rules (1997), and other laws in specific sectors where appropriate;

(ii) Comply with all requirements of ADB Safeguards Policy Statement (SPS) 2009, Environment Policy (2002) and Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003), and follow procedures set down in the Environmental Assessment and Review Framework for the program when developing new subprojects;

(iii) Avoid involuntary resettlement by locating facilities and any other related infrastructure elements on vacant government land where possible;

(iv) Designs must be consistent with ADB Involuntary Resettlement Policies and follow the Resettlement Framework prepared for the project and agreed by the Government and ADB;

(v) Avoid any work in or near environmentally sensitive locations, including sites with national or international designation for nature conservation, cultural heritage, or any other reason;

(vi) For subprojects proposed in heritage areas, will not result in destruction of or encroachment onto archaeological monuments/heritage sites and the proposed components will be in line with the master plan proposals for the conservation and preservation of the site / monuments; and

(vii) Will reflect inputs from public consultation and disclosure for site selection. Urban Renewal and Revitalization of Heritage Areas

(i) Will observe the principle of not altering the historic condition and shall involve treatment of damage using both technical and management measures;

(ii) Will ensure preservation of traditional technology and craftsmanship. New materials and techniques may only be used after they have been tried and proven, and should in no way cause damage to the site;

(iii) Will ensure that the traditional setting of the site is conserved. Natural and cultural landscapes that form part of a site’s setting contribute to its significance and should be integrated with its conservation;

(iv) Will ensure that the adaptive reuse of any particular building/structures does not intrude or induce impacts on other structures/buildings within the heritage area;

(v) Will include interventions that conform to the applicable design, conservation guidelines applicable for heritage areas notified by the City Corporation;

(vi) Will ensure that proposed design elements and standards are in line with basic minimum housing standards, including internal heights, internal access, and safe exit during emergencies etc; and

(vii) Will ensure that landscaping proposed in urban heritage areas do not adversely affect the site; contemporary gardening and landscape concepts and designs should not be introduced.

ADB = Asian Development Bank, SPS = Safeguards Policy Statement. Source: CRDP Environmental Assessment and Review Framework.

Appendix 2 35





(i) Build capacity of the PMCU/PIU Environmental officers and the Environmental Safeguards Specialist (National) to prepare and implement IEE/EMPs for Subprojects in accordance with the EARF for the CRDP;

(ii) Develop and implement an environmental capacity building programme including training program for the PMCU/PIU staff, contractors, and national consultants involved in project implementation;

(iii) Become familiarized with national laws and ensure project compliance; (iv) Oversee quality of work by national Environmental Specialist consultant;

including editing and finalizing all IEEs/EIAs in accordance with the EARF and provide necessary supervision throughout the design, planning, and implementation process for Subprojects under CRDP;

(v) Assist the PMCU Environmental Engineer to document and develop good practice construction guidelines to assist the contractors in implementing the provisions of IEE;

(vi) Prepare any relevant operational and maintenance manuals and procedures as needed (these include Site Management Plans, Waste Management Plans, Sludge Management and Disposal Plans, Occupational Safety Plans, etc) in coordination with Team Leader of consulting team;

(vii) Interact with the sector specialists of the MDSC and integrate environmentally sound practices into the detailed design of project components;

(viii) Develop protocols, for site supervision, monitoring and reporting etc to ensure effective implementation of environmental measures proposed in the EMPs; and




36 Appendix 2


(ii) Ensure all EMP measures are included in contract documents; (iii) Ensure compliance with all relevant national laws; (iv) Interact with the sector specialists of the MDSC and integrate environmentally

sound practices into the detailed design of project components; (v) Work out the site specific mitigation measures for components as required and

integrate the same into contractual provisions; (vi) Assist the International Environmental Specialist in environmental training

programs and workshops for the staff of the PIU and Contractors and in accordance to the Capacity Building Programme;







(xiii) Review the Contractors’ Environmental Implementation Plans to ensure compliance with the IEE/EMP;







(i) Ensure the conformance of all Subprojects proposed under CRDP to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with reference to environmental requirements, with support from the Environmental Officer of the PIUs. This shall include preparation of the documents as required under the Environmental

Appendix 2 37

Conservation rules, submission of application forms, and obtaining clearances from the DOE; and ensuring conformance to the clearance conditions laid down in the clearances for the Subprojects by the DOE;







2. Environmental Engineer – PMCU


(i) Review the IEE Document and contract clauses and ensure adequacy under ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines, 2003 and the updated Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 and identify any areas for improvement;

(ii) Ensure that the subproject design and specifications adequately reflect the IEE; (iii) Monitor construction activities to ensure that identified and appropriate control

measures are effective and in compliance with the IEE; (iv) Review and approve the Contractor’s Implementation Plan for the environmental

measures, as per IEEs/EMPs; (v) Liaise with the Contractors and Consultants on the implementation of the

Environmental management measures proposed in the IEE/EMP; (vi) Jointly (with the environmental safeguard officer of the PMCU), review the



38 Appendix 2




(i) Support the Environmental Safeguards officer of the PMCU towards ensuring the conformance of the subproject to the regulatory compliance to the Government, with reference to environmental requirements; including preparation of documents required for clearances, obtaining clearances from the divisional office of the DOE etc;

(ii) Work with the MDSC Environmental Specialists in the preparation of the Environmental Safeguard Documents; including integration of environmental provisions into the contract provisions of the respective subprojects;

(iii) With support of the PMCU and MDSC Environmental Specialists, monitor compliance of the implementation of the environmental provisions; and ensure that identified control measures are effective and in compliance with the IEE;

(iv) Review and approve the Contractor’s Implementation Plan for the environmental measures, as per IEEs/EMPs;

(v) Liaise with the Contractors and Consultants on the implementation of the Environmental management measures proposed in the IEE/EMP; including the implementation of the environmental monitoring plan outlined in the IEE;

(vi) Establish dialogue with the affected communities and ensure that the environmental concerns and suggestions are incorporated and implemented in the project;

(vii) Participate in the Grievance redressal of all grievances pertaining to environment and support the PIU/Pourashava in redressal of the same;

(viii) Prepare and submit environmental monitoring and implementation progress reports with support from MDSC consultants, to the PMCU;


Appendix 3 39

RECOMMENDED CONTRACT CLAUSES 1.0. General 1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of environmental provisions outlined in the EMP, in addition to adhering to all environmental provisions in the applicable specifications for the works will be adhered to as part of good engineering practices. 1.2 All works undertaken towards protection of environmental resources as part of the EMP and as part of good engineering practices while adhering to relevant specifications will be deemed to be incidental to works being carried out and no separate payment will be made unless otherwise specified explicitly. The costs towards environmental management as per EMP unless otherwise provided as a separate head, will be deemed to be part of the Bill of Quantities of the subproject. The scope of works of the contractor towards the implementation of the environmental provisions shall be as follows:

(i) Abide by all existing Environmental regulations and requirements of the Government of Bangladesh, during implementation.

(ii) Compliance with all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements set out in the EMP.

(iii) Submission of a method statement detailing how the subproject EMP will be complied with. This shall include methods and schedule of monitoring.

(iv) Monitoring of project environmental performance and periodic submission of monitoring reports.

(v) Compliance of all safety rules at work, and provision of adequate health and safety measures such as water, food, sanitation, personal protective equipment, workers insurance, and medical facilities.

1.3 The detailed provisions for specific environmental issues shall be as outlined in the EMP table on impacts and mitigation measures. Key clauses are outlined in the following sections. 1.4 Occupation of and Temporary Use of Land for Construction Purposes. The contractor will obtain prior approval from landowners for temporary use of land for labor camp and construction yard, and before occupation shall agree on price, intended use, and duration, amount of clearing and excavation, and final waste disposal and reclamation. The occupation shall be only, after approval from the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC, and shall include appropriate documentation of the pre-utilization status including a photograph of the site, on date of occupation by the contractor. 1.5 All affected areas within the general subproject boundary shall be graded to their original elevation or to a gently sloping grade following completion. Machinery, equipment, structures contaminated earth and wastes or unused materials shall be removed and disposed of properly. 1.6 No fuel, oil, or parts cleaning fluids shall be spilled, wasted or disposed of at the project site. 1.7 Site Conditions, Quarries and Haul Routes. Opening of trenches and excavations in public right-of-ways, improvement of roadside drainage, removal and relocation of utilities shall be done in a manner to least inconvenience residents, shop owners and pedestrians of the area. Where blockage of homes and shops occurs the contractor is required to limit the period of time an excavation is left open, done by excavating only a short portion that can be

40 Appendix 3

completed and backfilled in a few days, and by providing walkways and bridging across excavated areas. 1.8 Excavations shall not be left in an incomplete state, but shall be backfilled as quickly as feasible and the surface finished, providing access and limiting the generation of airborne dust. 1.9 Selection of borrow pits and haul routes shall minimize noise and air pollution in the vicinity of the borrow pit, en route and at the construction sites; visual impacts in inhabited areas; impacts on land use, air and noise emissions along haul routes; and congestion in populated areas. 1.10 Quarry locations and haul routes will be approved in advance by the Site Engineer and PIU. Vehicles hauling dirt and fill materials, or spoil away from construction sites, are required to remove loose materials prior to entry onto public thoroughfares, and to cover loads with tarpaulins sufficient to suppress blowing dust, dirt and sand. 1.11 Archaeological and Cultural Relics. The Contractor must halt construction upon discovery of foreign objects of non-recent origin on the ground or below grade. Contractor must notify the Site Engineer and PIU, who will contact the Ministry of Cultural Affairs to investigate and undertake recovery. Work must remain halted at the specific location until recovery is complete. 2.0 Precautions for Protection of Environmental Resources 2.1 The Contractor shall ensure that construction activities do not result in any contamination of land or water by polluting substances. 2.2 Unless otherwise provided in the specifications, the Contractor shall ensure that no trees or shrubs or waterside vegetation are felled or harmed except those required to be cleared for execution of the works. The Contractor shall protect trees and vegetation from damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2.3 The Contractor shall not use or permit the use of wood as a fuel for the execution of any part of the works and to the extent practicable, shall ensure that fuels other than wood are used for cooking and heating in all camps and living accommodations. Any wood so used must be harvested legally, and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the relevant permits, if required. 2.4 The Contractor shall consult with local residents and local government before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plant. The work camps shall not be located near settlements, near drinking water supply intakes, protected areas, or wildlife habitats. 2.5 In the conduct of cleaning activities and operation of equipment, the Contractor will utilize such practicable methods and devices as are reasonably available to control, prevent and otherwise minimize air/noise pollution. 3.0 Noise and Air Pollution 3.1 All works will be carried out without unreasonable noise and air pollution. Subject and without prejudice to any other provision of the Contract and the law of the land and its obligation

Appendix 3 41

as applicable, the Contractor will take all precautions outlined in the EMP to avoid the air and noise pollution. 3.2 The Contractor shall monitor the environmental parameters periodically as specified in the monitoring plan and report to the Engineer. 3.3 The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer from and against any liability for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while carrying out the work, and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses, whatsoever, in regard or in relation to such liability. 4.0 Occupational Health and Safety during Construction 4.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the safety and health provisions specified in the EMP, provide workers with a safe and healthy working environment, in the work areas, through application of preventive and protective measures consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. The borrower/client will take steps to prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work by





place.

5.0 Post Construction Clearance 5.1 On completion of work, wherever applicable, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the sites all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish, scaffoldings, and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the sites and works in a clean condition to the inspection and written clearance of the DMSC Environmental Specialist. 5.2 Construction camp sites post construction shall be cleared as specified in the EMP and handed over to the Owner. It will be ensured by the contractor that the site handed over is in line with the conditions of temporary acquisition signed by both parties.

Appendix 4 42

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

I. Shakhari Bazaar Urban Renewal Subproject A. Institutional Roles and Responsibilities 1. LGED will be the executing agency responsible for overall guidance and project implementation. 2. The PMCU, headed by a Project Director will be responsible for (i) planning, management, coordination, supervision and progress monitoring; and (ii) fulfilling environmental requirements of the Government and conducting required level of environmental assessment as per ADB guidelines. 3. CRDP Steering Committee will be responsible for progress review, coordination, and decisions required for the Project. 4. The MDSC will assist PMCU in environment-related matters. 5. The PIUs will be responsible for conducting feasibility studies including environmental assessment. The PIU will be responsible for day-to-day monitoring of the subproject progress and implementation of the environmental provisions in the EMP. The PIU will prepare environmental monitoring reports and submit to PMCU. These reports upon review and verification by PMCU will be submitted to the executing agency and ADB for disclosure. 6. During construction, mitigation and monitoring will be undertaken by contractors. The PIU will monitor contractor’s environmental performance. 7. Table A4.1 summarizes the institutional roles and responsibilities of PMCU, PIU, and ADB at different stages of subproject implementation.

Table A4.1: Institutional Roles and Responsibilities PMCU PIU ADB Pre-construction stage Environmental Officer/Engineer of the PMCU to conduct Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) for each Subproject using checklists. Based on the REA, categorise the project based on ADB’s Guidelines. If the sub-component is of ‘C’ category, the PMCU to provide generic mitigation measures, if any, to be implemented. No environmental review is required for Category C Subprojects. Ensure EMP is part of contract documents for category A and B projects.

MDSC Consultants will assist the PIU and conduct IEE for all Category B Subprojects, which will include an EMP. For Red category projects which require the preparation of an EIA, and clearance from DOE, the MDSC shall carry out EIA, and assist the PIU in the clearance process from the concerned authorities. PIU with assistance from the Environmental Specialist of the PMCU and the Environmental Specialist of the MDSC to carry out public consultation during IEE process and incorporate consultation findings into project designs and IEE.

ADB to review the REA checklists and reconfirm the categorization. ADB will review and approve IEE reports for Subprojects, before starting the procurement.

Appendix 4 43

PMCU PIU ADB PMCU based on review, will approve the IEE. SIEE reports should be made available to the public at least 120 days before Board consideration. The IEE also made available on request.

After the approval of IEE by PMCU, PIU with the assistance of MDSC to disclose the IEE and EMP to public information as required by ADB Guidelines.

MDSC, on behalf of PIU, to incorporate mitigation measures in project design, specified in IEE and incorporate environmental mitigation and monitoring measures that need to be incorporated into contract document.

Construction stage PMCU to review the progress reports to ensure that the all mitigation measures are implemented. PMCU to consolidate the monthly reports and submit quarterly reports to ADB for review.

PIU to monitor the implementation of mitigation measures by Contractor. The MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports including a section on implementation of the mitigation measures and submit to PMCU for review

ADB to review the reports and provide necessary advice needed to the PMCU.


ADB = Asian Development Bank, DOE = Department of Environment, EIA = Environmental Impact Assessment, EMP = Environmental Management Plan, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management Design Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, PMCU = Project Management Coordination Unit, REA = Rapid Environmental Assessment, SIEE = Summary Initial Environmental Examination.

B. Environmental Mitigation Plan 8. Table A4.2 shows the anticipated environmental impacts, mitigation measures, and responsible agency for implementation.

44 A

ppendix 4

Table A4.7: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Environmental Issues Duration/


1. Location Impacts 1.1 Land acquisition and resettlement required

due to the proposed subproject interventions

Permanent Moderate (i) land acquisition is not necessary since all improvements are in the public area and within the available ROW; (ii) compensation of non-titleholders and hawkers/vendors (licensed and unlicensed) within the ROW will be carried out in accordance with the subproject Resettlement Plan; (iii) For the two historic buildings to be taken up for restoration, the temporary relocation of the occupants – tenants, owners will be taken up in accordance with the provisions of the subproject Resettlement Plan; and (iv) No construction activities will commence unless occupants of the 2 buildings are satisfactorily relocated.

Project Implementing Unit (PIU) and Management, Design, and Supervision Consultants (MDSC)

1.2 Impacts due to complex ownership of structures to be taken up for restoration

Permanent Significant The selection of buildings for conservation will be finalized by DCC after consultations with the stakeholder. The selection of buildings will be (i) in line with the subproject selection criteria outlined in the Environmental Assessment Review Framework (Annex 1); and (ii) buildings with complex ownership or outstanding litigation will not be taken up for restoration.

PIU and MDSC

2. Design and pre-construction impacts 2.1 Selection of materials and construction

technologies, if not carefully chosen, will adversely impact the aesthetic appeal as well as the structural stability of the buildings in heritage area

Permanent Significant (i) designs to be worked out in such a manner that exposed steel and concrete structures are avoided; and (ii) usage of construction machinery within the heritage buildings will be disallowed, except for handheld equipments, to the practical extent possible.

PIU and MDSC

2.2 Lack of sufficient planning to assure long term sustainability of the improvements and ensure protection of the heritage site

Permanent Significant Design philosophy will be (i) worked out in a manner that the authenticity and the original fabric of the site are maintained, and (ii) in line with the conservation/preservation plans prepared by DCC.

PIU and MDSC


Permanent Moderate The MDSC, in consultation with the PIU, will: (i) identify the line agencies responsible for each utility which will be affected by the civil works; (ii) ensure detailed engineering designs incorporate the existing utilities; (iii) ensure detailed engineering design incorporate future plans of departments/agencies; and (iv) utilities relocation plans are discussed with respective agencies and approved prior to finalization of detailed engineering designs.


2.4 Impacts on structural stability and foundations of adjoining buildings,

Permanent Significant (i) Structural stability of buildings to be restored and the adjoining buildings will be assessed prior to design of structural modifications; (ii) Costs for structural stabilization will be included in the project costs; and (iii) Design specifications and plan drawings will include engineering measures such as shoring and sheet piles to protect adjoin buildings.



Appe

ndix 4 45



2.5 Conformance to the Government of Bangladesh (the Government) building standards and safety norms

Permanent Significant (i) Designs of the 2 buildings to be restored will include fire exits and other safety measures (such as access, ventilation, and lighting) as required by Government of Bangladesh National Building Code (2006); (ii) As specified in the National Building Code, even in case of partial changing of a building, fire resistance shall be ensured and all provisions with greater public safety shall be applied to the entire building structure; (iii) Further, renovations/modifications to existing buildings shall comply with all National Building Code requirements for new constructions; and (iv) Finalization of the designs for any structure, either in part or full, will be carried out after consultations with the occupants.


2.6 Location of construction camps, and/or hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles, and disposal areas

Temporary Moderate The construction camps, hot mix plants, storage areas, stockpiles and disposal areas will be included in the detailed engineering design and locations will be determined using the following siting criteria: (i) at least 500 m away from residential and commercial areas, schools, places of worship, hospitals, and other sensitive; (ii) not in flood prone areas and/or protected from floods; (iii) not in sensitive environmental resources such as heavily vegetated areas, park/recreation areas and water bodies; (iv) not in areas that will cause inconvenience to the communities; and (v) will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and/or drinking water supply systems; The contractor will be responsible for verifying the suitability of the suggested locations and obtaining approval from MDSC/PIU if other locations will be utilized.


2.7 Location of quarry sites and borrow pits Permanent Moderate (i) MDSC and PIU will include in design specifications and plan drawings (a) a list of licensed quarries and other government-approved sources of materials; and (b) measures (such as silt fences) to control erosion control, sedimentation, and water pollution; and (ii) The contractor will be responsible for (a) verifying the suitability/quality of the materials: (a) examining the legality of environmental clearances of the listed quarry sites; and (b) submitting environmental clearances to MDSC/PIU prior to sourcing of materials.



Temporary Moderate MDSC and PIU to prepare specific contract provisions relevant to (i) prevention of air, water and noise pollution; (ii) workers health and safety; and (iii) prevention of diseases; and (iv) labor and construction camps operations


3. Construction Impacts 3.1 Damage to properties and adjoining

buildings if structural stability measures are not implemented

Permanent Significant The contractor will be required to: (i) prior to commencement of construction activities, obtain clearance from PIU for the structural stability soundness of adjoin buildings and adjacent properties; (ii) carry out protection measures as identified in the design specifications and plan drawings; (iii) stop civil works in the event of damage to any property, adjoining, and/or adjacent buildings; and (iv) continue work only upon verification and issuance of clearance by PIU/MDSC.

Contractor to implement mitigation measures PIU to (i) issue clearance for structural stability soundness of adjoin buildings and adjacent properties; and (ii) monitor implementation MDSC to prepare monthly progress reports and submit to PMCU

46 A

ppendix 4



PIU/MDSC to: (i) designate a safety personnel who will be available on-site at all times during building modification works; and (ii) issue clearance to continue work upon assessment and rectification of damage to any property, adjoining, and/or adjacent buildings.

3.2 Stockpiling of construction materials can cause (i) siltation and pollution of surface water resulting from uncontrolled runoff from storage piles; (ii) disturbance to private property: and (iii) community safety hazards



3.3 Quarry/borrow pits operations can result to disruption of natural land contours and vegetation resulting to accelerated erosion, landslides, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, siltation of surface waters, and water pollution.

Permanent Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) verify suitability of materials and legality of quarry sites and/or borrow pits; (ii) submit prior to sourcing of materials environmental clearances of quarry sites and or borrow pits; and (iii) obtain approval of PIU if new quarries and/or borrow sites are necessary.






Permanent Moderate The construction contractor will be required to: (i) limit removal of topsoil to depth of 150 millimeters; (ii) store in stockpiles any removed topsoil; (iii) design stockpile such that its slope does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal) and height does not exceed 2 m; (iv) prevent compaction and cover with gunny bags or tarpaulin; (v) prioritize use of stockpiled topsoil in restoring disturbed areas and cut slopes; (vi) undertake measures to control soil erosion, sedimentation, and siltation as defined in the design specifications and plan drawings; and (vii) consider construction and maintenance as incidental to earthwork and other items of work.



Permanent Moderate Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by PIU, the contractor will not use explosives.


Appe

ndix 4 47



The contractor will be required to: (i) carry out use of explosive only upon approval of PIU; (ii) at all times take every possible precaution in the use of explosives; (iii) comply with laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives; (iv) engage sufficient flagmen and warning signs during blasting operations; and (v) keep records of operations and make available anytime for inspection.






Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) prepare, submit to PIU for approval and implement a Waste Management Plan; (ii) locate storage areas for fuels, oils, and lubricants in areas that will not drain into nearby surface water bodies; (iii) locate vehicle cleaning area away from nearby surface water bodies; (iv) provide oil interceptors at construction vehicle parking area, repair area, and workshops; (v) ensure that all wastewater flows into the interceptor prior to discharge; (vi) prevent siltation of nearby water bodies by providing silt fences as identified in the design specifications and plan drawings; (vii) ensure disposal sites are approved by PIU; (viii) recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (ix) manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; (x) reuse bituminous waste to the maximum extent possible; (xi) utilize cut material generated as filling material and dispose to designated sites any remaining material; (xii) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (xiii) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (xiv) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.


3.9 Increase in dust due to (i) movement of equipment, machineries, and vehicles; (ii) delivery and storage of construction

Temporary Moderate The contractor will be required to: (i) take every precaution to reduce the levels of dust at construction sites not exceeding the pre-project ambient air quality standards;


48 A

ppendix 4



materials; and (iii) disposal of spoils (ii) fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices that are operating correctly; (iii) reduce dust by spraying stockpiled soil, excavated materials, and spoils; (iv) cover with tarpaulin vehicles transporting soil and sand; and (v) cover stockpiled construction materials with tarpaulin or plastic sheets.












Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide protective footwear, masks, and goggles to workers engaged in mixing asphalt, bitumen, cement and other hazardous materials; (ii) provide welder’s protective eye shield to workers engaged in welding works; (iii) provide protective goggles and clothings to workers engaged in stone-breaking and crushing activities; (iv) use hazardous chemicals and toxic substances according to manufacturers instruction; (v) implement all relevant provisions of Bangladesh Labor Act (2006) and National Building Code (2006); (vi) comply will all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress; (vii) provide medical and accident insurance for workers; (viii) provide first aid by arranging a clinic in the construction site and labor camp; (ix) employ a full-time medical staff; and


Appe

ndix 4 49



(x) coordinate with hospitals/clinics within the subproject area as part of contingency planning in case of emergency and incidents.





Temporary Minor The contractor will be required to: (i) provide supply of potable water for drinking, cooking, and washing; (ii) provide sanitation facilities and coordinate with local sanitary authority for the disposal of wastes; (iii) provide waste bins and dispose solid wastes in approved disposal sites; (iv) remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) that are no longer required; (v) restore site to pre-construction condition; and (vi) obtain clearance from PIU on the restoration of the site. PIU shall report in writing that the site has been vacated and restored to pre-construction conditions before acceptance of works.


3.16 Archaeological chance find Temporary Minor In the event of an archaeological chance find at the construction site, the contractor will be required to: (i) prevent workers or any other persons from removing and damaging any chance find artifacts; (ii) report immediately to PIU of such discovery; (iii) stop all works within 100 m radius of the construction site; and (iv) carry out the Engineer’s instructions. PIU will coordinate with Department of Archaeology before instructing the contractor to continue work on the site.


4. Operations and maintenance impacts 4.1 Interference with vehicle travel during

drainage maintenance works Temporary Moderate DCC will:

(i) provide information (such as signages, media information, print materials) 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of the road; (ii) plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; and (iii) provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

DCC

4.2 Improved infrastructure will carry more traffic, possibly at higher speeds. Pedestrians and bicyclists are at greatest risk of serious injury from collisions with moving vehicles. Children are generally the most vulnerable due to lack of experience and knowledge of traffic related hazards, their behavior while at play, and their small size making them less visible to motorists.

Permanent Moderate DCC will: (i) installation and maintain all signs, signals, markings, and other devices used to regulate traffic, including posted speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, or other special road conditions; (ii) set speed limits appropriate to the road and traffic conditions; (iii) maintain road to prevent mechanical failure of vehicles due to road conditions; (iv) target the use of a real-time warning system with signage to warn drivers of congestion, accidents, adverse weather or road conditions, and

DCC

50 A

ppendix 4



other potential hazards ahead; and (v) install barriers (e.g. fencing, plantings) to deter pedestrian access to the roadway except at designated crossing points.

4.3 Solid waste generation during operation and maintenance activities may include road litter, illegally dumped waste, and sediment and sludge from stormwater drainage system maintenance.


DCC

4.4 Noise is generated by pedestrians and vehicles can be a significant nuisance and may be loud enough to interfere with normal conversation and can cause stress.


DCC

4.5 Lack of implementation of development controls, alteration of the structural fabric of the area, introduction of modern materials in the buildings, encroachment of the public ROW by hawkers and encroachers etc

Permanent Significant DCC will: (i) enforce strict implementation of development controls, including monitoring of any changes in the structures that have been restored, conformance of the facades to the original architectural character; and (ii) carry out regular efforts to ensure that the ROW is not encroached.

DCC

4.4 Lack of awareness of the residents in the buildings restored, leading to non-maintenance of the architectural heritage

Permanent Significant DCC will: (i) conduct awareness campaigns to educate communities on the significance of Shakhari Bazaar’s architectural heritage; (ii) undertake regular monitoring of the restored sites; and (iii) provide building maintenance guidance to residents and business owners.

DCC


Appendix 4 51

C. Environmental Monitoring Plan 9. Table A4.3 shows the proposed environmental monitoring plan for the subproject. It includes all relevant environmental parameters, description of sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, and responsible agencies. 10. Monitoring activities during the first year of implementation will from part of the baseline conditions of the subproject area and will be used as the reference for acceptance of restoration works by the contractors.

52

Appe

ndix 4

Table A4.3: Monitoring Plan for Shakhari Bazaar Urban Renewal Subproject Attributes Stage Parameters to be

Monitored Means of



Damage to properties, adjoining and/or adjacent buildings

Pre-construction and Construction

Compliance with requirement

Visual inspection Subproject area Prior to construction, to be determined during detailed engineering design During construction, on-going

MDSC prior to construction MDSC/PIU and contractor during construction

(i) damage to structure (ii) number of complaints
























Visual inspection nearby water bodies Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Appe

ndix 4 53


Means of Monitoring


Noise Levels Construction Stage Equivalent Day & Night Time Noise Levels

Noise meter (i) along the project roads; (ii) vicinity of sensitive receptors such as residences, schools, hospitals, and places of worship; and (iii) “quiet zones”




Vibrations Construction (iv) Compliance with requirements (Table 5 of IEE); (v) designated areas; (vi) schedule of work; and (iv) equipments used.

Visual inspection (i) along the project roads; and (ii) vicinity of sensitive receptors such as residences, schools, hospitals, and places of worship.



Complaints from stakeholders


Visual inspection to ensure fill is only obtained from designated quarries

Designated quarries Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report

Activities shall be limited to designated areas only

Materials Storage Sites Construction Compliance with requirements

Visual inspection Designated areas Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Construction Camp Construction Waste management Visual inspection Camps Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Construction Camp Construction Provision of water and sanitation facilities

Visual inspection Camps Monthly Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


54 A

ppendix 4


Means of Monitoring


Construction Camp Construction Site closure Visual inspection Camps, storage areas, disposal sites, Washing facilities


Contractor to request PIU PIU to verify and issue certification that restoration works have been completed

(i) site appearance restored. (ii) MDSC’s report testifying restoration of site.



Visual inspection Subproject area On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU


Loss of Access Construction Provision of walkways, concrete slabs, metal sheets for pedestrians

Visual inspection Subproject area On-going Contractor to monitor and submit report to PIU PIU to verify report


Public participation Construction (iii) Consultations, and (iv) Information disclosure.


Subproject area On-going Contractor and PIU in coordination with MDSC

(iv) Number of public consultations conducted; (v) Recipients of project-related documents; and (ii) Number of complaints.

Traffic Management Construction (i) number of complaints; (ii) number of traffic enforcers in-place; and (iii) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

(i) Visual inspection; and (ii) strict adherence to applicable environmental mitigation measures

Subproject area On-going Contractor in coordination with PIU and city Traffic and Safety Division

(i) number of complaints; (ii) number of traffic enforcers in-place; and (vi) number of traffic and warning signs in place.

Workers safety Construction (i) ratio of personal protective equipment to number of workers; (ii) usage of personal protective equipment; and (iii) number of work-related accidents.

Visual inspection Subproject area On-going Contractor to submit report to PIU


BOD = biological oxygen demand, IEE = initial environmental examination, MDSC = Management Design Supervision Consultant, PIU = Project Implementation Unit, RPM = respirable particulate matter, SPM = suspended particulate matter, TDS = total dissolved solids, TSS = total suspended solids.

BAN: City Region Development Project—Ashulia Industrial ... · of Bangladesh (the Government) and...

Documents

Transcript of BAN: City Region Development Project—Ashulia Industrial ... · of Bangladesh (the Government) and...